Book-1 Engine

ТВЗ-117
TURBOSHAFT ENGINE
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
078.00.5700 РЭ
BOOK1
SECTION 072
TB3-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
INTRODUCTION
The present Maintenance Manual contains instructions on operation and maintenance of all
models of the TB3-117 engines which shall be observed by all Operators.
The Manual presents the basic information on design and functioning of the engine, its as-
semblies, systems and accessories. It describes procedures for trouble ahooting and re-
moval/installation of engine components, assemblies and accessories replaceable in ser-
vice as well as details various inspections, checks, adjustments and other kinds of
maintenance of the engine and its systems.
The operation and maintenance of the engine and its systems shall also be conducted in
compliance with the following publications effective for the helicopter: "Maintenance
Manual", "Maintenance Schedule" and "Plight Manual".
The Maintenance Manual consists of three books.
The first two books are common for all engine models.
Book 1 contains:
Section 072.00.00 - Engine.
Book 2 contains:
Section 073.00.00 - Fuel System.
Section 075.00.00 - Air Offtake System.
Section 077.00.00 - Engine Monitoring Instruments.
Section 080.00.00 - Starting System.
Book 3 contains description of specific design features of each particular engine model
and peculiarities in their operation and maintenance.
The references to Book 3 contained in Books 1 and 2 of the Maintenance Manual have been
made in compliance with the identical system of numbering of Sections, Sub-Sections and
paragraphs.
Each Section of the Maintenance Manual opens with a Table of Contents to permit easy lo-
cation of the text the reader seeks.
All Sections (Sub-Sections, Subjects) are broken down into the following Topics, each
identified by a separate page block:
Topics: Page block

Description and Operation 1 thru 100
Trouble Shooting 101 thru 200
Maintenance Practices (if brief details only) 201 thru 300
EFFECTIVITY: ALL INTRODUCTION

Page 1
Jan 15/86
TB3-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Otherwise: Page block

Servicing 301 thru 400
Removal/Installation 401 thru 500
Adjustment/Test ..... 501 thru 600
Inspection/Check .... 601 thru 700
Cleaning/Painting ... 701 thru 800
Approved Repairs .... 801 thru 900
Storage Instructions 901 thru 1000
Shipment ............ 1001 thru 1100
The free power turbine rotational speed is monitored in the helicopter with reference to
the rotational speed of the main rotor(s). In this connection, the free power turbine
speed governor is referred to as a main rotor(s) speed governor. Further in the text,
irrespective of a number of main rotors fitted in the helicopter, a term "main rotor" is
used.
Following are the abbreviations which are used in the present Manual:
APU auxiliary power unit

CB circuit breaker
CRCT circuit
DPD dust-protection device
EEG engine electronic governor
EPR engine pressure ratio indicator set
FCU fuel control unit
FT free turbine
Gf fuel flow
GG(gg) gas generator
HV high voltage
IGV inlet guide vane
LH left hand
LV low voltage
Nft free (power) turbine rotational speed

gas generator rotational speed
Ngg
Nmr main rotor rotational speed
NGV nozzle guide vanes assembly
OAT outside air temperature
OGV outlet guide vanes assembly
Pf fuel pressure

Page 2
Jan 15/86
ТВЗ-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
P oil inlet pressure

oil
P
c control pressure
RH right hand
RPM revolutions per minute
SPC specific fuel consumption
T gas temperature
g
T
oil oil outlet temperature
Т.C. Task Card
TIT turbine inlet gas temperature
VGV variable guide vanes assembly
VIGV variable inlet guide vanes assembly

Pages 3/4
Jan 15/86
Section 072
ENGINE
в
в
ТВЗ-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
RECORD OF REVISIONS
REV. SECTION, SUB-SECTION, PAGE TRANSMITTAL

NO. SUBJECT AUTHORITY LETTER
NO. BY DATE
REVISED ADDED DELETED REFERENCE
NO. AND DATE
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
072.00.00
RECORD OP REVISIONS
Page 1
Jan 15/86
ТВЗ-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
PAGE TRANSMITTAL
REV. SECTION, SUB-SECTION, AUTHORITY LETTER BY DATE
NO. SUBJECT NO. REFERENCE
REVISED ADDED DELETED NO. AND DATE
072.00.00
EFFECTIVITY: ALL RECORD OP REVISIONS
Page 2
Jan 15/86
ТВЗ-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES
SECTION, SUB-SECTION, SECTION, SUB-SECTION,

SUBJECT PAGE DATE PAGE
SUBJECT DATE
Title Page Jan 15/86 072.00.00 106 Jan 15/86

-
Introduction 1 Jan 15/86 107 Jan 15/86
2 Jan 15/86 108 Mar 15/88
3/4 Jan 15/86 109 Jan 15/86
False Title of _ 110 Jan 15/86
Section 072 111 Jan 15/86
112 Jan 15/86
Record of Revi- 1 Jan 15/86 113 Jan 15/86
sions 2 Jan 15/86 114 Jan 15/86
List of Effective 1 Nov 17/93 115 Nov 17/93
Pages 2 Nov 17/93 116 Jan 15/86
3 Nov 17/93 117 Jan 15/86
4 Nov 17/93 118 Jan 15/86
5 Nov 17/93 119 Jan 15/86
6 Nov 17/93 120 Jan 15/86
7/8 Nov 17/93 121 Jan 15/86
Table of Contents 1 122 Jan 15/86
Mar 15/88
2 123 Jan 15/86
Mar 15/88
124 Jan 15/86
3 Nov 17/93
125 Jan 15/86
4 Nov 17/93
126 Jan 15/86
5 Nov 17/93
127 Jan 15/86
6 Jan 15/86
128 Jan 15/86
072.00.00 1 Jan 15/86 129 Jan 15/86
2 Jan 15/86 130 Mar 15/88
4/3 Jan 15/86 131 Mar 15/88
5 Mar 15/88 132 Mar 15/88
6 Nov 17/93 133 Mar 15/38
7 Nov 17/93 134 Mar 15/88
8 Jan 15/86 135 Nov 17/93
9 Jan 15/86 136 Mar 15/88
10 Jan 15/86 137 Nov 17/93
11 Jan 15/86 138 Nov 17/93
12 Jan 15/86 301/302 Jan 15/86
13/14 Jan 15/86 303/304 Jan 15/86
15/16 Jan 15/86 305 Jan 15/86
101 Jan 15/86 306 Jan 15/86
102 Mar 15/88 307/308 Jan 15/86
103/104 Nov 17/93 309 Jan 15/86
105 Jan 15/86 310 Jan 15/86
072.00.00
LIST OP EFFECTIVE PAGES
Page 1
Nov 17/93
ТВЗ-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
SECTION, SUB-SECTION, PAGE SECTION, SUB-SECTION, DATE

SUBJECT DATE SUBJECT PAGE
072.00.00 311/312 Jan 15/86 072.00.00 503/504 Jan 15/86

313 Mar 15/88 505 Jan 15/86
314 Jan 15/86 506 Nov 17/93
315 Jan 15/86 507 Mar 15/88
316 Nov 17/93 508 Mar 15/88
317 Nov 17/93 509/510 Jan 15/86
318 Jan 15/86 511 Jan 15/86
319/320 Nov 17/93 512 Jan 15/86
321/322 Nov 17/93 513 Jan 15/86
323 Jan 15/86 514 Jan 15/86
324 Jan 15/86 515 Jan 15/86
325/326 Jan 15/86 516 Nov 17/93
327 Jan 15/86 517/518 Jan 15/86
328 Jan 15/86 519/520 Jan 15/86
401 Jan 15/86 521 Nov 17/93
402 Jan 15/86 522 Jan 15/86
403 Nov 17/93 523/524 Mar 15/88
404 Jan 15/86 525 Nov 17/93
405 Nov 17/93 526 Jan 15/86
406 Jan 15/86 527/528 Jan 15/86
407 Jan 15/86 529/530 Jan 15/86
408 Jan 15/86 531 Jan 15/86
409 Jan 15/86 532 Jan 15/86
410 Nov 17/93 533 Jan 15/86
411 Jan 15/86 534 Jan 15/86
412 Jan 15/86 535 Jan 15/86
413 Jan 15/86 536 Jan 15/86
414 Jan 15/86 537/538 Jan 15/86
415 Nov 17/93 539 Mar 15/88
416 Jan 15/86 540 Jan 15/86
417 Jan 15/86 541 Jan 15/86
418 Jan 15/86 542 Kov 17/93
419/420 Nov 17/93 543/544 Mar 15/88
421 Nov 17/93 545 Jan 15/86
422 Jan 15/86 546 Jan 15/86
423 Jan 15/86 547/548 Jan 15/86
424 Jan 15/86 549 Mar 15/88
425 Nov 17/93 550 Mar 15/88
426 Jan 15/86 551 Jan 15/86
501 Jan 15/86 552 Jan 15/86
502 Jan 15/86 553 Mar 15/88
072.00.00
Page 2
Nov 17/93
TB3-117
nMAINTENANCEMANUAL
SECTION, SUB-SECTION,
SUBJECT PAGE DATE SECTION, SUB-SECTION,
SUBJECT PAGE DATE
072.00.00 554 Mar 15/88 072.00.00

555 707/708 Jan 15/86
Nov 17/93
556 709 Jan 15/86
Jan 15/86
710 Jan 15/86
557 Jan 15/86
558 711 Jan 15/86
Jan 15/86
712 Jan 15/86
559 Jan 15/86
560 713/714 Jan 15/86
Jan 15/86
561/562 715 Jan 15/86
Mar 15/88
716 Jan 15/86
601 /602 Jan 15/86
603 801 Mar 15/88
Jan 1 5/86
604 302 Jan 15/86
Jan 15/86
605 803 Jan 15/86
Jan 15/86
боб 804 Jan 15/86
Jan 15/86
805/806 Mar 15/88
607/608 Jan 15/86
807 Jan 15/86
609 Jan 15/86
610 808 Jan 15/86
Jan 15/86
809 Jan 15/86
611/612 Jan 15/86
810 Jan 15/86
613 Jan 15/86
811 Jan 15/86
614 Jan 15/86
812 NOv 17/93
615/616 Jan 15/86
813 NOv 17/93
617 Jan 15/86
814 NOv 17/93
618 Jan 15/86
815 Jan 1 5/86
619 Jan 15/86 816 Jan 15/86
620 Jan 15/86
817 NOv 17/93
621 Mar 15/88 818 NOv 17/93
622 Mar 15/88 819 Jan 15/86
623/624 Jan 15/86 820 ' Jan 15/86
625 Jan 15/86 821 /822 Jan 15/86
626 Jan 15/86
823 Jan 15/86
627 NOv 17/93 824 Jan 15/86
628 Jan 15/86 825 Jan 15/86
629 Jan 15/86 826 Jan 15/86
630 Jan 15/86 827/828 Jan 15/86
631 Nov 17/93 829 Jan 15/86
632 Jan 15/86 830 Jan 15/86
633/634 Jan 15/86 831/832 Jan 15/86
701/702 Jan 15/86 833 Jan 15/86
703 Jan 15/36 834 Jan 15/86
704 Jan 15/86 835 Jan 15/86
705 Jan 15/86 836 Jan 15/86
706 Jan 15/86 837/838 Jan 15/86
072.00.00
Page 3
Nov 17/93
ТВЗ-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
SECTION, SUB-SECTION, PAGE SECTION, SUB-SECTION,

SUBJECT DATE SUBJECT PAGE DATE
072.00.00 839 Jan 15/86 072.00.00 901 Nov 17/93

840 Jan 15/86 902 Nov 17/93
841/842 Jan 15/86 903 Nov 17/93
843 Jan 15/86 904 Nov 17/93
844 Jan 15/86 905 Nov 17/93
845 Jan 15/86 906 Nov 17/93
846 Mar 15/88 907 Nov 17/93
847 Jan 15/86 908 Nov 17/93
848 Jan 15/86 909 Nov 17/93
849/850 Jan 15/86 910 Nov 17/93
851 Jan 15/86 911 Nov 17/93
852 Jan 15/86 912 Nov 17/93
853 Jan 15/86 1001 Jan 15/86
854 Jan 15/86 1002 Jan 15/86
855 Jan 15/86 1003/1004 Jan 15/86
856 Jan 15/86 1005 Jan 15/86
857 Jan 15/86 1006 Jan 15/86
858 Jan 15/86 1007 Jan 15/86
859 Jan 15/86 1008 Jan 15/86
860 Jan 15/86 1009 Jan 15/86
861 Jan 15/86 1010 Jan 15/86
862 Jan 15/86 1201 Jan 15/86
863 Jan 15/86 1202 Jan 15/86
864 Jan 15/86 1203 Jan 15/86
865 Jan 15/86 1204 Nov 17/93
866 Jan 15/86 1205/1206 Nov 17/93
867/868 Jan 15/86 1207 Jan 15/86
869 Jan 15/86 1208 Jan 15/86
870 Jan 15/86 1209 Nov 17/93
871 Jan 15/86 1210 Mar 15/88
872 Jan 15/86 072.03.00 1 Jan 15/86
873/874 Jan 15/86 2 Jan 15/86
875 Jan 15/86 3 Jan 15/86
876 Jan 15/86 4 Nov 17/93
877/878 Jan 15/86 5 Jan 15/86
879 Nov 17/93 6 Jan 15/86
880 Nov 17/93 7 Nov 17/93
881/882 Nov 17/93 8 Jan 15/86
883 Nov 17/93 9/10 Jan 15/86
884 Nov 17/93 201 Jan 15/86
202 Jan 15/86
072.00.00
Page 4
Nov 17/93
ТВЗ-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
SECTION, SUB-SECTION,
SUBJECT PAGE DATE SECTION, SUB-SECTION,
SUBJECT PAGE DATE
072.03.00 203/204 Jan 15/86 072.30.00 222 Jan 15/86

205 Jan 15/86
223/224 Jan 15/86
206 Jan 15/86
072.40.00 1 Jan 15/86
207/208 Jan 15/86
209 Nov 17/93 2 Jan 15/86
210 Nov 17/93 3 Jan 15/86
211 Nov 17/93 4 Jan 15/86
212 Nov 17/93 5/6 Jan 15/86
072.30.00 201/202 Jan 15/86
1 Jan 15/86 203 Jan 15/86
2 Jan 15/86 204 Jan 15/86
4/3 Jan 15/86 205 Jan 15/86
5 Jan 15/86 206 Jan 15/86
6 Jan 15/86 072.50.00 1/2 Jan 15/86
7 Jan 15/86
8 Jan 15/86 072.51.00 1 Jan 15/86
9 Jan 15/86 2 Jan 15/86
10 Jan 15/86 3 Jan 15/86
11/12 Jan 15/86 4 Jan 15/86
13 Jan 15/86 5/6 Jan 15/86
14 Jan 15/86 7 Jan 15/86
201 Mar 15/88 8 Jan 15/86
202 Mar 15/88 072.53.00 1 Jan 15/86
203 Jan 15/86 2 Jan 15/86
204 Mar 15/88 3 Jan 15/86
205 Jan 15/86 4 Jan 15/86
206 Jan 15/86 5 Jan 15/86
207 Mar 15/88 6 Mar 15/88
208 Mar 15/88 7 Mar 15/88
209 Nov 17/93 8 Jan 15/86
210 Jan 15/86 9/10 Jan 15/86
211 Jan 15/86 201 Jan 15/86
212 Jan 15/86 202 Jan 15/86
213 Jan 15/86 203/204 Jan 15/86
214 Jan 15/86 205 Jan 15/86
215 Jan 15/86 206 Jan 15/86
216 Jan 15/86 207 Nov 17/93
217/218 Jan 15/86 208 Nov 17/93
219 Jan 15/86 209 Jan 15/86
220 Jan 15/86 210 Nov 17/93
221 Jan 15/86 211 Jan 15/86
072.00.00
Page 5
Nov 17/93
ТВЗ-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
SECTION, SUB-SECTION, PAGE SECTION, SUB-SECTION,

SUBJECT DATE SUBJECT PAGE DATE
072.53.00 212 Jan 15/86 072.60.00 207 Nov 17/93

213 Jan 15/86 208 Nov 17/93
214 Jan 15/86 209 Nov 17/93
215 Jan 15/86 210 Nov 17/93
216 Nov 17/93 211 Nov 17/93
217 Nov 17/93 212 Nov 17/93
218 Jan 15/86 213 Nov 17/93
219/220 Jan 15/86 214 Nov 17/93
072.58.00 1/2 Jan 15/86 215 Nov 17/93
3/4 Nov 17/93 216 Nov 17/93
201 Jan 15/86 216.1 Nov 17/93
202 Jan 15/86 216.2 Nov 17/93
203 Jan 15/86 217 Nov 17/93
204 Jan 15/86 213 Mar 15/83
205 Jan 15/86 218а/218Ъ Mar 15/83
206 Jan 15/86 219 Jan 15/86
207 Jan 15/86 220 Jan 15/86
208 Jan 15/86 221 Jan 15/86
209/210 Jan 15/86 222 Nov 17/93
211 Jan 15/86 223/224 Jan 15/86
212 Jan 15/86 225 Jan 15/86
213 Nov 17/93 226 Jan 15/86
214 Jan 15/86 227/228 Jan 15/86
215/216 Nov 17/93 229 Jan 15/86
230 Mar 15/83
072.60.00 1 Jan 15/86
231/232 Mar 15/88
2 Jan 15/86
233 Jan 15/86
3/4 Jan 15/86
234 Jan 15/86
5 Jan 15/86
235 Jan 15/36
6 Jan 15/86
236 Jan 15/86
7 Jan 15/86
237 Jan 15/86
8 Jan 15/86
238 Jan 15/86
9 Jan 15/86
239 Jan 15/86
10 Jan 15/86
240 Jan 15/86
11/12 Jan 15/86
241 Jan 15/86
201 Nov 17/93
242 Jan 15/86
202 Nov 17/93
243 Jan 15/86
203 Nov 17/93 Jan 15/86
244
204 Nov 17/93
245 Jan 15/86
205 Nov 17/93
246 Nov 17/93
206 Nov 17/93
072.00.00
Page 6
Nov 17/93
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
SECTION, SUB-SECTION, SECTION. SUB-SECTION,

SUBJECT PAGE DATE PAGE DATE
SUBJECT
072.60.00 247/248 Jan 15/36 072.90.03 202 Jan 15/36

249 Nov 17/93 203 Jan 15/36
250 Nov 17/93 204 Jan 15/86
251 Nov 17/93 205 Jan 15/86
252 Nov 17/93 206 Jan 15/36
253 Nov 17/93
072.90.04 1 Mar 15/38
254 Nov 17/93
2 Mar 15/88
255/256 Nov 17/93
3/4 Mаr 15/88
072.90.00 1 Jan 15/86 201 Jan 15/36
2 Jan 15/86 202 Jan 15/36
3/4 Nov 17/93 203 Jan 15/86
5 Jar 15/88 204 Jan 15/36
6 Man 15/86 205 Jan 15/86
7/8 Nov 17/93 206 Jan 15/36
101 Mar 15/88 207/208 Jan 15/86
102 Jan 15/86
072.90.12 1/2 Jan 15/86
103 Jan 15/86
201 Jan 15/86
104 Mar 15/88
202 Jan 15/86
105 Nov 17/93
203/204 Jan 15/86
106 Jan 15/86
107/108 Jan 15/86 072.90.13 1 Jan 15/86
201/202 Jan 15/36 2 Jan 15/86
203/204 Jan 15/86 3/4 Jan 15/86
205 Jan 15/86 201 Jan 15/86
206 Jan 15/86 202 Jan 15/86
207 Jan 15/86
208 Jan 15/86
072.90.02 1 Jan 15/36
2 Jan 15/86
201 Jan 15/86
202 Jan 15/86
203/204 Jan 15/86
205 Jan 15/86
206 Jan 15/86
207/208 Jan 15/86
072.90.03 1 Jan 15/86
2 Jan 15/86
3/4 Jan 15/86
5/6 Jan 15/86
201 Jan 15/86
072.00.00
Pages 7/8
Nov 17/93
ТВЗ-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Section,
Sub-Section,
Title Subject Page
ENGINE 072.00.00
Description and Operation 1
1. General 1
2. Description 2
3. Operation 15/16
4. General Instructions on Engine Operation 15/16
5. Emergency Procedures 15/16
Trouble Shooting 101
1. General 101
2. List of Engine Faults Possible in Service 101
Servicing
301/302
1. General 301/302
Task Card No. 301. External Depreservation 303/304
Task Card No. 302. De-Inhibiting Engine Oil and Fuel Systems 305
Task Card No. 303. Engine External Preservation 309
Task Card No. 304. Engine Re-Preservation 311/312
Task Card No. 305. Cranking Gas Generator and Free Turbine Rotors 313
Task Card No. 306. Preparatory Operations to be Carried Out
on Engine Prior to Mounting Dust-Protection
Device 317
Task Card No. 307. Operations to be Carried Out on Engine
Following Removal of Dust-Protection Device
From Helicopter 321/322
Task Card No. 308. Cleansing and Emulsification of Engine
Gas Flow Duct at OAT Above Zero 323
Task Card No. 309. Cleansing of Engine Gas Flow Duct at Subzero OAT 327
Removal/Installation 401
Task Card No. 401. Unpacking of Engine 401
Task Card No. 402. Installation of Engine 403
Task Card No. 403. Removal of Engine 421
Adjustment/Test 501
1. Adjustment 501
2. Test 502
3. Safety Precautions 502
Task Card No. 501. Engine Starting 505
Task Card No. 502. Engine Dry Motoring Run 511
Task Card No. 503. Engine Wet Motoring Run 513
Task Card No. 504. Engine Shutdown 515
Task Card No. 505. Engine Test After Installation in Helicopter 519/520
Task Card No. 506. Simultaneous Test of Two Engines During Pre-
Flight Action 521
072.00.00
EFFECTIVITY: ALL CONTENTS
Page 1
Mar 15/88
ТВЗ-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Section,
Sub-Section,
Title Subject Page
Task Card No. 507. Engine Test on Completion of Scheduled 072.00.00

Maintenance Operations 525
Task Card Mo. 508. Checking and Adjusting Fuel Pressure at Wet
Motoring Run 527/528
Task Card No. 509. Checking and Adjusting Shut-Off Valve Opening
Gas Generator RPM 529/530
Task Card No. 510. Checking and Adjusting Engine Starting Cycle
Following Replacement of Fuel Control Unit 531
Task Card No. 511. Removal/Installation of Marking Appliance
for Measurement of Compressor VGV Setting
Angles 535
Task Card No. 512.Checking Compressor VGV Angular Setting
Characteristic 539
Task Card No. 513. Adjusting Compressor VGV Angular Setting
Characteristic 545
Task Card No. 516. Checking Main Rotor (Free Power Turbine)
Speed Governor Setting 549
Task Card No. 517. Checking Gas Generator Rotor Speed for Absence
of Cutting Down by Main Rotor Speed Governor at
Takeoff Power 551
Task Card No. 518.Adjusting Main Rotor (Free Power Turbine) Speed
Governor 553
Task Card No. 520. Function Testing Air Bleed Valves 555
Task Card No. 521. Checking Engine Operation after Replacement
of Temperature Probe 561/562
Inspection/Check 601/602
Task Card No. 601. Engine External Inspection 603
Task Card No. 602. Inspection of Fuel and Oil Systems 605
Task Card No. 603. Inspection of Engine Accessories and Checking
them for Security of Attachment on Engine and
Leak-Tightness 607/608
Task Card No. 604. Inspection of Engine Attachment Units 609
Task Card No. 605. Inspection of Electrical Equipment 611/612
Task Card No. 606. Checking Engine-To-Main Gearbox Alignment 613.
Task Card No. 607. Checking Thermocouple Circuits for Freedom
From Contact-To-Frame Fault 615/616
Task Card No. 608. Inspection of Engine Flow Duct 617
Cleaning/Painting 701/702
Task Card No. 701. Engine Cleaning 703
Task Card No. 702. Removal of Corrosion From Engine Components 705
Task Card No. 703. Restoration of Paint-And-Varnish Coatings 709
Task Card No. 704. Restoration of Paint-And-Varnish Coatings
on Struts of First Support Assembly Housing 715
072.00.00
Page 2
Mar 15/88
TB3-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Section,
Sub-Section,
Title Subject Page
072.00.00
Approved Repairs 801
1. General 801
2. Requirements to be Observed When Carrying Out Engine
Approved Repairs 802
Task Card No. 801. Replacement of Pipes 807
Task Card No. 802. Replacement of Air Conduit Supplying Cooling
Air to FCU Temperature-Sensing Probe 815
Task Card No. 803. Replacement of Fuel Control Unit 819
Task Card No. 804. Replacement of Engine Electronic Governor/
Limit Power Condition Governor 829
Task Card No. 805. Replacement of Ignition Unit 833
Task Card No. 806. Replacement of Ignition Plug 839
Task Card No. 807. Replacement of Hot Air Valve 843
Task Card No. 808. Replacement of Terminal Block 847
Task Card No. 809. Replacement of Thermocouple 851
Task Card No. 810. Replacement of Centrifugal Fuel Pump 855
Task Card No. 811. Replacement of Fuel Filter 859
Task Card No. 812. Replacement of Shutdown Electric Actuator 865
Task Card No. 813. Replacement of Gas Generator Rotor Speed
Inductive Transducer 869
Task Card No. 814. Replacement of Hydraulic Power Cylinder 871
Task Card No. 815. Replacement of Free Turbine Speed
Transducer 879
Storage Instructions 901
1. General 901
2. Storage Lives of Engine and Engine Accessories 901
3. Requirements for Storage Sites for Engine and Engine
Accessories 901
4. Requirements for Depot Premises 902
5. Inspection and Care of Engine Stored in Container 903
6. Preparation for Storage, Storage and Inspection of
Engine Accessories During Storage 907
Shipment 1001
1. General 1001
2. Preparing Engine for Shipment 1001
3. Engine Shipment 1007
4. Shipment of Engine Accessories 1009
Appendix 1. Engine Tools Kit 1201
Appendix 2. Preparation and Application of Lubricants and
Sealing Compounds 1207
Appendix 3. List of Materials 1209
ELECTRIC WIRING 072.03.00
1. General 1
072.00.00
EFFECT1VITY: ALL CONTENTS
Page 3
Nov 17/93
TB3-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Section,
Sub-Section,
Title Subject Page
072.03.00
2. Description 1
Maintenance Practices 201
Task Card No. 201. Removal/Installation of Electric Wire Harness 201
Task Card No. 202. Removal/Installation of Thermocouple Harness 205
Task Card No. 203. Termination and Soldering of Wires, Wiring
and Mounting of Connectors 209
COMPRESSOR 072.30.00
1. General 1
2. Description 1
Task Card No. 201. Inspection of Compressor 201
Task Card No. 202. Measurement of Wear of Compressor Rotor
Stage 1 Blades 209
Task Card No. 203. Replacement of Engine Front Attachment Flange 215
Task Card No. 204. Replacement of Feedback Lever 219
COMBUSTION CHAMBER 072.40.00
1. General 1
2. Description 1
3. Operation 5/6
Maintenance Practices 201/202
Task Card No. 201. Inspection of Combustion Chamber Casing 201/202
Task Card No. 202. Replacement of Flame Tube Mounts 203
TURBINE ASSEMBLY 072.50.00
Description and Operation 1/2
1. General 1/2
COMPRESSOR TURBINE 072.51.00
1. General 1
2. Description 1
FREE TURBINE 072.53.00
1. General 1
2. Description 1
Task Card No. 201. Inspection of Free Turbine and Housing of
Fourth and Fifth Support Assemblies 201
Task Card No. 202. Inspection of Engine-To-Main Gearbox Torsion
Shaft 205
Task Card No. 203. Replacement of Engine-To-Main Gearbox
Torsion Shaft 207
Task Card No. 204. Replacement of Free Turbine Assembly 209
EXHAUST SECTION 072.58.00
1. General 1/2
2. Description 1/2
072.00.00
Page 4
Nov 17/93
ТВЗ-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Section,
Sub-Section,
Title Subject Page
Maintenance Practices 072.58.00 201

Task Card No. 201. Inspection of Exhaust Stack 201
Task Card No. 202. Replacement of Exhaust Stack 203
Task Card No. 203. Turning of Exhaust Stack 211
Task Card No. 204. Replacement of Tail Pipe Attachment
Coupling Clamp 213
ACCESSORY DRIVES 072.60.00
1. General 1
2. Description and Operation 1
Task Card No. 201. Replacement of Modified Outer Split Horizontal
Flexible Shaft of Main Rotor (Free Turbine)
Speed Governor Drive 201
Task Card No. 202. Check of Modified Outer Horizontal Flexible
Shaft with Carbon Fluoroplastic Bushings
for Operational Status 215
Task Card No. 204. Replacement of Free (Power) Turbine (Main

Rotor) Speed Governor Driving Gear in
External Drive Gearbox 219
Task Card No. 205. Removal/Installation of Centrifugal Fuel
Pump Drive Carbon Face Seal 225
Task Card No. 206. Removal/Installation of External Drive Gearbox 229
Task Card No. 207. Removal/Installation of Internal Drive Gearbox 233
Task Card No. 208. Replacement of Main Rotor (Free Turbine) Speed
Governor Drive 249
Task Card No. 209. Replacement of Vertical Flexible Shaft 253
ENGINE OIL AND BREATHER SYSTEM 072.90.00
1. General 1
2. Description 1
3. Operation 5
Trouble Shooting 101
Maintenance Practices 201/202
Task Card No. 201. De-Inhibiting Oil System 201/202
Task Card No. 202. Inhibiting Oil System 203/204
Task Card No. 203. Adjusting Oil Pressure 205
Task Card No. 204. Inspection and Washing of Protective Filter 207
OIL FILTER 072.90.02
1
1. General
072.00.00
Page 5
Nov 17/93
TB3-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Section,
Sub-Section,
Title Subject Page
2. Description 072.90.02
1
3. Operation 1
Task Card No. 201. Removal/Installation of Oil Filter 201
Task Card No. 202. Inspection and Washing of Oil Filter 205
OIL PUMP BLOCK 072.90.03
1. General 1
2. Description 1
3. Operation 2
Task Card No. 201. Removal/Installation of Oil Pump Block 201
Task Card No. 202. Inspection and Washing of Oil Pump Block
Pressure-Reducing Valve 205
EXTERNAL DRIVE GEARBOX OIL SCAVENGE PUMP 072.90.04
1. General 1
2. Description 1
3. Operation 1
Task Card No. 201. Removal/Installation of Gas Generator
Tach Generator Drive Face Seal 201
Task Card No. 202. Replacement of External Drive Gearbox Oil
Scavenge Pump and Pump Drive Gears 205
CUTOFF VALVE 072.90.12
1. General 1/2
2. Description 1/2
3. Operation 1/2
Task Card No. 201. Inspection and Washing of Cutoff Valve 201
CHIP DETECTOR 072.90.13
1. General 1
2. Description 1
3. Operation 1
Task Card No. 201. Inspection, Washing and Function Testing of Chip
Detector 201
072.00.00
Page 6
Jan 15/86
TB3-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ENGINE - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
General
Turboshaft engine TB3-117 (Ref.Fig.1) is intended for mounting in the helicopter. As

for its basic specifications and performance, the engine meets the acting technical re-
quirements applicable to the engines of this class.
The TB3-117 engine is operated as a part of the helicopter power plant that incorporates
two engines. The right-hand (RH)and the left-hand (LH) engines of the power plant are
interchangeable provided the exhaust stack is turned as required to alternative posi-
tion.
The turboshaft engine features a free (power) turbine which is mechanically independent
of the gas generator (gg) rotor. The power developed by the free (power) turbine is
transmitted to the main gearbox and constitutes the effective power of the engine.
This feature gives a number of design and operational advantages:

- Permits to obtain a required rotational speed of the free (power) turbine (Hft) ir-
respective of the engine gas generator rotor rotational speed (Ngg).
- Facilitates the cranking of the gas generator rotor in the course of engine starting.
- Permits to obtain optimum fuel flows at various operational conditions of the engine.
- Eliminates the need to incorporate a friction clutch in the helicopter power 'plant.
The engine may be operated in the helicopter both with a dust-protection device (DPD)
fitted to the air intake and with the dust-protection device removed (Ref. Book 3).
Some engine models may be provided with a shield-exhaust unit.
The engine incorporates the following major assemblies and systems:

- Axial flow compressor (Ref. 072.30.00).
- Combustion chamber (Ref. 072.40.00).
- Turbine assembly (Ref. 072.50.00).
- Exhaust section (Ref. 072.58.00).
- Accessory drives (Ref. 072,60.00).
- Oil and breather system (Ref. 072.90.00).
- Fuel system (Ref. 073.00.00).
- Air offtake system (Ref. 075.00.00).
- Engine monitoring instruments (Ref. 077.00.00).
- Starting system (Ref. 080.00.00).
EFFECTIVITY: ALL 072.00.00

Page 1
Jan 15/86
TB3-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Description
Main Date
Model Ref. Book 3, 072.00.00
Type Turboshaft, with free

(power) turbine
Direction of rotation of gas generator rotor (looking

forward) Left-hand
Direction of rotation of free (power) turbine rotor

(looking forward) Left-hand
Oil system Force-feed, circulatory,

with separate scavenge
from each support assembly
Starting system .. Pneumatic
Anti-icing system Hot air, automatic with

manual duplication
Engine mass Ref. Engine Log Book
Engine overall dimensions:

Length with accessories and exhaust stack 2055 mm
Length from front flange to flange intended for engine
attachment to main gearbox 1736.5 mm
Width 650 mm
Height 728 mm
Engine basic parameters at various power conditions Ref. Book 3, 072.00.00
Operational conditions Ref. Book 3, 072.00.00
Engine starting is ensured up to altitude of 4000 m

within following OAT ranges:
At H = 0 From -60 to +60 °C
At H = 4000 m Prom -60 to +30 °C
CAUTION: AT ENGINE OIL OUTLET TEMPERATURE BELOW MINUS 40 °C, ENGINE STARTING
ATTEMPT MAY BE CARRIED OUT ONLY AFTER PRE-HEATING THE ENGINE.

Page 2
Jan 15/86
TB3-117
MAINTENENCE MANUAL
Engine Longtiudinal Section

figure 1 (Sheet 1 of 2)

Pages 4/5
Jan 15
ТВЗ-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Inlet Fairing with Mounting Bracket

First Support Assembly
External Drive Gearbox
Air Starter
Compressor
Second Support Assembly
Fuel Manifold with Main Fuel Nozzle
Ignition Plug
Combustion Chamber
Thermocouple
Compressor Turbine
Third Support Assembly
Free (Power) Turbine
Fourth Support Assembly
Free Turbine Speed Governor Drive Assembly
Fifth Support Assembly
Exhaust Stack
Torsion Shaft
Drain Valve/Drain Valves Unit
Hydraulic Power Cylinder with Limit Switch
Air Bleed Valve
VGV Control Linkage
Lower Oil Pump Block
Internal Drive Gearbox
NOTE: On some engine models inlet fairing (1)

may not be fitted, while assembly (15)
on engines manufactured up to January 1,
1981 may have a different design
(Ref. 072.53.00).
Engine Longitudinal Section

Figure 1 (Sheet 2 of 2)

Page 5
Mar 15/88
TB3-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Time required for engine to reach idle power after de-

pression of starting button 60 s, max.
Time required for engine to reach takeoff power after

depression of starting button 3 min, max.
Serviceability of engine is ensured By use of following grades of fuel and oils

Approved fuel grades TC-1, T-1, PT to State Standard ГОСТ 10227-86;
S-1 and R-1 to Specification TGL-38582 (G.D.R. ),•
PL-6 to Specification PND 25-005-81 (Cs.S.R.);
PSM to Specification РN-72/С-96026 (P.P.R.);
Jet A-1 to Specification D.Eng.R.D. 2494 (Algeria,
Libya) and Air Total (Prance);
T-1 to Specification STAS 5639-77 and Jet A-1 to Spe-
cification 3TAS 3754-77 (Romania);
JP-1 to Specification MIL-Р-5616С (USA),
TPC-1 to Specification D-2-3 (Cuba);
T-1 and TC-1 to Specification БДС 5075-82 and PT to
Specification БДС 15636-83 (Bulgaria)
Approved oil grades Б-ЗБ to Specification ТУ 38-101295-85;

ЛЗ-240 to Specification ТУ 38-401579-86;
Castrol 98 to Specification D.Eng.R.D 2487 (Great
Britain)}
blobil Jet Oil 11 to Specification MIL-L-23699 produced
by Uobil (USA);
BP Enerjet 52 to Specification MIL-L-23699 produced
by British Petroleum (Great Britain);
BP Enerjet 523 to Specification D.Eng.R.D. 2497 produ-
ced by British Petroleum (Great Britain);
Turbonycoil 525-2A to Specification MIL-L-23699 produc-
ed by Nyco (USA).
NOTES: The engines may be operated on mixtures of the above fuels in any pro-
portion.
The usage of fuel TC-1 having solidification temperature of minus 50 °C
is described in the Maintenance Manual of the helicopter.
To prevent formation of ice crystals at temperature of О С and below,
it is necessary to add into fuel an additive - ethylcellosolve of pro-
duction grade "1" or "Extra" to State Standard ГОСТ 8313-76 (fluid "И")
or additive of grade A1-31 to Specification MIL-1-27686Е (USA) in quan-
tity prescribed by the instructions on their use as well as in the
Helicopter Maintenance Manual.

Page 6
Nov 17/93
TB3-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
When changing over from oil B-3B to oil ЛЗ-240 and vice versa, drain the
oil at a temperature of not less than 30 C from the belicopter oil sys-
tem and fillwith
plenishment the alatter with grade
different th desired
of oilgrade of oil. No oil system re-
is allowed.
Never mix oil B-3B with other grades of oil. When changing over from oil
Б-3В to any other oil, or vice versa, wash the engine oil system with the
oil to be filled into the oil system by effecting the procedure detailed
in Task Card No. 202, 072.90.00. twice.
The filling of oil into the engine oil tank is performed through the fil-
ling filter with the dimension of holes not greater than 0.063x0.063 mm.
The storage term of Б-ЗВ oil in the manufacturer's crate is 5 years start-
ing from the day of manufacture.
Acceleration time when advancing engine throttle lever within 1 to 2 s:

- From idle to takeoff 9 s max.
- From cruise I to takeoff 4 s max.
Altitude Performance and Throttle Characteristics Ref. Book 3, 072.00.00
Basic Operational limitations
Permissible time of engine operation (including continuous

operation) at various power conditions within service life... Ref. Book 3, 072.00.00
Minimum time intervals between repeated accelerations to max.

continuous power (and above) following engine continuous ope-
ration over maximum permissible time 5 min
Max. acceptable values of engine measured parameters at

various power conditions at all altitudes and speeds of
flight Ref. Book 3, 072.00.00
Deviation or fluctuation of gas generator rotor rotational

speed at steady-state power conditions:
- Max. continuous and cruise I power +0.5 %
- Cruise II power and below +0.7 %
Difference in rotational speed of gas generator rotors during

concurred operation of both engines:
- At cruise I and max. continuous power with control lever
Рmr (Пот) in the middle position (change-over) 2 %, max.
- At transient conditions Not specified
On actuation of gas temperature controller 3 %, max.
Max. permissible (observed) turbine inlet gas temperature at

starting Ref. Fig. 2
Deflection or fluctuation of gas temperature indicator poin-

ter (for one engine) at steady-state power conditions with-
out exceeding max. permissible gas temperature +25 С
Permissible reduction in main rotor RPM relative to stabili-

zed RPM in flight Ref. Book 3, 072.00.00
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
072.00.00
Page 7
Nov 17/93
ТВЗ-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Maximum Permissible Observed Turbine Inlet Gae Temperature

at Starting
Figure 2

Page 8
Jan 15/86
TB3-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Permissible increase in main rotor RPM relative to

stabilized RPM in flight Ref. Book 3, 072.00.00
Max. permissible main rotor RPM which, if attained,

necessitate replacement of free turbine to permit
further operation of engine Ref. Book 3, 072.00.00
Max. permissible oil level (by oil quantity gauge

sight glass) 11 Itr
Min. permissible oil level Ref. Book 3, 072.00.00
Location of air offtake to air-conditioning and anti-

icing systems of helicopter, amounts of air offtake
to helicopter systems, and OAT at which air offtake
is permitted Ref. Book 3, 072.00.00
Engine outlet oil temperature

Maximum +150 °C
Minimum for acceleration to power condition above
idling , +30 °C
Recommended Prom +80 to +140 °C
Minimum for continuous operation at cruise II
power and above +70 °C
Oil consumption 0.3 ltr/h, max.
Oil pressure:
At idle power 2 kgf/cm , min.
At power settings above idle power (3.5+0.5) kgf/cm2
During engine warm-up at idle power (oil tempera-
ture being below +70 °C) 4.8 kgf/cm , max.
Fluctuation of oil pressure (by pressure gauge) within

acceptable limits at all steady-state power condi-
tions +0.25 kgf/cm
Centrifugal fuel pump fuel inlet pressure Ref. Book 3, 072.00.00
Number of consequtive starting attempts Five, max., to be followed

by minimum interval of
15 min
Gas generator rotor coast-down time:

Up to complete stop 50s,min.
Up to Ngg = 3 % 40 s, min.

Page 9
Jan 15/86
TB3-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Time limits for engine and engine accessories As stated in engine Log
Book
Gas temperature controller setting (985+5) °C
Compressor VIGV and VGV setting angles (by VGV setting

angle dial) Ref. Book 3, 072.00.00
Brief Description of Engine
General view of the engine is presented in Figures 3 and 4 (Ref. Book 3, 072.00.00)
while its longitudinal section is shown in Figure 1.
The engine compressor is an axial-flow, twelve-stage unit featuring variable inlet

guide vanes (VIGV), variable guide vanes (VGV) of the compressor stator first four
stages, and two valves bleeding air from the 7th stage of the compressor.
The compressor casing comprises four circular casings providing accommodation to the
VGV's of the first four stages of the compressor stator, the stages 5 through 11
guide vane assemblies (each split in two halves) and the compressor wheels stage
rings, and a compressor outlet guide vane assembly.
The compressor casing is attached with its front flange to the first support as-
sembly housing and with its rear flange to the flange of the combust ion chamber
diffuser outer casing.
The compressor rotor is a drum-and-disc structure.
All compressor discs, excepting the stage 1 disc, are welded together. The stage
1 disc is attached to the drum. The attachment of the blades is effected by a
dovetail type blade attachment. The front roller bearing of the rotor is mounted
inside the housing of the first support assembly while the rotor rear ball bearing
is fitted within the housing of the second support assembly which is secured to the
outlet guide vane assembly.
The compressor turbine torque is transmitted to the compressor rotor through the
internal splines of the rotor shaft rear end.
The housing of the first support assembly serves to shape the air flow duct in front
of the compressor, to provide accommodation to the VIGV's, the external drive gear-
box, internal drive gearbox, oil pump block and other engine accessories.
The combustion chamber is of the annular type and incorporates and outer and inner
diffusor casings, a flame tube and a fuel manifold comprising twelve fuel nozzles.
The fuel nozzles are of a two-jet, duplex, centrifugal type.
The turbine assembly includes a compressor turbine and a free (power) turbine mecha-
nically independent of each other.

Page 10
Jan 15/86
TB3-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
The compressor turbine is an axial-flow, two-stage unit and consists of a stator and a
rotor.
The stator consists of a casing, two nozzle guide vane (NGV) assemblies, and outer
rings surrounding the stages 1 and 2 wheels. The stages 1 and 2 NGV's are of a hollow,
air-cooled type.
The compressor turbine rotor incorporates two discs coupled by face splines and
tightened together by twelve bolts. The rotor blades are secured in the discs by a fir-
tree type blade attachment.
The rotor blades are provided at the tips with platforms which form a ring-shaped
shroud around the periphery of the rotor wheels.
The faces of the discs, the attachment and roots of the blades are cooled with air
supplied from the zone of the combustion chamber secondary air.
The turbine rotor rests with its centralizing shoulder on the compressor shaft rear end
acting as a turbine rotor front support assembly.
The roller bearing supporting the turbine rotor shaft rear end formed in the stage
2 disc serves as a rear support of the turbine rotor.
The free (power) turbine is an axial-flow, two-stage unit comprising a stator and a
rotor.
The turbine stator consists of a casing, two NGV assemblies and two outer rings sur-
rounding the rotor blades.
The free turbine rotor includes two discs coupled by face splines and tightened
together by twelve bolts. The design and attachment of the rotor blades are identical
to those of the compressor turbine rotor blades. The stages 1 and 2 discs are cooled
by the air bled from the seventh stage of the compressor.
The free turbine rotor is a cantilever unit running in two support assemblies, the
front one being a ball bearing (the engine fourth support assembly) and the rear
one, a roller bearing (the fifth support assembly of the engine).
The power of the free turbine is transmitted to the coupling shaft via splines made
in the stage 2 disc extension.
The exhaust stack serves to discharge the gas into atmosphere.
The mechanical diagram of the engine drives is given in Figure 3.
The engine oil system is of the open-loop type employing forced oil circulation. The
supply of the lube oil is effected by a pressure section of the oil pump block. The
oil scavenged from the first support assembly of the engine and the internal drive

Page 11
Jan 15/86
TB3-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
gearbox by two scavenge pumps of the oil pump block and from external drive gearbox
by a separate oil ecavenge pump is delivered directly to the oil tank.
The oil scavenged from the second, third, fourth, and fifth support assemblies of the
engine by three oil scavenge pumps of the oil pump block is directed first to the he-
licopter oil cooler and then to the oil tank. Fitted in the oil ecavenge line is a
chip detector.
The breathing of the support assemblies is effected via the oil pumps into the oil
tank that is communicated with atmosphere.
The engine starting is carried out automatically. The gas generator rotor is cranked
by an air starter mounted on the external drive gearbox.
The АИ-9В (АИ-9) engine is used as a compressed air source for cranking of the air
starter.
The engine starting procedure is controlled by an engine auto start control unit in-
stalled in the helicopter and the engine fuel flow control equipment.
The engine attachment in the helicopter is effected by means of engine mounting at-
tachments located on the engine front attachment flange and a rear flange located
on a flange of the engine load-bearing cone.
The performance parameters of the engine and engine systems are monitored in the
helicopter by:
- Instruments permitting to assess the values of the parameters indicative of the
condition of the engine and its systems as well as the power condition.
- Annunciators providing indication of either normal operation or malfunctioning of
the engine and its systems (Ref. Book 3, 072.00.00, Table 5).
The engine carries only transducers that serve to convert engine parameters into
electrical signals. The remaining equipment, that is, instruments, indicators, warn-
ing and indicating lights, annunciators, and converters, are fitted in the fuselage
and the flight compartment.
Given below are parameters used for visual monitoring of functioning of the engine
and its systems:
- Gas generator rotational speed (Ngg).
- Main rotor rotational speed (Nmr)»
- Compressor turbine inlet gas temperature (TIT).
- Engine oil inlet pressure (Poil)
- Engine oil outlet temperature (TQil).
- Engine power condition.
NОТЕ: The main rotor tach generator is fitted on the main gearbox.

Page 12
Jan 15/86
ТВЗ-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Ref. Number of Pitch

No. teeth
1 27 1.5
2 13 1.5
3 28 2.061
4 33 2.5
5 28 2.5
6 37 2
7 19 2.5
8 49 2.5
9 29 2
10 35 2
11 36 2
12 13 1.25
13 65 1.25
14• 32 2
15 25 2
16 28 2
17 62 2
18 28 2
19 29 2
20 17 2
21 15 2
22 22 1.5
23 48 1.75
24 17 1.75
25 44 2
26 38 2
27 13 1.5
28 60 1.25
29 19 1.25
30 49 2
31 47 2
Engine Accessory Drives Gear Train Diagram

Figure 3

Pages 13/14
Jan 15/86
ТВЗ-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Operation
The air entering the engine inlet passes through the housing of the first support as-
sembly and flows into the compressor. Inside the compressor the air is compressed and
then admitted into the combustion chamber wherein it gets mixed with the fuel atomized
by the fuel nozzles to produce a fuel-air mixture. As the result of combustion of the
fuel-air mixture, the temperature of the gas flow rises. The gas is then delivered to
the compressor turbine where the energy of the gases is converted into mechanical work
used for driving the compressor rotor and engine accessories. Then the gases flow into
the free (power) turbine. The torque produced by the free (power) turbine is transmitted
to the main gearbox. On passing the free (power) turbine, the gases decelerate in the
exhaust stack and discharge into atmosphere.
General Instructions on Engine Operation
The general instructions on engine operation are described in Book 3, 072.00.00.
In the course of operation and maintenance of the engine and its systems, make use of
the set of mounting parts, set of spare parts supplied with each engine and the engine
tools kit supplied with each engine of even number.
Emergency Procedures
The engine performance parameters and indication of its functioning shall be in compli-
ance with the established acceptance standards.
If any malfunctions are noticed in engine operation (by engine monitoring instruments
or warning system), proceed in accordance with the requirements laid down in the
Flight Manual observing the requirements detailed in Book 3.

Pages 15/16
Jan 15/86
TB3-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ENGINE - TROUBLE SHOOTING
General
The present Topic has been compiled proceeding from the following assumptions?
The operation of the engine is carried out in compliance with the requirements des-
cribed in the present Maintenance Manual, Helicopter Maintenance Manual and Helicop-
ter Flight Manual.
The helicopter systems associated with the engine are in serviceable condition.
The electrical circuits supplying power to the engine accessories and monitoring
instruments are properly connected to them and in serviceable condition.
Readings of the instruments and warning/indicating devices monitoring the performance
of the engine are genuine.
While locating and eliminating engine troubles, it is important to clearly define

the symptoms of a trouble and then to check possible causes of a trouble starting from
the most probable one and proceeding until the cause of the trouble has been isolated.
On completion of a trouble shooting procedure, return all adjusting elements, that

have been disturbed in the course of the trouble shooting but have no relation to the
elimination of the trouble, to the initial position.
If any structural elements in the course of trouble shooting were removed, re-fit them
to their places.
On elimination of a defect in compliance with the requirements of the Topic "Trouble

Shooting" of the present Maintenance Manual, the engine is cleared for further opera-
tion.
Some engine models may have additional throuble shooting procedures, which are describ-
ed in Book 3, 072.00.00.
List of Engine Faults Possible in Service
Ho light-up or late light-up at starting (Ref. Fig. 101).
Gas generator rotor fails to accelerate or 'hangs up' at engine starting (Ref.
Fig. 102).
Gas generator rotor RPM at air starter disengagement out of limits (Ref. Fig. 103).
High gas temperature at starting (Ref. Fig. 104).
Gas generator rotor idling RPM out of limits prescribed in Figure 501, Book 3 (Ref.
Fig. 105).

Page 101
Jan 15/86
TB3-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Gas temperature at checkout of gas temperature controller operation fails to be within

specified range (Ref. Fig. 106).
Engine fails to accelerate gas generator rotor above idling speed in response to advance
movement of throttle lever (Ref. Fig. 107),
Low gas temperature at engine power conditions (Ref. Fig. 106).
Unacceptable fluctuation of gas temperature at stable operational conditions of engine

(Ref. Fig. 109).
High gas overtemperature at acceleration time check or low partial acceleration time
(Ref. Fig. 110).
High gas temperature at engine operational power conditions (Ref. Fig. 111).
Early actuation of gas temperature limiting system (Ref. Fig. 112).
Lack of tightness of engine pipe joints (Ref. Fig. 113).
Illumination of engine vibration annunciator (Ref. Fig. 114).
Main rotor speed governor decelerates gas generator rotor at takeoff power to value
below specified limits (Ref. Fig. 115).
Main rotor speed adjustment range out of prescribed limits (Ref. Pig. 116).
Difference in RPM of gas generator rotors at cruise I and max. continuous power
conditions above limits specified for engines concurred operation (Ref. Fig. 117).
Difference in RPM of gas generator rotors exceeds acceptable limits on actuation

of anti-icing system (Ref. Fig. 118).
Annunciator fails to illuminate during test of FT/FT CB (CT/A3CT) circuit of engine

limit power condition governor/engine electronic governor (Ref. Fig. 119).
Annunciator which indicates testing of FT/FT CB (CT/A3CT) circuit of engine limit

power condition governor/engine electronic governor illuminates at operational
power conditions, although test selector switch is set to OPERATION (РАБОТА) posi-
tion (Ref. Fig. 120).
Engine shutdown failure during test of FT/FT CB (CT/A3CT) circuit of engine limit
power condition governor/engine electronic governor (with engine shutdown). Annuncia-
tor ofNfttest is ON (Ref. Fig. 121).
Gas generator rotor RPM during test of GG circuit of engine electronic governor out
of limits (Ref. Fig. 122).

Page 102
Mar 15/88
TB3-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Gas generator rotor RPM at takeoff power (with engine electronic governor cut in) out
of limits. Power condition limitation annunciator flashing (Ref.Fig.123).
Gas generator rotor RPM at takeoff power (with engine electronic governor cut in) out
of limits. Power condition limitation annunciator not flashing (Ref. Fig. 134).
Gas generator rotor RPM at takeoff power do not comply with limits shown in Chart "A"
(Ref. Fig. 125).
NOTE: Fault mentioned in 2.25 may take place on engines equipped with limit power
condition governors.
Illumination of annunciator warning about presence of chips in engine (Ref. Pig. 126).
Fluctuation of parameters Ngg, Pc, TIT, Nmr beyond acceptable limits during concurred
operation of engines (Ref. Fig. 127).
Fuel leakage from air starter bleed off ports after engine shutdown (Ref. Fig. 128).
Inadvertent engine deceleration or failure to accelerate to higher power condition

(Ref. Fig. 129).
Oil leakage from oil scavenging flanges of the fourth and fifth free turbine housing
support assemblies (Ref.Fig.130).
Oiling of variable inlet guide vanes, leakage of oil from the first support assembly.
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
072.00.00
Pages 103/104
Nov 17/93
ТВЗ-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
No light-up or late light-up

at starting
Replace pressurizing Adjust fuel pressure in Eliminate leakage (Ref.
air valve (Ref. primary fuel manifold (Ref. Fig. 113)
080.21.06, Task Card 201) 073.12.05, Task Card No. 503)
Accomplish engine wet motoring run
(Ref. Task Card No. 503) and check
for presence of fuel in exhaust
stack
Conduct engine wet motoring run Bleed off trapped air from FCU
(Ref. 073.12.05, Task Card No. 303), Change ignition plug (Ref. Disconnect LV el. connector at
(Ref. Task Card No. 503) and
check drain valve/drain valves accomplish wet motoring run (Ref. Task Card No. 806) and ignition unit and check el. con-
unit for absence at fuel leakage Task Card No. 503) and check exhaust repeat check for sparking nector for power supply by pres-
stack for presence of fuel sing starting button
Remove ignition plugs from engine Check gas generator

Conduct 2 or 3 en- (Ref. Task Card No. 806). Without rotor RPM at which
gine wet motoring Change HV wire (Ref. Troubleshoot ignition
runs to drain val- disconnecting elbow bends (8) (Ref. shut-off valve gets Change ignition unit (Ref. unit power supply cir-
ve/drain flush 080.21.00, Task Card No. 201)
drain valves unit Pig. 808) from plugs, place them open (Ref. Task Task Card No. 805) and re- cuit
and recheck for sparking
and recheck drain onto engine frame; without start- Card No. 509) check for sparking
valve/drain valves ing АИ-9В (АИ-9) engine, press
unit for tightness
starting button and check plugs
for spark formation
Change ignition unit (Ref. Change ignition plugs (Ref.
Task Card No. 805) Task Card No. 806) and re-
check for sparking
Replace drain Check fuel pres- Adjust gas
valve/drain valvet sure in primary generator ro-
unit (Ref. Check joints of pipe Change НУ wire (Ref.
073.02.00, Task fuel manifold at supplying fuel to tor RPM at 080.21.00, Task Card
Card No. 201) engine wet motor- primary fuel manifold which shut-off No. 201)
ing run (Ref. for leak-tightness valve gets
Task Card No. 508) open (Ref.
Task Card
No. 509)
No Light-Up or Late Light-Up at Starting.

Trouble Shooting Chart
Figure 101

Page 105
Jan 15/86
ТВЗ-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Gas generator rotor fails to accelerate

or «hangs up» at engine starting Wash FCU air filter (Ref. 073.12.05,
Verify cleanliness of inlet jet
of FCU auto start control (Ref. Task Card No. 602)
Accomplish wet motoring run (Ref. Check air starter safety shaft for 073.12.05, Task Card No. 603)
Task Card No. 503) and drain integrity. Replace if sheared
valve/drain valves unit for absence (Ref. 080.12.00, Task Card No. 204)
of fuel leak during wet motoring
Verify cleanliness of inlet jet of

Clean inlet jet of FCU auto start con-
FCU acceleration time control unit
trol (Ref. 073.12.05, Task Card No. 603)
(Ref. 073.12.05, Task Card
No. 603)
Effect 2 or 3 wet motoring Conduct dry motoring run
runs (Ref. Task Card No. 503) (Ref. Task Card Mo. 502) and
to flush drain valve/drain
valves unit and recheck drain check gas generator rotor RPM
valve/drain valves unit for at the end of dry motoring run
absence of fuel leak at wet
motoring run Check FCU air supply line for air- Clean inlet jet of PCU accelera-
tightness tion time control unit (Ref.
073.12.05, Task Card No. 603)
Replace drain valve/drain Check air starter disen- Check air pressure
valves unit (073.02.00, gagement RBI (Ref. Task upstream of air
Task Card No. 201) Card No. 501) starter at engine
Check fuel pressure in primary fuel
dry motoring run
manifold at engine wet motoring run Eliminate leak (Ref.
(Ref. Task Card No. 508) Fig. 113)
Carry out adjustment of Troubleshoot as

Check cleanliness of air
air starter disengagement prescribed in Main-
filter of FCU (Ref.
RPM (Ref. Task Card tenance Manual of Perform starting cycle ad- Adjust primary fuel manifold fuel
073.12.05, Task Card No. 602)
No. 504, 073.12.05) engine АЙ-9В (АИ-9) justment (Ref. 073.12.05, pressure (Ref. 073.12.05, Task
Task Card Ho. 503) Card No. 503)
Check VIGV setting angle at idle stop and,

if necessary, adjust stops of hydraulic
power cylinder (Ref. Task Card No. 814) or
stops of FCU (Ref. Task Card No. 803)
Gas Generator Rotor Pails to Accelerate or 'Hangs Up 1 at Engine Starting.

Figure 102

Page 106
Jan 15/86 44
ТВЗ-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Gas generator rotor RPM at air starter

disengagement out of limits
Adjust FCU as required (Ref. 073.12.05, Task

Card No. 504)
Gas Generator Rotor RPM at Air Starter Disengagement Out of Limits.

Figure 103
High gas temperature at starting

(Ref. Book 3, 072.00.00, Fig. 501)
Check air bleed Jet A of FCU auto start

control for cleanliness (Ref. 073.12.05,
Task Card No. 603)
Check of air bleed jet (П) of FCU accelera-

Wash and clean air bleed jet (A)
tion time control unit for cleanliness (Ref.
of FCU auto start control (Ref.
073.12.05, Task Card No. 603)
073.12.05, Task Card No. 603)
Adjust FCU as required (Ref. 073.12.05, Wash and clean air bleed jet (П)
Task Card No. 503) of FCU acceleration time control
unit (Ref. 073.12.05, Task
Card No. 603)
High Gas Temperature at Starting.

Figure 104

Page 107
Jan 15/86
ТВЗ-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Gas generator rotor idling RPM out of limits

prescribed in Figure 501, Book 3
Check position of engine control lever

against FCU dial with engine control elements
in helicopter's flight compartment set to
positions corresponding to idling
Carry out adjustment of FCU (Ref.

Adjust rigging of engine control elements
073.12.05, Task Card No. 505)
Gas Generator Rotor Idling RPM out of Limits Prescribed in Figure 501, Book 3.
Figure 105
Gas temperature at checkout of gas temperature control-

ler operation falls to be within specified range
Check temperature controller adjustment with aid of

ПКРТ test panel. If adjustment is not within limits,
readjust temperature controller or replace it
Gas Temperature at Checkout of Gas Temperature Controller Operation Fails to be

Within Specified Range
Figure 106
EFFECTIVITY: ALL 072,00.00

Page 108
Mar 15/88
ТВЗ-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Engine fails to accelerate gas generator

rotor above idling speed in response to
advance movement of throttle lever
Check FCU air filter for cleanliness (Ref.

073.12.05, Task Card No. 602)
Verify cleanliness of FCU acceleration time Wash air filter (Ref.

control unit inlet jet (073.12.05, Task Card 073.12.05, Task Card No. 602)
No, 603)
Visually inspect pipe supplying air to FCU Clean FCU acceleration time control
acceleration time control unit for leak- unit inlet jet (Ref. 073.12.05,
tightness Task Card No. 603)
Carry out adjustment of FCU acceleration

Rectify leakage by tightening up
time control unit (073.12.05, Task Card
joints or replacing faulty components
No. 507). If fault persists,
Replace FCU (Ref. 072.00.00,

Task Card No. 803)
Engine Fails to Accelerate Gas Generator Rotor Above Idling Speed

in Response to Advance Movement of Throttle Lever.
Figure 107
EFFECTlVITY: ALL 072.00.00

Page 109
Jan 15/86
ТВЗ-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Low gas temperature at engine power conditions
Check compensating wires at connecting and

junction boxes for correct connection
Ensure correct connection of compensating

Function test gas thermometer
wires
Verify there is no thermocouple Replace gas thermometer

harness contact-to-frame fault (Ref.
Task Card No. 607)
Check gas thermometer circuit for Check each thermocouple for absence of
absence of short circuiting. If short circuiting (Ref. 077.21.01, Task
shorted out, troubleshoot gas ther- Card No. 201)
mometer channel in thermocouple cir-
cuit
Replace thermocouple Replace defective

harness (Ref. 072.03.00, thermocouples (Ref.
Task Card No. 202) Task Card No. 809)
Low Gas Temperature at Engine Power Conditions.

Figure 108

Page 110
Jan 15/86
ТВЗ-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Unacceptable fluctuation of gas temperature

at stable operational conditions of engine
Verify proper tightening of terminal connec-

tions in terminal block and gas thermometer
supply circuit
Tighten up loose terminal con-

Verify serviceability of
nections
thermometer
Replace gas thermometer
Unacceptable Fluctuation of Gas Temperature

at Stable Operational Conditions of Engine.
Figure 109
High gas overtemperature at acceleration time check

or low partial acceleration time
Verify cleanliness of air bleed jet (П) of acceleration

time control unit (Ref. 073.12.05, Task Card
No. 603)
Clean air bleed jet of acceleration time

Adjust FCU as required (Ref. 073.12.05,
control unit (Ref. 073.12.05, Task Card
Task Card No. 507)
No. 603)
High Gas Overtemperature at Acceleration Time Check or Low Partial Acceleration Time.
Figure 110

Page 111
Jan 15/86
ТВЗ-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
High gas temperature at engine operational power

conditions
Check gas thermometer for serviceability
Disconnect el. connector at hot air Replace gas thermometer

valve and verify full closure of hot air
valve by checking pins 1 and 3 of el.
connector for continuity
Check air bleed valves for

leak-tightness (Ref. Couple el. connector to hot air valve,
075.30.00,Fig.101) turn on engine beating switch for a
period of 40 seconds and recheck hot air
valve for full closure
Carry out operations specifi-

ed in 075.10.02, Fig. 101
Check variation of gas temperature on Carry out operations specified

running engine by cutting in and off air in 075.30.00, Fig. 101
bleeds for helicopter's needs.
If temperature does not change
NOTE: OPERATIONS MARKED WITH AH ASTERISK
(*) SHALL BE PERFORMED ONLY WITH GAS
Check air bleed systems for helicopter's TEMPERATURE AT TAKEOFF POWER IS HIGH.
needs for tightness and serviceability
If gas temperature at takeoff power rises, Rectify leakage and ensure proper
use temperature controller test panel ПКРТ functioning of air offtake system
to check setting of temperature controller
Adjust or replace temperature controller

Replace FCU (Ref. Task Card Nо. 803)
High Gas Temperature at Engine Operational Power Conditions.

Figure 111

Page 112
Jan 15/86 so
ТВЗ-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Early actuation of gas temperature limiting

system
Function test gas thermometer
Measure impedance of thermocouple cir-

Change gas thermometer
cuits as laid down in 8.5, Task Card No.402
Take gas temperature readings at cruise Adjust thermocouple circuits impedance as

power via both thermocouple channels, required
for which purpose uncouple el. connector
at ПK box and disconnect wire ends at
gas temperature controller terminal
block. Measure gas temperature separa-
tely via each of two channels of thermo-
couples using ПП-63 potentiometer or any
other of identical type. Difference in
readings of both channels shall not
exceed 10 °C
Verify setting of gas temperature Function test thermocouples of both

controller by means of temperature channels (Ref. 077.21.01, Task Card
controller test panel ПКРТ. If out of No. 201).
Replace defective thermocouple (Ref,
limits, adjust or replace gas tempera-
ture controller Task Card No. 809)
Early Actuation of Gaa Temperature Limiting System .

Figure 112

Page 113
Jan 15/86
ТВЗ-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Lack of tightness of engine pipe joints
Check pipe joints for absence of loosening
Unsafety and tighten up nuts, bolts, or

Disassemble leaky pipe joint and examine
sealing rings, gaskets, sealing surfaces connections of leaky joint (Ref. Task
of spherical joints, adapters, and cones Card No. 801), following which check pipe
joints for absence of leaks on running
for notches, dents, cracks, etc.
engine
Replace affected part (Ref. Task Card No. 801)
Lack of Tightness of Engine Pipe Joints.

Figure 113

Page 114
Jan 15/86
ТВЗ-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Illumination of engine
vibration annunciator
Check vibration pick-up for cor-

rect installation on engine (Ref.
Task Card No. 402) - for single-
rotor helicopters, (Ref. Helicop-
ter Maintenance Manual) - for
coaxial-rotor helicopters
Check vibration measuring equipment Install vibration pick-up into cor-

for correct setting and proper func- rect position
tioning by using УПИВ-500 test unit
- for single-rotor helicopters,
УПКВ-П - for coaxial - rotor heli-
copters
Carry out adjustment or replacement

Check alignment of engine with main
of vibration measuring equipment
gearbox (Ref. Task Card No. 606)
Perform adjustment of alignment of

engine and main gearbox
Illumination of Engine Vibration Annunciator.

Figure 114
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
072.00.00
Page 115
Nov 17/93
ТВЗ-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Main rotor speed governor decelerates gas

generator rotor at takeoff power to value
below specified limits
Verify that main rotor speed adjustment

lever is positioned against (66+2)-deg mark
Check main rotor speed governor setting Set main rotor speed adjustment lever
(Ref. Task Card No. 516) against (66+2)-deg mark
Replace FCU (Ref. Task Carry out adjustment of main rotor

Card No. 803) speed governor (Ref. Task Card No. 518)
Main Rotor Speed Governor Decelerates Gas Generator

Rotor at Takeoff Power to Value Below Specified Limits.
Figure 115

Page 116
Jan 15/86
ТВЗ-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Main rotor speed adjustment range out of prescrib-

ed limits
Check angles of setting of main rotor speed gover-

nor adjustment lever by FCU dial with helicopter
rod controlling adjustment lever set against stops
Check setting of main rotor speed gover-

Adjust position of stops
nor (Ref. Task Card No. 516)
Replace FCU (Ref. Task Card Carry out adjustment of main rotor
No. 803) speed governor (Ref. Task Card No. 518)
Main Rotor Speed Adjustment Range out of Prescribed Limits.

Figure 116

Page 117
Jan 15/86
ТВЗ-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Difference in RPM of gas generator rotors at cruise

I and шах. continuous power conditions above limits
specified for engines concurred operation
Check setting of main rotor speed governors of both

engines (Ref. Task Card No. 516)
Check characteristic of compressor VGV Carry out adjustment of main rotor

setting angles of both engines (Ref. Task speed governor (Ref. Task Card
Card No. 512) No. 518)
Disconnect power synchronizers of both en- Carry out adjustment of characteristic

gines having detached pipes from connections of VGV setting angles (Ref. Task Card
(25) (Ref. Pig. 404) and blanked off ex- No. 513)
posed connections, set speed adjustment
lever against (66+2)-deg mark. While ope-
rating engines at cruise I power condition,
note down gas generators rotors RPM of both
engines. If difference in RPM of gas gene-
rator rotors of both engines has decreased,
Perform adjustment of main rotor speed

governor (Ref. Task Card No. 518) of en-
gine having higher RPM so as to decrease
its RPM and adjust main rotor speed gover-
nor of engine running at lower RPM so as to
raise its RPM. Connect power synchronizers
and check difference in RPM of both gas ge-
nerator rotors.
If difference in RPM is out of limits,
Replace FCU (Ref. Task Card No. 803)
Difference in RPM of Gas Generator Rotors at Cruise I and Max. Continuous

Power Conditions Above Limits Specified for Engines Concurred Operation.
Figure 117
Page 118
Jan 15/86
ТВЗ-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Difference in RPM of gas generator rotors

exceeds acceptable limits on actuation of
anti-icing system
Test anti-icing system for functioning as

instructed in Task Card No. 505
On engine having higher RPM of gas gene- Perform operations prescribed in

rator rotor, detach and blank off pipe 075.10.00, Fig. 101
supplying hot air to connection (5) (Ref.
073.12.00, Fig. 4) of conduit delivering
air to FCU temperature-sensing probe and
check difference in RPM of gas generator
rotors at concurred operation of both
engines.
If difference in RPM has reduced,
Replace FCU temperature-sensing probe

air supply conduit (Ref. Task Card
No. 802)
Difference in RPM of Gas Generator Rotors Exceeds

Acceptable Limits on Actuation of Anti-Icing System.
Figure 118
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
072.00.00
Page 119
Jan 15/86
ТВЗ-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Annunciator fails to illuminate during test

ofFT/FTCB (CT/A3СT) circuit of engine
limit power condition governor/engine elec-
tronic governor
Check electric circuits for continuity and

electric bulb for serviceability
Replace limit power condition Eliminate trouble

governor/engine electronic
governor (Ref. Task Card
No. 804)
Annunciator Pails to Illuminate During Teat of FT/FT СB (CT/A3CT)

Circuit of Engine Limit Power Condition Governor/Engine Electronic
Governor.
Figure 119
Annunciator which indicates testing ofFT/FTCB (CT/A3CT)

circuit of engine limit power condition governor/engine
electronic governor illuminates at operational power condi-
tions, although test selector switch is set to OPERATION
(РАБОТА) position
Check circuits of transmitters for continuity.

Check terminals in el. connectors for correct soldering
Re-couple el. connectors as Eliminate trouble

required to connect standby
transmitters
Annunciator Which Indicates Testing ofFT/FTCB (CT/A3CT) Circuit of

Engine Limit Power Condition Governor/Engine Electronic Governor Illu-
minates at Operational Power Conditions, Although Test Selector Switch
if Set to OPERATION (РАБОТА) position.
Figure 120

Page 120
Jan 15/86
ТВЗ-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Engine shutdown failure during teat of FT/FT CB

(CT/A3CT) circuit of engine limit power condition
governor/engine electronic governor (with engine
shutdown). Annunciator of Nftt test is ON
Check electric circuit from engine limit power

condition governor/engine electronic governor to
engine shutdown el. actuator.
Replace engine shutdown el. Rectify fault

actuator (Ref. Task Card
No. 812)
Engine Shutdown Failure During Test of FT/FT CB (CT/A3CT) Circuit

of Engine Limit Power Condition Governor/Engine Electronic Gover-
nor (with Engine Shutdown). Annunciator ofNftTest is ON.
Figure 121
EFFECTIViTY: ALL 072.00.00

Page 121
Jan 15/86
ТВЗ-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Gas generator rotor RPM during test of GG circuit of

engine electronic governor out of limits
Check electric circuit from engine electronic governor

to ДЧВ transducer for continuity
Check electric circuit of ДЧВ transducer Rectify fault

for continuity
Replace engine electronic Replace ДЧВ transducer

governor (Ref. Task Card (Ref. Task Card.
No. 804) No. 813)
Gas Generator Rotor RPM During Teat of GG Circuit of Engine

Electronic Governor out of Limits.
Figure 122

Page 122
Jan 15/86
ТВЗ-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Gas generator rotor RPM at takeoff power (with en-

gine electronic governor cut in) out of limits.
Power condition limitation annunciator flashing
Set GG CRCT (КОНТУРTK)switch to ОFF (ОТКЛЮЧЕНО)

position
Perform operations prescribed in Fig. 112 Perform operations prescribed in Fig. 122
Gas Generator Rotor RPM at Takeoff Power (with Engine Electronic Governor Cut
in) out of Limits. Power Condition Limitation Annunciator Flashing.
Figure 123

Page 123
Jan 15/86
ТВЗ-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Gas generator rotor RPM at takeoff power (with

engine electronic governor cut in) out of limits.
Power condition limitation annunciator not flash-
ing
Check electric circuit from engine electronic

governor to ДЧВ-2500 transducer. If
Check electric circuit

Check FCU air supply line for air- Rectify fault
of ДЧВ-2500 transducer
tightness
for continuity
Replace engine elec- Replace ДЧВ-2500 trans-

tronic governor (Ref. ducer (Ref. Task Card
Task Card No. 804) No. 813)
Gas Generator Rotor RPM at Takeoff Power (with Engine Electronic

Governor Cut in) out of Limits. Power Condition Limitation
Annunciator not Flashing.

Page 124
Jan 15/86
ТВЗ-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Eliminate leakage
Verify cleanliness of FCU air filter
(Ref. 073.12.05, Task Card No. 602)
Verify cleanliness of inlet jet of Wash FCU air filter (Ref. 073.12.05,
FCU acceleration time control unit Task Card No. 602)
(Ref. 073.12.05, Task Card No. 603)
Clean inlet jet of FCU accelera-

Examine, throttle valve fuel filter in
tion time control unit (Ref. '
FCU (Ref. 073.12.05, Task Card No. 604).
073.12.05, Task Card No. 603)
Filter must be clean
Wash throttle valve fuel filter in

Examine central filter of fuel regulator FCU (Ref. 073.12.05, Task Card
in FCU (Ref. 073.12.05, Task Card No. 604) No. 604)
Filter must be clean

Annunciator not Flashing.

Page 125
Jan 15/86
ТВЗ-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Function test anti-icing sys- Wash FCU regulator fuel filter

tem (Ref. Task Card No. 505) (Ref. 073.12.05, Task Card No. 604)
Verify air bleed valve closure Perform operations prescribed in

RPM (Ref. Task Card No. 505) 075.10.00, Fig. 101)
Test air bleed valves for tight- Replace FCU temperature-sensing

ness (Ref. 075.30.00, Fig. 101) probe or FCU (Ref. Task Card No. 803)
Perform operations prescribed in

Check leak-tightness of air offtake
075.30.00, Fig. 101
system for helicopter's needs
Eliminate leakage in air offtake sys-

Check characteristic of compressor VGV
tem
setting angles (Ref. Task Card No. 512)
Gradually, at 0.05-mm steps reduce dia- Carry out adjustment of characteristic

meter of jet (П) of FCU acceleration of compressor VGV setting angles (Ref.
time control unit but by not more than Task Card No. 513)
0.15 mm (Ref. 073.12.05, Task Card
No. 507). If gas generator rotor RPM out
of limits,
Adjust FCU (Ref. Book 3, Task Card

No. 515)

Annunciator not Plashing.

Page 126
Jan 15/86
ТВЗ-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Gas generator rotor RPM at takeoff power do not comply

with limits shown in Chart "A"
Check FCU air supply line for tightness
Eliminate leakage
Verify cleanliness of FCU air filter (Hef.
073.12.05, Task Card No. 602).
Verify cleanliness of inlet jet of PCU ac- Wash FCU air filter (Ref. 073.12.05,
celeration time control unit (Ref. Task Card No. 602)
073.12.05, Task Card No. 603).
Verify cleanliness of FCU throttle valve Clean inlet jet of PCU acceleration
central fuel filter (Ref. 073.12.05, Task time control unit (Ref. 073.12.05,
Card No. 604) Task Card No. 603)
Verify cleanliness of FCU regulator central Wash central fuel filter of FCU throttle
fuel filter (Ref. 073.12.05, Task Card valve (Ref. 073.12.05, Task Card No. 604)
No. 604)
Wash FCU regulator central fuel

Function test anti-icing system
filter (Ref. 073.12.05, Task
(Ref. Task Card No. 512)
Card No. 604)
Gas Generator Rotor RPM at Takeoff Power do not Comply with limits
Shown in Chart "A".

Page 127
Jan 15/86
ТВЗ-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL.
Check compressor air bleed valves closure Carry out operations speci-
RPM (Ref. Task Card No. 505) fied in 075.30.00,Fig. 101
Replace PCU temperature-sens-

Check compressor air bleed valves for leak-
tightness (Ref. 075.30.00, Pig. 101) ing probe or PCU (Ref. Task
Card Ho. 803)
Carry out operations spe-

Check air offtake systems for helicop-
cified in 075.30.00,Fig. 101
ter's needs for leak-tightness
Eliminate leakage in air offtake

Check compressor VGV angular setting
system
characteristic (Ref. Task Card No. 512)
Gradually, at 0.05-mm steps, reduce dia- Carry out adjustment of compressor

meter of jet (П) of FCU acceleration time VGV angular setting characteristic
control unit, but by not more than 0.15 mm (Ref. Task Card No. 513)
(Ref. 073.12.05, Task Curd No. 507). If
gas generator rotor RPM out of limits
Adjust FCU (Ref. Book 3, Task Card No. 514)
Gas Generator Rotor RPM at Takeoff Power do not Comply with Limits
Shown in Chart "A".

Page 128
Jan 15/86
ТВЗ-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Illumination of annunciator warning about presence of

chips in engine
Check helicopter circuit supplying power to chip de-

tector for serviceability
Remove chip detector and check it for Eliminate defect

presence of swarf closing electrical
circuit in gap between magnets
Remove and examine fine oil filter and

Replace chip detector and carry
filter fitted in line scavenging oil
out pre-flight engine test
from fourth and fifth support assemblies
for presence of swarf
Wash fine oil filter and filter fitted in Wash and clean chip detector mag-
line scavenging oil from fourth and fifth nets with hair brush or cotton
support assemblies. Refit oil filters and wool pad soaked in gasoline or
carry out pre-flight engine test. Remove oil kerosene; fit back chip detector
filters and examine for swarf and carry out pre-flight engine
test. Remove and inspect chip de-
tector
Change oil in engine Refit oil filters
Illumination of Annunciator Warning About Presence of Chips in Engine.

Figure 126

Page 129
Jan 15/86
ТВЗ-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fluctuation of parameters Ngg , Fc, TIT, Nmr beyond acceptable limits (Ref.
Fig. 2, 072.00.00) during concurred operation of engines
Check length of main rotor control rods and throttle lever setting angles at right-
hand twist grip rotation AUTO (АВТОМАТ), which must correspond to those specified
in Helicopter Maintenance Publications. If
Adjust main rotor control rods and throttle

lever setting angles at right-hand twist
grip rotation AUTO (АВТОМАТ) and then check
power plant for proper operation
Coarsen main rotor to upper limit of "hot day" or "cold day" adjustment of swash plate
assembly, adjust ath at right-hand twist grip rotation AUTO (АВТОМАТ) to lower limit
on both engines. Carry out these operations as detailed in Helicopter Maintenance
Manual. After adjustment, check main rotor RPM at autorotation to make certain it is
within specified limits. If fluctuation persists
Check power plant operation at right-hand twist grip rotation AUTO (АВТОМАТ), with
individual throttle control lever displaced alternately upward as far as it will go.
Identify engine (right or left) that operates at unsteady power condition
Fluctuation of Parameters Ngg , PC, TIT, Nmr Beyond Acceptable Limits

During Concurred Operation of Engines.

Page 130
Mar 15/88
ТВЗ-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Check fuel control unit Ngg governor for adjustment on engine that operates
at unsteady power condition (Ref. 073.12.05, Task Card No. 515). If
Check FCU Nft governor for adjust-

ment by referring to chart Б ap- Adjust FCU setting as regards
pended to engine log Book (Ref. Ngg and check power plant
072.00.00, Task Card No. 516). operation
If fluctuation persists
By rotating screws (4) and(3)in

different directions within speci-
fied adjustment range, change en-
gine running at higher power to engine
running at lower power and ensure
difference in RPM equivalent to
Ngg = 0.5 to 1 *%
If fluctuation persiets
Replace fuel control unit (Ref.

072.00.00, Task Card No. 803)
Fluctuation of Parameters Ngg , PC, TIT, Nmr Beyond Acceptable Limits

During Concurred Operation of Engines.

Page 131
Mar 15/88
ТВЗ-117
МАINTENANCEMANUAL
Fuel leakage from air starter bleed off ports after

engine shutdown
Start engine and shut it down after it runs idle for

3 min
Start engine once again, run it at idle setting

for 3 min and then shut it down
Replace air pressurizing valve (Ref. 080.21.06,

Task Card No. 201)
Fuel Leakage from Air Starter Bleed Off Forts after Engine Shutdown
Figure 128

Page 132
Mar 15/88
ТВЗ-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Inadvertent engine deceleration or failure to accelerate to higher power

condition
Inspect engine within preflight preparation scope. Check to яее that comp-
ressor and turbine blades are free of nicks. Check gas generator and free
turbine rotors for ease of rotation. If no defects are detected
Inspect fine fuel filter element and central filters in fuel control unit
flow metering unit and governor. Check filters (without cleaning them)
with the aid of ПКФ filter testing device (Ref. 073.11.04, Task Card
No. 205; 073.12.05, Task Card No. 604). If
Clean filters on ultrasonic installation Measure wear of compressor rotor

or replace them by clean filters. Be- stage 1 blades (Ref. 072.30.00, Task
sides, clean FCU inlet filter (Ref. Card No. 202). If wear
073.12.05, Task Card No. 604)
Inspect compressor rotor stages 7 and

Remove part from service 8 blades (Ref. 072.00.00, Task Card
No. 608). If wear
Clean air filter, inlet and air

Remove engine from service bleeder jets (A) and (5) .
Check to see that jets installed
agree with those recorded in FCU
Certificate. If
Inadvertent Engine Deceleration or Failure to Accelerate to Higher Power Condition


Page 133
Mar 15/88
ТВЗ-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Install jets recommended in FCU

Certificate. If necessary, adjust
engine start and partial accelera-
tion (Ref. 073.12.05, Task Card
No. 503 and 507)
Check compressor VGV angular setting

characteristic (Ref. 072.00.00,
Task Card No. 512). If
Adjust VGV angular setting charac-

teristic (Ref. 072.00.00, Task
Card No. 513)
Test engine (Ref. 072.00.00, Task Card

No. 505). If
Replace fuel control unit (Ref.

072.00.00, Task Card No. 803)
Keep operating engine, baring entered

operations performed in Log Book
Inadvertent Engine Deceleration or Failure to Accelerate to Higher Power Condition

EFFECTIVITY: ALL
072.00.00
Page 134
Mar 15/88
ТВЗ-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Oil leakage from flanges when scavenging oil from fourth and fifth support
assemblies housing of free turbine
Check oil level in helicopter gearbox. Bring oil level to normal if gearbox is
overfilled
When outside air temperature ia below -20 °C, prior to starting engine, heat free
turbine fourth and fifth support assemblies with hot air at a temperature of not
more than +80 °C for at least 20 min
At outside air temperature above -20 C, inspect exhaust stack struts, ejector
ring, cone boom, second support assembly, oil tank and ejector bleed off ports.
Check to see whether air inlet holes in the gearbox flange are oiled. Determine
the moment leak shows up (with engine running, after engine shutdown, after pro-
longed engine shutdown)
Replace sealing ring of pipeline feeding oil to the third support assembly
If exhaust stack at gearbox side or especially air inlet holes in gearbox flange
are found to be oiled, open ДТА transmitter access door. Inspect- all accessible
areas (on new free turbine modules provided with narrow access door, remove lower
transmitter) and check to see whether there is some oil in the casing tray. If:
Transmitters are dry and Transmitters are dry but Transmitters are coat-
traces of oil are not de- traces of oil are detec- ed with oil and there
tected on the inner surface ted on the inner surface is some oil in the
of tapered boom of tapered boom tray
Wipe oiled surfaces with cloth soaked in gasoline

and allow them to dry. Check oil level in the oil
tank. Start engine and run it at power conditions.
Check oil system backpressure, with the engine run-
ning. Perform 2 to 3 engine partial accelerations
in succession. After engine is shut down, check
oil level in oil tank and determine oil consump-
tion. Subject free turbine module to repeated in-
spection and determine the moment leakage shows up.
If oil leakage is detected after engine shutdown:
Oil Leakage from Flanges When Scavenging Oil from Fourth and Fifth
Support Assemblies Housing of Free Turbine
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
072.00.00
Page 135
Nov 17/93
ТВЗ-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Check and, if necessary, In several hours (days) Immediately (up to 30 ain)

replace sealing (paronite)
gasket under the flange of Check shut-off valves ЭК-1
main rotor speed governor Disconnect nut on pipe for
in scavenge line or 3K-2 in oil scavenge from fourth
drive. Check to aee that pressure line of oil pump and fifth support assemb-
jet is not aliasing. If gas- block MA-78 for tightness lies, drain off oil and me-
ket is OK, (by disconnecting respec-
asure amount of oil drained.
tive pipelines). If shut-off If the amount of oil is:
valve is found to be leaky,
Replace free turbine mo- wash and grind in valve seat
dule (Ref. 072.53.00, Task or replace oil pump block
Card Nо. 204) MA-78
Replace fuel-oil heat ex- Inspect ДТА transmitters and inner surface of tapered
changer thermal valve, boom once again. If
wash or replace fuel-oil
heat exchanger to reduce
helicopter oil system back- Transmitters are oiled Transmitters are dry and
pressure to normal value. and there is some oil tapered boom inner sur-
If in the tray face is oiled
Remove cutoff valve, di-

sassemble and wash it with
kerosene. During reassembly, Check to see that sup-
place spacer, 1- to 2-am port assemblies pressu-
thick, under cutoff valve rization pipes are not
spring. After reinstal- blocked with foreign
ling cutoff valve, make matter. If necessary,
certain no oil leakage clean pipea. If pipes
shows up. If leakage is eli- are clean:
minated, install new cutoff
valve that features maximum
setting
Oil Leakage from Flanges When Scavenging Oil from Fourth and Fifth
Support Assemblies Housing of Free Turbine
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
072.00.00
Page 136
Mar 15/88
ТВЗ-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Check to see whether oil is Remove engine. Inspect drive

delivered through air sup- shaft. If traces of oil are
ply pipeline extending from detected inside drive shaft,
compressor 5th stage and pour kerosene into drive shaft
serving for pressurization until the latter is filled to
of support assemblies (oil entire height and check drive
discharge from first or shaft for leakage. Replace
second support assemblies). drive shaft if kerosene drops
If appear past blank. If drive
Replace free turbine
module (Ref. shaft is leak-proof and free
072.53.00, Task of defects (burrs and peening)
Card No. 204) on splines and centering
shoulder,
Proceed as instructed
in Fig. 103 (Section
Check sealing ring on drive
072.90.00)
shaft for proper condition.
If sealing ring is OK
Check drive shaft for proper

fit in freewheel clutch by
turning drive shaft through
20 to 30 deg. If no proper fit
is provided, replace sealing
ring for which purpose select
sealing ring featuring lesser
interference. In case of exces-
sive interference, proceed as
follows
Measure clearance and out-of-

roundness of the drive shaft
centering shoulder relative to
hole in freewheel clutch, on
d45-0.17mm. If centering
shoulder is found to be out
of round or in case clearance
Replace drive shaft
is
(Ref. 072.53.00,
Task Card No. 203)
Eliminate oil leakage past

Oil Leakage from Flanges When Scavenging Oil gearbox freewheel clutch seals
from Fourth and Fifth Support Assemblies Housing as instructed in gearbox
of Free Turbine Trouble Shooting Chart Maintenance Manual

Page 137
Nov 17/93
ТВЗ-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
OILING 0N VARIABLE INLЕТ GUIDE VANES, LEAKAGE 0F OIL FROM

THE WEST SUPPORT ASSEMBLY
Wipe oiled pieces with cloth moistened with gasoline or kerosene. Check the presence
of jet on the connection feeding air to the first support assembly. If
Remove jet. Test the engine at po- Replace jet for a smaller one (up to 1 mm) on
wer conditions up to cruise I po- the breather of the drive gear box. Test the
wer during 1 0 - 1 5 min. If leak is engine at power conditions up to cruise I po-
wer during 10 - 15 ain. If leak is available
Inspect oil filter (Ref. 072.90.02, Teak Card No. 202). If particles of coke are
available, inspect and if necessary clean the oil cooler cores, check the position
of angle of the variable fan blades
Measure the backpressure of the helicopter oil system. On the single-rotor helicopters,
prior to the measurement of the backpressure, turn the adjusting screw of bypass valve
on the oil pump block to the right up to the limit counting the number of turns of the
screw. After the measurement return the screw to the initial position, tighten, lock
end seal it. If backpressure is
Reduce the backpressure in the helicopter Remove the oil pump block (Ref.
oil system to the normal one by replacing 072.90.03, Task Card No. 201)
the thermal valve of the oil cooler, wash- and inspect the protective mesh.
ing or replacement of oil cooler. Replace If on the mesh deposit is
oil. If leak is
Determine the material of depo-

sit on the protective mesh
(graphite or coke, Ref. Note).
If
Remove the engine from further

use
Wash the mesh of the oil pump
block or replace the oil pump
block, replace oil
NOTE. Coke is easily ground between fingers. The graphite particles may be crushed only
between hard objects.
When heated on the metal plate at a temperature of about 600 С the coke breaks
down into powder and the graphite does not.
Oiling of Variable Inlet Guide Vanes,
Leakage of Oil from the First Support Assembly
Figure 131

Page 138
Nov 17/93
TB3-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ENGINE SERVICING
1. General
1.1. This sub-topic contains description of engine maintenance procedures including engine
depreservation, preservation and represervation, cranking of the gas generator and
free power turbine rotors, and installation and removal of the dust-protection device
(DPD).
1.2. The engine depreservation includes the following operations:

- External depreservation.
- De-inhibiting of the engine oil and fuel aystems.
1.3. The preservation of the engine comprises the following operations:

- Inhibiting of the engine oil system.
- Inhibiting of the engine fuel system.
- External preservation.
NOTES: 1. Following below are the grades of oils and greases approved for engine
preservation:
- Engine oil system shall be inhibited with the engine oil.
- Engine fuel system shall be inhibited with transformer oil of the TK
grade, or MK-8 oil, or operational-preservation oil of the МС-8П grade,
- Engine external preservation shall be carried out with K-17 grease and
ПВК grease.
2. It is permitted to conduct preservation of one engine in the helicopter
with the other engine removed.
3. The preservation oils and greases shall comply with the respective speci-
fications and their quality shall be certified by a laboratory report.
4. Never use any reclaimed or used oil for preservation.
1.4. The maintenance actions concerning the oil and fuel systems are described in Sub-
Section 072.90.00 and Section 073.00.00, respectively.
1.5. When operating the engine under marine climate conditions (i.e. when flying above
the sea or at a distance of up to 5 km from sea coast) as well as whenever operating
the engine under conditions of humid tropic climate, the following shall be carried
out: cleansing and emulsification of the engine flow section at OAT above zero and
just cleansing of the engine flow section in case of subzero temperatures.

Pages 301/302
Jan 15/86
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
PAGES
TO M.S. TASK CARD No. 301 303/304
PROCEDURE: EXTERNAL DEPRESERVATION

M.S. ITEM
OPERATIONS AND TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS (T.R.) CORRECTIVE CHECKED

ACTIONS BY
CAUTION: 1. IN THE COURSE OP DEPRESERVATION, DO NOT PERMIT ANY GASOLINE OR COR-

ROSION-PREVENTIVE GREASE COMING INTO CONTACT WITH ELECTRIC WIRING OR
GETTING INTO AIR JETS AND PASSAGES VENTING THE CHAMBERS OP THE FUEL
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CONTROL UNIT AND AIR STARTER TO ATMOSPHERE.
2. DO NOT REMOVE TRANSPORTATION CAPS AND PLUGS PROM CONNECTIONS.
TB3-117
1. Remove the corrosion-preventive grease from the external surfaces of the engine
and engine accessories with the aid of a brush or a cloth piece moistened in
gasoline.
NOTE: To facilitate removal of the corrosion-preventive grease, it is adviceable
to pre-heat the engine before depreservation with hot air having tempera-
ture of 60 to 80 °C.
2. Wipe dry the surfaces of engine components and accessories with a clean dry
cloth piece and blast with moisture-free compressed air
TEST EQUIPMENT TOOLS AND FIXTURES MATERIALS

072.00.00
1. Plat brush Cotton cloth pieces

Pages 303/304
Gasoline
Compressed air
Jan 15/86
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
PAGES
TO M.S. TASK CARD No. 302 305 to 307/308
PROCEDURE: DE-INHIBITING ЕNGINE OIL AND FUEL SYSTEMS

MS. ITEM

ACTIONS BY
Drain oil from the helicopter oil system and fill the oil tank with fresh oil
Flush the hose used for de-inhibiting of the passage of the fuel nozzles main
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
fuel manifold and the air bleed appliance with gasoline or kerosene and then
blast them with compressed air
To cross-feed the circuit, connect the hose intended for inhibiting of the fuel
TB3-117
nozzles main fuel manifold to connections (1) and (2) on the fuel control unit
and the air bleed appliance to air bleed valve (3) (Ref. Fig. 301)
Bleed air and oil from the fuel control unit (Ref. 073.12.05, Task Card No. 303)
Carry out cranking of the gas generator rotor (Ref. Task Card No, 305)
When the OAT is above plus 20 °C and relative humidity is higher than 80 percent,
examine and wash the oil filter (Ref. 072.9O.02, Task Card No. 202)
Carry out a wet motoring run (Ref. Task Card No. 503)
Motor over the engine to purge it of the remnants of fuel (Ref. Task Card
No. 502). If it is noticed, that a considerable quantity of fuel is expelled from
072.00.00
the exhaust stack, repeat a dry motoring run
Remove the air bleed appliance and the hose used for de-Inhibiting the passage
of the fuel nozzles main fuel manifold, following which refit the clean plugs
and caps and safety them with wire
Jan 15/86
Page 305
Top up the oil tank

EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TB3-117
Main Fuel Manifold Fuel Pressure
Measuring Connection
Primary Fuel Manifold Fuel Pres-
072.00.00
sure Measuring Connection

Air Bleed Valve
Jan 15/86
For Reference when Carrying Out De-Inhibiting of Fuel and Oil Systems
Page 306
Figure 301
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
Hose 7818.0130 Oil used in engine lube system

Air bleed appliance 7818.0180 Gasoline or kerosene
Open-end wrench, S = 12x14 mm Safety wire
Open-end wrench, S = 19x22 mm
Bucket
Combination pliers
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TB3-117
072.00.00
Pages 307/308
Jan 15/86
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
PAGES
TO M.S. TASK CARD No. 303 309 to 310
PROCEDURE: ENGINE EXTERNAL PRESERVATION

M.S. ITEM

ACTIONS BY
CAUTION: IT IS PROHIBITED TO CARRY OUT EXTERNAL PRESERVATION OP THE ENGINE DTJRINQ

RAIN OR SNOWFALL WITH THE ENGINE BEING OUTSIDE A HANGAR OR A SHED.
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
1. Carry out the engine external preservation with the engine temperature being
equal to the OAT but not below plus 10 °C
CAUTION: WHENEVER THE ENGINE EXTERNAL PRESERVATION IS CARRIED OUT AT THE OAT
'TB3-117
BELOW PLUS 10 °C, THE PRESERVATION TERM IS ESTABLISHED FOR ONE MONTH.
2. Prior to proceeding with the engine external preservation, blank off all ex-
posed connections and pipes.
Fit the manufacturer's plugs to the drives of the gas generator rotor speed
transducer and fuel booster pump, having washed them in gasoline (make use of
the plugs removed from the engine when it was mounted in the helicopter)
3. Wipe the external surfaces of the engine and engine accessories with a cloth
piece moistened in gasoline and then with a dry cloth piece
4. Using a brush, apply a coat of the ПВК or K-17 grease to the unpainted surfaces
of steel parts.
072.00.00
NOTE: Whenever it is necessary to reduce viscosity of the ПВК grease, pre-heat

it before use to a temperature of plus 60 to 80 °C.
Do not apply a corrosion-preventive grease to the external surfaces of the

compressor casing, combustion chamber casing and exhaust stack made of Ti-alloys
Jan 15/86
Page 309
Seal the air bleed valves with a layer of a packing film sheet and tie up.
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
CAUTION: TAKE CARE TO SEE THAT THE CORROSION-PREVENTIVE GREASE NEVER GETS ONTO
THE ELECTRICAL CONNECTORS AND CABLES OP ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT AS WELL A£
ONTO AIR BLEED JETS 0F THE ACCELERATION TIME CONTROL UNIT AND AUTO
START CONTROL OP THE FUEL CONTROL UNIT
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TB3-117
TEST EQUIPMENT TOOLS AND FIXTURES
Open-end wrench, S = 8x10 mm Cotton cloth pieces

072.00.00
Flat brush Gasoline

Packing film sheet
Preservation grease K-17
Jan 15/86
Grease ПВК
Page 310
Twine
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
PAGES
PROCEDURE: ENGINE RE-PRESERVATION

MS. ITEM
OPERATIONS AND TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS (Т.К.) CORRECTIVE CHECKED

ACTIONS BY
De-inhibit the engine oil and fuel systems (Ref. Task Card No. 302)
Start the engine (Ref. Task Card No. 501), allow it to turn at cruise 2 power
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
for a period of 3 to 5 minutes and then shut down (Ref. Task Card No. 504)
Effect inhibiting of the oil system (Ref. 072.90.00, Task Card No. 202) and fuel
system (Ref. 073.00.00, Task Card No. 202)
TB3-117
Record the engine re-preservation in the engine Log Book stating the date of pre-
servation and a period within which it is effective

072.00.00
Engine oil
Grease ПВК
Pages 311/312
Preservation grease K-17

Gasoline
Jan 15/86
Cotton cloth pieces

EFFECTIVITY: ALL
PAGES
PROCEDURE: CRANKING GAS GENERATOR AND FREE TURBINE ROTORS

MS. ITEM

ACTIONS BY
Cranking Gas Generator Rotor
Unlock and remove plug (1) (Ref.Fig.302)
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Introduce cranking tool (3) into drive bush (5) on external drive gearbox (4)
Crank the gas generator rotor in the normal sense of rotation thru 15 to
TB3-117
20 revolutions. The rotation of the gas generator rotor should be smooth.
Neither foreign noise nor seizure of the rotor are allowed .
If some foreign noise is produced in the vicinity of the turbine, carry out Test engine within the
about 5 dry motoring runs of the gas generator in succession (Ref. Task Card scope of preflight
No. 505) with subsequent cranking of the gas generator rotor by means of the preparation (Ref. Task
cranking tool after each dry motoring run. Card No. 506). In so
If foreign noise persists, carry out about 5 dry motoring runs in succession doing, cool engine be-
once again, making due allowance for the respective limitations (Ref. Engine - fore shutdown by run-
Description and Operation, Item 2.3.19). ning it at idle power
No foreign noise is allowed for not less than
5 min
072.00.00
Remove cranking tool (3), re-fit plug (1), having made sure that sealing ring Replace sealing ring,
(2) is intact, and safety with wire (6) if found damaged
Cranking Free Turbine Rotor
Remove the blank from the exhaust pipe

Page 312
Mar 15/88
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TB3-117
Plug
Sealing Ring
Cranking Tool
072.00.00

Drive Bush
Safety Wire
Jan 15/86
Page 3U
For Reference When Cranking Gas Generator Rotor

Figure 302
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TB3-117
Free Turbine Rotor
072.00.00
Exhaust Stack (Tail Pipe

Attachment Place)
Jan 15/86
Page 315
For Reference When Cranking Free Turbine Rotor

Figure 303
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
OPERATIONS AND TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS (TAJ CORRECTIVE CHECKED
ACTIONS BY
Crank the free turbine rotor (1) (Ref. Fig. 303) manually by the blades thru
15 to 20 revolutions in clockwise direction.
The rotation of the free turbine rotor should be smooth, no foreign noise or Perform operations
seizures being allowed according to 1.3
Fit back the blank
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TB3-117
072.00.00
Combination pliers Safety wire

Open-end wrench, S = 14x17 mm Sealing ring 2267A-21-2
Jage 316
Nov 17/93
Cranking tool 7818.0120

EFFECTIVITY: ALL
PAGES
PROCEDURE PREPARATORY OPERATIONS TO BE CARRIED OUT ОN ENGINE PRIOR TO MOUNTING DUST-

MS. ITEM PROTECTION DEVICE

ACTIONS BY
Unlock locking sleeve (2) (Ref.Fig.304) and remove nut (1) attaching inlet
fairing (3)
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Remove inlet fairing (3)
Unsafety and remove screws (4) attaching cone (6)
Remove cone (6)
TB3-117
Take spacer ring (14) from the set of mounting parts supplied with each engine
and fit it to cover (8).
CAUTION: WHEN INSTALLING THE DPD DUST SEPARATOR ON COVER (8), TIGHTEN THREADED
PIN (7) TO A TORQUE OP (3+0.5)kgf.m.
Remove plug (9) from connection (10)
Unlock and undo the nuts and remove plug (12) with gasket (13).
NOTES: 1. Do not perform the operations prescribed in Steps 1 thru 4 on en-
gines not equipped with inlet fairing (3) and cone (6).
072.00.00
2. Preserve and store the removed parts together with the individual
set of spare parts
Unlock and unscrew the nuts and remove plug (12) complete with gasket (13).
NOTE: Do not perform the operations prescribed in Steps 1 thru 4 on engines not
Page 317
Nov 17/93
equipped with inlet fairing (3) and cone (6)

EFFECTIVITY: ALL

Open-end wrench, S = 27x32 am Spacer ring 7817.0272
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TB3-117
072.00.00
Jan 15/86
Page 318
ТВЗ-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Nut Cover
Looking Sleeve Plug
Inlet Pairing Connection
Screw
Retaining Washer Plug
Cone Gasket
Threaded Pin Spacer Ring
For Reference When Preparing Engine for Mounting

of Dust-Protection Device (DPD)
Figure 304

Pages 319/320
Nov 17/93
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
PAGES
PROCEDURE: OPERATIONS TO BE CARRIED OUT ON ENGINE FOLLOWING REMOVAL OR DUST-PROTECTION

US. ITEM
DEVICE FROM HELICOPTER
OPERATIONS AND TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS (Т.Н.) CORRECTIVE CHECKED

ACTIONS BY
1. Remove spacer ring (14) (Ref. Fig. 304) from cover (8) and place it into the
set of mounting parts
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
2. Install cone (6) on cover (8)
3. Drive in screws (4) and secure them with retaining washers (5)
TB3-117
4. Install inlet fairing (3) and secure it with nut (1). Lock the nut with locking
sleeve (2) according to the locking diagram (Ref. 072.60.00, Fig. 205, Sheet 1,
View A), do not break the material of the sleeve
5. Fit plug (9) to connection (10) of the pipe tapping air for the anti-icing sys-
tem of the engine and safety it with locking wire
6. Fit plug (12), having placed under it gasket (13) coated with siloxane enamel
from both sides. Screw on the nuts and safety them with wire

072.00.00

Open-end wrench, S = 27x32 mm Siloxane enamel
Pages 321/322
Locking sleeve 7821.0321

Nov 17/93
Retaining washer 3464A-6

Spacer ring 7817.0272
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
PAGES
PROCEDURE CLEANSING AND EMULSIFICATION OF ENGINE GAS FLOW DUСТ AT OAT ABOVE ZERO
M.S. ITEM

ACTIONS BY
General
Carry out cleansing and emulsification of engine flow duct making use of a
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
cleansing rig included into the set of the helicopter equipment and fol-
lowing the instructions on its operation
The fresh water used for cleansing and emulsifioation must be free from
TB3-117
mechanical Impurities
The composition of the emulsion (by volume) is as follows!

- Lubricant СП-3(59Ц) - 40 %
- Fresh water - 60 %
The water and emulsion must be pre-heated to a temperature of 45 to 55 °C

and supplied into the engine at a nozzle pressure of 1.5 to 2.0 kgf/cm
The operation of cleansing and emulsificatlon of one engine requires at

least 10 Itr of water and 2 Itr of emulsion
Preparing for Cleansing and Emulsification

072.00.00
Mount the spray manifold at the engine air inlet duct
Prepare the rig for the operation of cleansing and emulsification and connect
the spray manifold to the rig
Jan 15/86
Page 323
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
Cleansing and Emulsification
Start the engine
Allow the engine to idle for at least one minute and then supply water into
the engine flow duct.
NОТЕ: In the course of water injection the gas generator rotor RPM may drop by
as much as 10 % and gas temperature may decrease by 20 °C, max. which
is acceptable provided both parameters are recovered as soon as the
water injection is turned off
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
The cleansing operation completed, allow the engine to idle for about 2 to
3 minutes and then shut down the engine
While the engine is coasting down, with the gas generator rotor RPM being
TB3-117
within 40 to 50 %, turn on the supply of the emulsion into the engine
Operations to be Accomplished Following Cleansing and Emulsification of

Engine Gas Flow Duct
Remove the spray manifold
Using a cloth piece, wipe off the excess emulsion from the Inlet duct, first
support assembly housing, and exhaust stack
Remove deposits of salt from the surfaces of the engine and engine accessories
making use of a cloth piece moistened In fresh water
072.00.00
Jan 15/86
Page 324
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
Cleansing rig Fresh water

Spray manifold Lubricant СП-3(59Ц)
Cotton cloth piece
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TB3-117
072.00.00
Pages 325/326
Jan 15/86
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
PAGES
PROCEDURE: CLEANSING OF ENGINE GAS FLOW DUСТ AT SUBZERO OAT

MS. ITEM

ACTIONS BY
General
Carry out the cleansing operation with the aid of a cleansing rig included
into the set of the helicopter equipment following the instructions on its
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
operation
The fresh water used for the cleansing operation must be free from mechanical
TB3-117
impurities and leave no sediments during preparation of the water-ethanol
mixture
Given below is the composition of the water-ethanol mixture (in volume):

(a) At OAT not below minus 20 °Ct
- Hydrolized ethanol - 40 %
- Water - 60 %
(b) At OAT below minus 20 °C:
- Hydrolized ethanol - 60 %
- Water - 40 %
072.00.00
The water-ethanol mixture must bo injected into the engine at a nozzle pres-
sure of not less than 1.5 kgf/cm
The operation of cleansing of one engine requires at least 10 Itr of the

water-ethanol mixture
Jan 15/86
Page 327
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
Preparing for Cleansing
Mount the water-ethanol spray manifold at the engine air inlet duct
Prepare the rig for the cleansing operation and connect the spray manifold to
the rig
Cleansing
CAUTIOHi CARRY OUT THE CLEAHSING OPERATIONS IMMEDIATELY ON COMPLETION OF FLIGHT
ON A "HOT" EHGINE.
Motor over the engine
МАINTENANCE MANUAL
In 10 to 15 s from the moment of initiation of the dry motoring run, inject
the water-ethanol mixture into the engine
TB3-117
Immediately after cleansing the engine gas flow duct, allow the engine to dry
off at the idle power for a period of 2 to 3 min and then shut it down
Operations to be Accomplished After Cleansing operation
Remove the spray manifold
Using a cloth piece moistened in the water-ethanol mixture, wipe off the salt
deposits from the surfaces of the engine and engine accessories

072.00.00
Cleansing rig Fresh water

Spray manifold Hydrolized ethanol
Cotton cloth piece
Jan 15/86
Page 328
EFFECTIV1TY: ALL
ENGINE - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
PAGES
PROCEDURE: UNPACKING OF ENGINE

MS. ITEM

ACTIONS BY
Prior to proceeding with engine unpacking, carry out visual inspection of the
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
engine shipping container (Ref. Fig. 1002) and ascertain that it is not damaged
and the seals are intact
Unscrew the cover(1)-to-base(8) attachment unit nuts (7).
TB3-117
Attach the lifting slings of the hoist to four shackles (6) of the cover and lift
it from the base of the container.
CAUTION: WHILE REMOVING THE COVER OF THE CONTAINER, EXCERSIZE CARE AND AVOID
SKEWNESS.
Cut the polyethylene film slip cover near the seam (Ref. Fig. 1001) and care-
fully roll it down. Remove the bags containing silica-gel dehydrator, the humi-
dity indicators, and the paraffined paper
The engines are supplied with their compressor casing, combustion chamber casing,
turbine casing, fourth support assembly housing, and exhaust stack either paint-
ed or unpainted, their joints being painted.
072.00.00
Inspect the engine visually for any signs of damage. Check against the accom-
panying documents the validity of the preservation term, the completeness of
the engine set, the availability of the tools kit, mounting parts, and the indi-
vidual set of spares.
Jan 15/86
It is allowed to mount in one helicopter the engines with the above mentioned
Page 401
assemblies both painted and unpeinted

EFFECTIVITY: ALL

Lifting hoist
Scissors
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ТВЗ-117
072.00.00
Jan 15/86
Page 402
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
PAGES
PROCEDURE: INSTALLATION OF ENGINE

MS. ITEM

ACTIONS BY
Perform installation of the engine with, the main gear box mounted in its place
in accordance with the helicopter documents and taking into account the requi-
rements of the present Task Card
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Prior to mounting the engine, clean the engine bay to remove foreign particles,
dust and dirt and wash all components of the helicopter oil system. No flushing
of the oil cooler is required if helicopter total operating time is less than
100 hours.
TB3-117
CADTION: CHANGE THE OIL COOLER ВЕFОRЕ MOUNTING A NEW ENGINE WHICH REPLACES THE
ENGINE REMOVED FOR CHIPS DETECTED IN THE OIL SYSTEM
Attach the engine sling to holes (2) (Ref. Fig. 401) provided in front flange
(1) and lugs (3) located on free turbine NGV fourth assembly housing (4)
Carry out all operations connected with preparing the engine for installation
in the helicopter on the mounting trolley.
NOTE: In off-field conditions, the preparation of the engine for mounting in
the helicopter may be carried out on the stand of the transportation
container
072.00.00
To transfer the engine from the stand to the mounting trolley, proceed as fol-
lows (Ref. Fig. 402).
(a) Attach the engine sling and pre-tension its cables.
(b) Remove nuts (1) of bolts (4) attaching side trunnions (3) and nuts (8) of
Page 403
bolts (5) attaching rear support assembly (6).

Nov 17/93
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
OPERATIONS AND TECHNICAL REOUIREMENTS (T.R.) CORRECTIVE CHECKED
ACTIONS ВУ
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TB3-117
072.00.00
Front flange
Hole
Lug
Free Turbine NGV Assembly Housing
Jan 15/86
Page 404
Engine Handling Points

Figure 401
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
Operations to be Performed Prior to Mounting Engine in Helicopter
Accomplish the engine external depreservation (Ref. Task Card No. 301)
Dismantle dummy pick-up (7) (Ref. Fig. 404), plug (35) and install the gas
generator tach generator and the oil pressure pick-up. Couple the el. connec-
tors of these pick-ups to the electric wire harness observing the marking, and
coat the el. connectors with primer ЭП-076 and then with aluminium enamel
ЭП-140 (Ref. Task Card No. 703).
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
NOTE: On some engine models dummy pick-up (8) and the fuel pressure pick-up
are not mounted, and the tee to the oil pressure pick-up is replaced
(rearranged) by the shortened helicopter tee (Ref. Book 3)
TB3-117
Remove the blanks from the engine inlet and exhaust and the sealing covers
from the air bleed valves and air starter.
Keep the removed blanks and sealing covers as a set and fit them to the engine
when returning it from service
Attach the air intake of the helicopter to front flange (4) (Ref. Fig. 404)
Mount EEG (ЭРД) LCG (РПР) on the helicopter in compliance with the require-
ments described in 73.15.04 (73.16.04), Task Card No. 201 (Ref. Book 3)
Installation of Engine
Disconnect the engine front mount and the rear trunnion from the engine, for
which purpose:
072.00.00
Attach the engine sling to the engine and pre-tension the sling cables
(Ref. Fig. 401).
Remove nuts (1) (Ref. Fig. 402) of bolts (4) attaching side trunnions (3)
and nuts (8) of bolts (5) attaching rear support assembly (6) and lift the
engine to a position convenient for work.
Page 405
Nov 17/93
Unscrew nuts (38) (Ref. Fig. 1001) of bolts (29) attaching front mount
(25) and nuts (15) of bolts (11) attaching rear trunnion (13)
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
Prior to attaching the engine to the main gearbox, carry out the following
operations:
Examine the splines of drive shaft (1) (Ref. Fig. 403) for chipping and Replace drive shaft,
other damage and sealing ring (2) for any signs of damage. if found damaged
CAUTION: DO HOT MOVE THE DRIVE SHAFT TO AVOID AXIAL MISALIGNMENT OF THE (Ref. 072.53.00,
SHIM. SHOULD THE DRIVE SHAFT BE SHIFTED OR REMOVED, VERIFY DIMEN- Task Card Ho. 203) or
SION "A" (REF. 72.53.00, TASK CARD No. 203). change sealing ring,
if damaged
Detach sphere housing (6) from main gearbox (9) and mount it onto flange
(3) of engine load-bearing cone (4). Fit bolts (5) into the holes, fit
retaining washers (7) to the bolts, tighten and safety attachment nuts (8).
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
The correctness of mounting of the sphere housing is constructlonally en-
sured by displacement of one of the holes in the joint flanges of sphere
housing (6) and load-bearing cone (4) of the engine and by installation of
TB3-117
all twelve bolts (5).
Coat the spherical surfaces of sphere housing (6) and spherical journal
(11) of the bearing as well as the splines of drive shaft (1) with a thin
layer of the engine oil.
Connect two vertical rods and one short rod (from the side of the other
engine) to engine mounting attachments (17) on front flange (18) of the
engine and fuselage attachment points
Exercising care, introduce drive shaft (1) into mesh with splined bush (15) of
the main gearbox overrunning clutch, shifting back the engine secured on three
front rods and, if necessary, turning the drive shaft by the blades of the
072.00.00
free turbine.
CAUTION: 1. THE MAXIMUM ACCEPTABLE ANGULAR MISALIGNMENT OF THE AXES OF THE
ENGINE AND МАIN GEARBOXOVERRUNNINGCLUTCH IN THE COURSE OF AT-
TACHING THE ENGINE TO THE MAIN GEARBOX IS 30 min, WHICH IS ENSURED
BY SECURING THE ENGINE ON THE THREE FRONT RODS, ADJUSTED AS DES-
Jan 15/86
Page 406
CRIBED IN THE HELICOPTER MAINTENANCE MANUAL.

ТВЗ-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Nut Bolt
Washer Rear Support
Side Trunnion Washer
Bolt Nut
For Reference When Transferring Engine From Support

to Mounting Trolley
Figure 402

Page 407
Jan 15/86
ТВЗ-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Drive Shaft
Sealing Ring
Flange
Engine Load-Bearing Cone
Bolt
Sphere Housing
Retaining Washer
Nut
Main Gearbox
Sphere Cover
Bearing Spherical Journal
Nut
Retaining Washer
Sealing Ring
Splined Bush
Bolt
Engine Mounting Points
Front Flange
Engine Removal/Installation
Figure 403

Page 406
Jan 15/86
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
2. NEVER RESORT TO WOBBLING OR TAPPING WHEN COUPLING THE ENGINE TO

THE MAIN GEARBOX.
Bring into alignment the holes made in the sphere housing (6)-to-sphere cover
(10) joint flanges, having turned the sphere cover by hands until the correla-
tion lines on the housing and cover of the sphere are aligned. Fit all bolts
(16), retaining washers (13) and tighten nuts (12).
CAUTION: DO NOT BEND UP THE TABS OF THE RETAINING WASHERS.
The correctness of mounting of the sphere cover is ensured constructionally by
displacement of one of the holes in the joint flanges of the sphere housing
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
and sphere cover and by fitting all bolts (16).
NOTE; The correlation lines made on the flanges of the sphere housing and
sphere cover are intended to facilitate the alignment of the holes
TB3-117
during assembly
Verify the angular position of the engine with respect to the main gearbox by
checking the misalignment of the correlation lines made on spherical journal
(11) of the bearing from the side of the main gearbox and on sphere cover (10).
The misalignment of the correlation lines with respect to each other shall be
within +1.5 mm
Operations to be Carried out After Installation of Engine
Carry out the engine-to-main gearbox alignment check (Ref. Task Card No. 606)
and adjust it, if required
072.00.00
Secure nuts (12) of bolts (16) attaching sphere cover (10)
Pit the second short rod without tension
Attach to the engine and secure :

(a) Pipe returning oil from the first support assembly to connection (36) in
Ian 15/86
Page 409
the oil tank (Ref. Fig. 404).

EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
Helicopter air offtake pipe, which should be connected either to flange

(9) (having first unsafetied and removed screws (12) attaching plug (11)
or to flange (14) (having first unsafetied screws (18) attaching plug (16))
CAUTION: WHEN CONNECTING THE PIPE TO FLANGE (9), IT IS PERMITTED TO REPLACE

23-мп DIA WASHER (10) BY 25-mm DIA WASHER. DO NOT PIT WASHERS OP
ANY OTHER DIAMETER. SIMULTANEOUS AIR OFFTAKE FROM FLANGES (9) AND
(14) IS NOT ALLOWED.
Helicopter hot air offtake pipe to flange (5).
Fuel supply pipe to flange (19).
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CAUTION: PRIOR TO ATTACHING THE PIPE, ASCERTAIN THAT SEALING RING (20) IS
FITTED TO THE PUMP FLANGE.
Drain pipe to drain valve connection (13).
TB3-117
Pipe (fitted with the chip detector) returning oil to the oil cooler to
oil pump block connection (33) and pipe returning oil into the oil tank
to connection (37). (On some engine models connection (37) is plugged
(Ref. Book 3)).
Pipe delivering oil from the oil tank to connection (34) of the oil pump
block.
Pipes of the power synchronizing system, for which purpose:
Connect power synchronizer connection (25) of the engine being installed
to connection (24) of the adjacent engine and vice versa, connection (25)
of the power synchronizer of the adjacent engine to connection (24) of the
072.00.00
engine being installed.

CAUTION: WHEN FITTING THB PIPELINES, TAKE CARE TO AVOID TENSION IN PIPE-
TO-CONNECTION AND PIPE-TO-ATTACHMENT FLANGE JOINTS.
Air supply pipe to flange (1) on air starter.
Hose returning oil to the oil tank from connection (30) of the upper oil
Page 410
Nov 17/93
pump block.
ТВЗ-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Air Starter Flange

Anti-Icing System Electrical
Connector
Vibration Pick-Up Mounting
Bracket Location Hole
Front Flange
Hot Air Bleed flange
Master Electrical Connector
Oil Pressure Dummy Pick-Dp
Fuel Pressure Dummy Pick-Up
(On some engine models the
pick-up is not fitted, Ref.
Book 3)
Air Bleed Flange
Washer
Plug
Screw
Drain Valve Connector
Air Bleed Flange
Gasket
Plug
Washer
Screw and Nut

EFFECTIVITY: ALL
072.00.00
Page 411
Jan 15/86
ТВЗ-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Flange
Sealing Ring
Free Turbine Speed Control Lever
Gas Generator Speed Control
Lever
Shutdown Valve Control Lever
Connection Supplying Control
Pressure to Power Synchronizer
From Adjacent Engine
Connection Supplying Control
Pressure to Power Synchronizer
of Adjacent Engine
Exhaust Stack
Coupling Clamp
Engine-To-Main Gearbox Joint
Flange
Temperature-Sensing Probe
Cooling Air Supply Conduit
Attachment Flange


Page 412
Ian 15/86
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TB3-117
Upper Oil Pump Block Oil Outlet Plug
Connection
072.00.00
First Support Assembly Oil Outlet

K-82 Terminal Block Connection
Air Bleed Valve Connection Returning Oil Prom
Connection Delivering Oil Prom Oil Pump Block to Oil Tank
Oil Pump Block to Oil Cooler (On some engine models there
Jan 15/86
Connection Supplying Oil Prom

Page 413
is no oil return from oil

Oil Tank (On some engine models pump block to oil tank, Ref.
this connection ia turned thru Book 3)
180 deg, Ref. Book 3)
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
Master el. connector and el. connector (2) to the hot air valve and el.
connectors of the ДЧВ and ДТА transducers.
Engine control roda to the following fuel control unit control levers:
- Gas generator rotor speed control lever (22).
- Free turbine speed control lever (21) (Ref. Note 3).
- Shutdown valve control lever (23).
NOTES: 1. When the engine control levers in the cockpit are set against the
stops, the control rods of the engine and shut-down valve must be
so adjusted, that the following clearances are ensured:
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
- A 0.5 to 1.0-mm clearance between the gas generator rotor
speed control lever and the stops of the fuel control unit.
- A 0.5 to 1.5- mm clearance between the shut-down valve control
TB3-117
lever and the fuel control unit stops.
The travel of the free turbine speed control lever of each engine
must be adjusted to be within angles of(41+1)0and (93+2)°.
The difference in travel of the levers of both engines shall be
within 2 deg.
On some engine models lever (21) is not connected (Ref. Book 3).
Compensating wires of the thermocouples measuring the compressor turbine
inlet gas temperature and temperature controller to terminal block (31).
Measure the impedance of the thermocouples circuits directly at the terminals Adjust impedance of
072.00.00
of the temperature controller. The impedance must be within the limits of thermocouples and
(2.5+0.5) ohms compensating leads
right at the termi-
nals of the tempera-
ture controller
Jan 15/86
Page 414
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
Install and secure the conduit supplying cooling air to the temperature-sensing
probe, to fuel control unit flange (29) (Ref. Task Card No. 802).
NOTE: When fitting the air conduit installed earlier, observe the procedure
detailed in the Helicopter Maintenance Manual
Install the vibration pick-up complete with the mounting bracket into hole (3)
provided in engine front flange (4) on the RH side of the engine (looking
forward)
НОТЕ: On engine installed on coaxial-rotor helicopters the bracket with the
vibration pick-up should be mounted in accordance with the helicopter
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Maintenance Manual
Attach the flexible hoses tapping air from air bleed valves (32)
TB3-117
Mount the tail pipe onto exhaust stack (26) and fasten it with coupling clamp
(27) observing the requirements described in Task Card No. 204, 072.58.00
Carry out the operations within the scope of the pre-flight maintenance as
prescribed in the Maintenance Schedule
Accomplish de-inhibiting of the oil and fuel systems (Ref. Task Card No. 302)
Start the engine (Ref. Task Card No. 501), allow it to idle for a period of
3 to 5 min and then shut down (Ref. Task Card No. 504).
NOTE: As some quantity of oil may lodge in the fuel system of the engine, the
first start of the engine may be impeded. Therefore, in case of a
failed start, motor over the engine (Ref. Task Card No. 502) and then
072.00.00
attempt another start
Examine the engine and engine systems (Ref. Task Cards Nos 601 and 602) and
rectify the defects revealed during the inspection
Ground test the engine (Ref. Task Card No. 505) and carry out the necessary
Page 415
Nov 17/93
adjustments
Change oil in the engine oil system

EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
Examine and rinse the oil filter (Ref. 072.90.02, Teak Card No. 202)
Examine and rinse the filtering element of the fuel filter (Ref. 073.11.04,
Task Card No. 204)
Examine and rinse the fuel filters of the fuel control unit (Ref. 073.12.05,
Task Card No. 604) and engine electronic governor actuator (Ref. 073.16.10,
Task Card No. 205)
Perform the test of the engines concurred operation (Ref. Task Card No. 506)
Perform the operations within the scope of the pre-flight maintenance in ac-
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
cordance with the Maintenance Schedule
Perform a check flight with о newly-installed engine and test functioning of

the engine in flight (Ref. Sub-Section "Engine - Description and Operation",
ТВЗ-117
Para 2.3)
Perform the operations within the scope of the post-flight maintenance as

described in the Maintenance Schedule
Examine the oil filter (Ref. 072.90.02, Task Card No. 202)
Check the engine and main gearbox for alignment (Ref. Task Card No. 606)
T a b l e 401
List of Parts Required for Mounting Engine in Helicopter (The final
List is enclosed in the case with mounting parts supplied with each engine)
072.00.00
PART No. NAME QTY USAGE
7884.2420 Shroud with clutch Mounting of conduit supply-

ing air to temperature-sens-
ing probe (the shroud is sup-
Jan 15/66
Page 416
plied in disassembled con-

dition)
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
Table 401, cont'd
7884.2440 Air conduit Mounting of conduit supply-

ing probe (the air conduit
is supplied in disassembled
condition)
7884.2810 Flange with shroud Mounting of conduit supply-
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ing probe (the air conduit
is supplied in disassembled
TB3-117
condition)
2267A-13-2 Sealing ring Mounting of conduit supplying
air to temperature-sensing
probe (the air conduit is
supplied in disassembled
condition)
condition)
072.00.00
condition)
Sealing ring Mounting of conduit supplying
Jan 15/86
2267A-231-2
Page 417
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
Table 401, cont'd

supplied in disassembled con-
dition)
3148A-6-14-182AT Screw Mounting of conduit supplying
probe (the air conduit is sup-
plied in disassembled condition.
3406A-1-6-12 Washer Mounting of conduit supplying
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
probe (the air conduit is sup-
plied in disassembled condition]
7821.1530 Bracket Attachment of vibration pick-up
TB3-117
3315A-10 Nut Attachment of vibration pick-up
3464A-10 Washer Attachment of vibration pick-up
7821.0421 Clamp Attachment of electric wire to
vibration pick-up
7857.0720 Sealing cord To be fitted under tail pipe-
to-exhaust stack coupling clamp
7889.0398 Washer Attachment of oil pressure
pick-up
7889.0399 Washer Attachment of oil pressure
072.00.00
pick-up
M04.450.94 Straight adapter To be fitted to terminal block
M04.450.95 Straight adapter To be fitted to terminal block
60K50-1383 Bolt Attachment of engine to main
Jan 15/86
Page 418
gearbox
EFFECTIVITY: ALL OPERATIONS AND TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS (T.R.) CORRECTIVE CHECKE
ACTIONS BY
Table 401, cont'd

PART Ко. NAME QTY USAGE
3302A-6 Nut Attachment of engine to main gearbox

9K53-1501 Washer Attachment of engine to main gearbox
7867.9740 Adapter with chip To be fitted into pipe re-
detector CC-78 turning oil to oil cooler
7884.0461 Plug On some of engine models plug is
installed on air duct in place
of П-77
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
NOTE: Parts 7884.2420 7884.2440 7884.2810, 7884.0461, 7821.1530. 7867.9740 are supplied only with
new engines delivered to the helicopter Manufacturer. When replacing in service reuse the
parts removed from the old engines. In this case, the Data Sheet for assembly 7867.9740 shall
TB3-117
be taken from the Log Book of the engine to be removed and placed into the Log Book of the
helicopter and assigned to the helicopter. The assigned service life and the calendar time
of parts are equal to the assigned life and the calendar time of the helicopter.
Plug (1) (Ref. Fig. 804) and connection (20) may be missing on some of the engine models.
Parts 7884.2420, 7884.2440 as well as connection (20) on some of the engine models may be
replaced by respective helicopter components (Ref. helicopter documents).
Parts 7821.1530, 3315-10; 3464А-10; 7821.0421 are not supplied with the engines designed for
installation on coaxial-rotor helicopters.
Engine вling Safety wire

Hoist (of not less than 600-kg lif- Engine oil
ting capacity)
072.00.00

Pagee 419/420

Side-cutting pliers
Nov 17/93
Combination pliers
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
PAGES
PROCEDURE: REMOVAL OF ENGINE

MS. ITEM

ACTIONS BY
Operations to be Carried out Prior to Removal of Engine
Accomplish inhibiting of the oil system (Ref. 072.90.00, Task Card No. 202) and
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
fuel system (Ref. 073.00.00, Task Card No. 201).
CAUTION: DO NOT CARRY OUT INHIBITING OP THE ENGINE OIL AND FUEL SYSTEMS ON THE
ENGINES REMOVED POR SEIZURE OP EITHER ONE OR BOTH ROTORS.
TB3-117
REMOVE THE AIR STARTER AND FUEL ACCESSORIES PROM THE ENGINE, INHIBIT
THEM AND PIT BACK TO THE ENGINE. RECORD IN THE ENGINE LOG BOOK THE
INHIBITING OP THE ACCESSORIES SEPARATELY PROM THE ENGINE
Remove the tail pipe from engine exhaust stack (26) (Ref. Fig.404) observing
the requirements described in Teak Card No. 204, 072.58.00. Secure the coupling
clamp on the flange of the exhaust stack
Disconnect the flexible hoses at the air offtake shrouds of air bleed valves
(32)
Remove bracket (4) complete with vibration pick-up (Ref. Fig. 405) from front
flange (3) of the engine (for single-rotor helicopters). For coaxial-rotor heli-
copters do it in accordance with the helicopter Maintenance Manual.
072.00.00
CAUTION: ON SINGLE-ROTOR HELICOPTERS TO AVOID BREAKING OP WIRE (5) EXTENDING TO

VIBRATION PICK-UP (6), REMOVE THE LATTER COMPLETE WITH BRACKET (4)
Remove the conduit supplying cooling air to the PCU temperature-sensing probe
(Ref. Task Card No. 802)
P.age 421
Nov 17/93
Unsafety and remove the following items from the engine as indicated belowt
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TB3-117
Nut
Washer
Front Flange
072.00.00
Mounting Bracket
Wire
Vibration Pick-Up
Jan 15/86
Page 422
Removal of Vibration Pick-Up Mounting Bracket

Figure 405
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
Disconnect the compensating leads at thermocouples terminal block (31)

(Ref. Fig. 404).
Detach the following engine control rods:
- Prom gas generator speed control lever (22)
- Prom FCU shutdown valve control lever (23)
- Prom free turbine speed control lever (21)
NOTE: On some engine models lever (21) is not connected (Ref. Book 3).
CAUTION: FOLLOWING DISCONNECTION OF THE ENGINE CONTROL RODS, FIT CORRU-
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
GATED WASHERS, BOLTS AND NUTS (USED POR ATTACHMENT OP THE CON-
TROL RODS) TO THE FCU RODS.
Uncouple master el. connector (6) and el. connector (2) at the hot air
TB3-117
valve and the respective el. connectors at the ДТА and ДЧВ transducers.
Detach the helicopter air intake from front flange (4).
Remove the adapter complete with chip detector.
CAUTION: PLACE THE REMOVED ADAPTER AND CHIP DETECTOR INTO THE CASE CON-
TAINING THE MOUNTING PARTS POR SHIPMENT ALONG WITH THE ENGINE.
Detach the helicopter hot air offtake pipe from flange (9) or flange (14).
CAUTION: WHEN DITTING PLUG (11) TO FLANGE (9), CHECK TO SEE THAT WASHER
(10) HAS BEEN PITTED IN PLACE.
Detach the helicopter hot air offtake pipe from flange (5).
Detach the fuel delivery pipe from flange (19).
072.00.00
Detach the drain pipe from connection (13).

Detach the pipe delivering oil from the oil tank at connection (34) of the
oil pump block.
Disconnect the pipe (incorporating the chip detector) delivering oil to
Jan 15/86
Page 423
the oil cooler at oil pump block connection (33) and the pipe tapping oil
to the oil tank at connection (37) (on some engine models connection (37)
is not fitted, ref. Book 3).
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
Disconnect the power synchronizing system pipes at FCU connection (24) and
engine connection (25).
Disconnect the hose returning oil into the oil tank from connection (30)
of the upper oil pump block.
Disconnect the air supply pipe from flange (1) of the air starter.
CAUTION: BLANK OFP ALL EXPOSED CONNECTIONS, FLANGES, AND EL. CONNECTORS
WITH THE PLUGS REMOVED DURING INSTALLATION OP THE ENGINE IN THE
HELICOPTER.
Operations to be Performed During Engine Removal
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Disconnect the short rod of the engine attachment from the outward side
Attach the engine sling (Ref. Task Card No. 402) to the housing of the turbine
TB3-117
stage 4 NGV assembly. Prе-tension the cables of the sling
Detach sphere cover (10) (Ref. Fig. 403) from sphere housing (6), having un-
locked and unscrewed nuts (12) and removed bolts (16)
Uncouple the engine from the main gearbox by carefully moving the engine
secured on three front rods forward to a distance of 72 to 75 mm. Measure
the shift of the engine with respect to the flanges of sphere housing (6) and
sphere cover (10).
CAUTION: THE ANGULAR MISALIGNMENT BETWEEN THE ENGINE AXIS AND THE AXIS OP THE
MAIN GEARBOX OVERRUNNING CLUTCH IN THE COURSE OP UNCOUPLING THE ENGINE
PROM THE MAIN GEARBOX SHALL NOT EXCEED 30'.
072.00.00
NEVER USE WOBBLING OR TAPPING DURING THE UNCOUPLING
Disconnect the three front rods from engine front flange (18)
Jan 15/86
Page 424
EFFECTIVITY: ALL OPERATIONS AND TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS (Т.Н.) CORRECTIVE CHECKED
ACTIONS 8У
Operations to be Completed After Engine Removal
Detach sphere housing (6) from flange (3) of engine load-bearing cone (4),
having unlocked and removed nuts (8), and then install the sphere housing onto
main gearbox (9), having secured it to sphere cover (10) with bolts (5) and
nuts (8). Washers (7) must have been placed under the nuts
Detach the helicopter air intake from front flange (4) (Ref. Fig. 404)
Pit the engine to the mounting trolley or transportation stand (Ref. Sub-Sec-
tion "Engine-Shipment", Para 2)
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Remove the gas generator tach generator and the oil pressure pick-up, having
first uncoupled their el. connectors. Fit dummy pick-up (7) and plug (35) in
their places
ТВ3-117
Fit the blanks to the engine inlet and exhaust and secure the sealing covers
to the air bleed valves and air starter, using the blanks and covers removed
during installation of the engine in the helicopter
Perform external preservation of the engine (Ref. Task Card No. 303)
Remove EEG (ЭРД) LСG (PПP) from the helicopter in compliance with the require-
ments described in 73.15.04 (73.16.04), Task Card No. 201 (Ref. Book 3).
Perform packaging of the engine (Ref. Sub-Section "Engine-Shipment")

072.00.00
Page 425
Nov 17/93
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
Engine sling
Hoist (of 600-kg lifting capacity)
Open-end wrench S = 24x27 mm
Screwdriver
Combination pliers
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TB3-117
072.00.00
Page 426
Jan 15/86
TB3-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ENGINE ADJUSTMENT/TEST
Adjustment
The adjustment of the engine accessories shall be carried out in service whenever
their characteristics and parameters are found to go beyond the acceptance standards
or following replacement of engine accessories. Given below are the characteristics
and parameters that are authorized for adjustment and checking in service on all en-
gine models:
Fuel pressure (Pf) at wet motoring run (Ref. Task Card No. 508).
Gas generator rotational speed (Ngg) at which shutoff valve opens at engine wet
motoring run (Ref. Task Card No. 509).
Engine starting cycle (Ref. Task Card No. 510).
Air starter disengagement RPM (Ngg) (Ref. Task Card No. 501; 073.12.05, Task Card
No. 504).
Gas generator rotor idling RPM (Ngg) (Ref. Book 3, Task Card No. 505).
Compressor VGV angular setting characteristics (Ref. Task Cards Nos 512 and 513).
Engine partial acceleration time (Ref. Book 3, Task Card Ho. 505).
Free turbine circuit of engine limit power condition governor (Ref. Book 3,
073.16.04, Task Card Ho. 204) or free turbine circuit breaker circuit of engine
electronic governor (Ref. Book 3, 073.15.04, Task Card No. 204).
Main rotor speed governor (Ref. Task Cards Nos 516, 517, and 518).
Actuator interlocking control valve actuation RPM (Ngg) (Ref. Book 3, Task Card
No. 505} 073.12.05, Task Card No. 509).
Oil pressure (Poil) (Ref. 072.90.00, Task Card Ho. 203).
Engine pressure ratio (EPR) indicator set (Ref. Book 3, Task Card No. 505).
For the additional checks and adjustments for each particular engine model refer to
Book 3.
Prior to proceeding with any adjustment, verify the correctness of readings (service-
ability) of the instrument registering the abnormality of the parameter and make sure
that the engine and the helicopter systems affecting the engine functioning are in
serviceable condition (Ref. Section "Engine - Trouble Shooting").
The adjustment completed, verify the adjusted parameter or characteristics on a run-

ning engine.
On completion of adjustment, safety and seal the adjusting elements, record the
reason for the adjustment in the engine accessory Certificate or engine Log Book, as
well as the sense and amount of the rotation of the adjusting element, the value of
the parameter before and after the adjustment. The entry must be certified by a sig-
nature of a person who performed the adjustment.

Page 501
Jan 15/86
ТВЗ-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Only those parameters and characteristics that are specified in this Topic may be ad-
justed in service. The remaining adjusting elements shall bear the Supplier's seals.
Test
Following below are kinds of tests that may be carried out on engine in service:
Engine start which is carried out in order to check the engine starting systems as
well as the engine performance parameters during starting.
Engine test which is carried out:

(a) At time intervals prescribed in the Maintenance Schedule.
(b) Following the engine installation in the helicopter (Ref. Book 3, Т.C. No. 305).
(c) After replacement of the engine accessories on the engine.
(d) After rectification of a defect (either the complete engine schedule or separate
tests and checks prescribed in the appropriate sections of the Manual).
Engine wet motoring run which is carried out:

(a) To leak test the pipes of the engine fuel system.
(b) To function test systems associated with engine starting.
(c) To test functioning of the engine drains system.
(d) To conduct de-inhibiting/inhibiting of the engine fuel system.
Engine dry motoring run, which is carried out:

(a) To fill the oil system with oil after installation of the engine or after chang-
ing oil in the oil system.
(b) To test functioning of the air starter.
(c) To effect purging of the engine air-gas flow duct and to cool off the engine.
Safety Precautions
To avoid accidents in the course of testing, the following regulations must be observed:
Prior to an engine start, make sure that the ground fire fighting equipment is avail-
able, the chokes are in place, and there are no foreign objects in close vicinity to
the helicopter.
To ensure the fire safety, do not attempt to start and operate the engine if any fuel
or oil leakage is observed.
The maintenance personnel must keep clear of the tail rotor (if it is fitted) and its
tip-path plane.
The maintenance personnel must keep clear of the engine and main gearbox compartment
and not to do any work therein when the engine is running as well as when carrying
out a dry motoring run.
Exercise care when conducting any work on the engine after its shutdown as touching
the engine hot parts may cause burns.

Page 502
Jan 15/86
ТВЗ-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Thoroughly wash hands with water and aoap on completion of work involving handling of
the engine oil.
The maintenance personnel must be warned not to 3tand on the engine or its exhaust
unit when carrying out maintenance operations on the helicopter.

Pages 503/504
Jan 15/86
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
PAGES
TO M.S. TASK CARD No. 501 505 to 509/5Ю
PROCEDURE: ENGINE STARTING

MS. ITEM

ACTIONS BY
General
Check to aee the helicopter pad la clean and free from foreign objects
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
When operating the engine in dust-laden atmosphere, observe the requirements
listed below to prevent a high rate of wear in the compressor blades:
On permanent home aerodromes:
TB3-117
- Engine starting and testing must be carried out on hard-surface pads.
- Where the hard-surface pads are not available and until such pads are
made, harden the soil by ramming.
- Start the engines, if possible, with the helicopter arranged to head into
the wind.
In field conditions:
- Start the engines with the helicopter heading into the wind.
- Take measures to exclude the possibility of ingress of dust and sand into
the engine air Intake from the slip-streams of other helicopters and
aircraft with running engines.
072.00.00
Having started the engine, keep the engine ground running time at a minimum
When operating the engine in cold weather conditions, carry out the following
operations before starting the engine:
(a) Remove the sealing blanks from the engine and verify that no ice has ac-
Jan 15/86
Page 505
crued on the surfaces of the intake duct and the blades of the compressor
and free turbine rotors have not frozen to their stators.
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
CAUTION: DO NOT ATTEMPT TO START THE ENGINES IP INSPECTION REVEALS ACCRE-

TION OP ICE IN THEIR AIR INTAKES AND INTAKE DUCTS.
If the OAT is equal to or below plus 5 °C, carefully crank the rotors of
the compressor and free turbine without applying excessive forces so as not
to break the compressor blades (Ref. Task Card No. 305). Should the com-
pressor rotor blades be found to be frozen to the stator, or a foreign
noise be detected in the engine, or the engine parts be covered with ice,
heat the engine with the hot air having a temperature not higher than plus
80 С supplied from a ground heater, following which make sure the engine
rotors are easy to rotate and no ice has accrued to the engine parts. The
hot air should be fed into the engine air-gas flow duct through the ex-
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
haust stack.
When the OAT and the engine outlet oil temperature is within minus 35 to
minus 40 °C range, it is necessary, before attempting and engine start, to
TB3-117
carry out two dry motoring runs (Ref. Task Card No. 502) with a 3-min
interval between the runs.
When the engine outlet oil temperature is below minus 40 °C, heat the
engine, the oil tank and the oil cooler with hot air supplied at a tempera-
ture of not higher than plus 80 °C into the undercowling space and into the
air-gas flow duct. The engine heating time should not be less than 20 min.
Make sure that the main rotor speed control (change-over) lever is in the middle
position of 66°+2°.
Preparation for Start

072.00.00
Release the main rotor
Switch on all circuit breakers necessary to start the engines
Make sure that the engine throttle levers are set to position corresponding to
the idle power and the lever of the shutdown valve to the CLOSED (3AKPЫТO)
Page 506
Nov 17/93
position
Start the fuel booster pumps supplying fuel into the engines
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
2.5. Set the master selector switch MOTORING - START (ПРОКРУТКА - ЗАПУСК) to the
START (ЗАПУСК) position
2.6. Set the engine selector switch to the desired engine (RH or LH)
2.7. Open the fuel shut-off valve of the engine being started.
CAUTION: SHOULD THE ENGINE BE STARTED WITH THE FUEL SHUT-OFF VALVE CLOSED, THE
FCU IS SUBJECT TO REPLACEMENT.
3. Engine Starting
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
3.1. Give a signal to warn on the commencement of the engine starting
3.2. Depress the starting button for 1 to 2 a and move the lever of the shutdown
TB3-117
valve to the OPEN (ОТКРЫТО) position. The engine will automatically accelerate
to the idle power condition,
CAUTION: DO NOT MOVE THE ENGINE THROTTLE LEVER WHILE THE ENGINE IS BEING
STARTED.
NOTE: The annunciator remains illuminated on the course of engine starting
until the gas generator rotor attains 60 % of rotational speed.
3.3. In the course of engine acceleration to the idling condition, check to see
that:
(a) The gas generator rotational speed Ngg is steadily growing (without the
"hang-up" of the engine).
(b) The gas temperature (TIT) is growing but does not exceed the acceptable
072.00.00
limit of gas temperature nt starting (Ref. Book 3, 072.00.00, Fig. 501).

(c) The oil pressure at Ngg above 45 % ia not less than 1 kgf/cm .
(d) The annunciator indicating operation of the air starter is constantly il-
luminated.
Page 507
Mar 15/88
(e) The air starter is cut out at Ngg within a range of 60 to 65 % (to be Ref. Fig. 103
determined by the moment when the respective annunciator goes dead).
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
CAUTION: 1. IF AT Ngg = (66+1)% THE AIR STARTER FAILS TO GET CUT OUT, Ref. 080.12.00,
CLOSE THE SHUTDOWN VALVE OP THE ENGINE BEING STARTED AND DE- Pig. 103
PRESS THE "START DISCONT" (ПРЕКРАЩЕНИЕ ЗАПУСКА) BUTTON. IP THE
AIR STARTER IS STILL RUNNING, CUT OUT THE АИ-9 (АИ-9В) ENGINE.
2. DO NOT MOVE THE ENGINE SELECTOR SWITCH IN A POSITION CORRES-
PONDING TO STARTING OP ANOTHER ENGINE UNTIL THE ENGINE BEING
STARTED ATTAINS THE IDLE POWER.
3. IP THE AIR STARTER FAILS TO BE CUT OUT AT Ngg > 68 %, REPLACE
THE AIR STARTER (REF. 080.12.00, TASK CARD No. 201).
Discontinue the engine start by closing the shutdown valve and immediately (in
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
not later than 1 or 2 s) depressing the START DISCONT (ПРЕКРАЩЕНИЕ ЗАПУСКА)
button, if any of the following occurs:
(a) No ignition of fuel (no growth in TIT and Ngg ). Ref. Fig. 101
TB3-117
(b) TIT exceeds the acceptable limit (Ref. Book 3, 072.00.OO, Fig. 501) Ref. Fig. 104
(c) Ngg hungs up for a period longer than 3s. Ref. Fig. 102
(d) The oil pressure (Poil) at Ngg above 45 % is less than 1 kgf/cm . Ref. 072.90.00,
Fig. 101
(e) Abnormal noise in the region of the engine-to-main gearbox joint.
(f) The engine fails to accelerate to the Ngg corresponding to the idling RPM
within 60 s.
(g) The gas generator rotational speed Ngg has reached a level of 20 to 25 %.
but the main rotor fails to start rotating,
072.00.00
(h) A shock engagement of the freewheel clutch.

CAUTION: SHOULD A SHOCK ENGAGEMENT OF THE FREEWHEEL CLUTCH OCCUR, REMOVE
AND EXAMINE THE DRIVE SHAFT (Ref. 072.53.00, TASK CARD No. 202).
IP THE INSPECTION REVEALS THAT THE DRIVE SHAFT HAS NOT BEEN
Page 508
TWISTED AND ITS SPLINES ARE NOT CHIPPED, REPLACE THE DRIVE SHAFT
Mar 15/88
(REF. 072.53.00, TASK CARD No. 203).

EFFECTIVITY: ALL OPERATIONS AND TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS (T.R.) CORRECTIVE CHECKED
ACTIONS BY
IF THE INSPECTION REVEALS THAT THE DRIVE SHAFT HAS BEEN TWISTED OR
ITS SPLINES CHIPPED, REPLACE EITHER THE FREE TURBINE OR THE EN-
GINE.
The annunciator testifying to operation of the air atarter goes out for a
short time.
Do not attempt to re-start the engine until the cause of the engine aborted
start has been traced and eliminated (Ref. Sub-Section "Engine - Trouble
Shooting").
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Following an aborted start, motor over the engine (Ref. Task Card No. 502)
before attempting another start.
CAUTION: THE ENGINE REPEATED STARTS AND DRY MOTORING RUNS MAY BE CARRIED OUT
TB3-117
ONLY AFTER THE GAS GENERATOR ROTOR HAS COASTED DOWN TO A COMPLETE
STOP.
072.00.00

Pages 509/510
Jan 15/86
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
PAGES
PROCEDURE: ENGINE DRY MOTORING RUN

M.S. ITEM

ACTIONS BY
Carry out the dry motoring run of the engine observing the same procedure as in
the course of a conventional start of the engine (Ref. Task Card No. 501) but
without effecting the fuel supply into the combustion chamber, for which purpose
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
the shutdown valve must be placed to the CLOSED (ЗАКРЫТО) position and the START-
MOTORING (ЗАПУСК - ПРОКРУТКА) switch to the MOTORING (ПРОКРУТКА) position
TB3-117
In the course of a dry motoring cycle check to see that:
The engine oil pressure Poil is not below 0.5 kgf/cm .
The engine emanates no abnormal noise.
Ngg does not drop below 20 %.
NOTES: The duration of an operating cycle of the engine auto atart control
unit is (55+4) s,
The engine dry motoring run may be carried out with the use of о ground
air source. In this case, its basic data must be consistent with those
of APU АИ-9В (АИ-9). When using air without pre-heating, it must be
supplied at a pressure of 1.8 to 2.1 kgf/cm (gauge pressure), and with
the relative humidity not exceeding 15 %. The supplied air must be
072.00.00
free from hard foreign particles of 140 microns or a larger size.

Jan 15/86
Page 511
TB3-11I
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MATERIALS
TOOLS AND FIXTURES
TEST EQUIPMENT

Page 512
Jan 15/86
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
PAGES
ТО M.S. TASK CARD No. 503 513 to 514
PROCEDURE: ENGINE WET MOTORING RUN

MS. ITEM

ACTIONS BY
Carry out the engine wet motoring run observing the same procedure as in the
course of a conventional engine start but without ignition of the fuel, for
which purpose set the master switch START - MOTORING (ЗАПУСК - ПРОКРУТКА) to the
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MOTORING (ПРОКРУТКА) position
In the courae of the wet motoring run check to see that:
TB3-117
(a) Engine oil pressure Poil does not drop below 0.5 kgf/cm .
(b) The engine emanates no abnormal noise.
(c) The fuel is being ejected from the exhaust stack. If no fuel is
ejected from the
exhaust stack, repeat
the wet motoring run
(d) Ngg does not drop below 2O %.
NOTE: The duration of an operating cycle of the engine auto start control panel
is (55+4) a.
The wet motoring run of the engine must be followed by a dry motoring run
(purging) (Ref. Task Card No. 502)
072.00.00
Jan 15/86
Page 513
TB3-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MATERIALS
TOOLS AND FIXTURES
TEST EQUIPMENT

Page 514
Jan 15/86
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
PAGES
PROCEDURE: ENGINE SHUTDOWN

M.S. ITEM

ACTIONS BY
CAUTION: IN ORDER TO PREVENT THE POSSIBILITY OF THE FCU RUNNING DRY, DO NOT CLOSE
THE FUEL SHUT-OFF VALVE UNTIL THE ENGINE HAS COME TO A COMPLETE STOP.
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Prior to the engine shutdown, allow it to idle for a time period of 1 to 2 rain
to cool off.
NOTE: When shutting down the engine on cold weather conditions, let the engine
to cool off at the idle power for 2 to 3 min.
TB3-117
Effect the engine shutdown from the idling condition by shifting the shutdown
lever to the SHUTDOWN (СТОП) position.
CAUTION: IF THE ENGINE SHUTDOWN VALVE FAILS, EFFECT THE ENGINE STOPPAGE BY
CLOSING THE FUEL SHUT-OFF VALVE. IN CASE THE ENGINE HAS BEEN SHUT DOWN
BY MEANS OF THE FUEL SHUT-OFF VALVE, THE FCU MUST BE REPLACED.
When the engine is coasting down, make sure it does not emanate abnormal noise
and the rotors of the gas generator and free turbine rotate smoothly. Note down
the compressor rotor coast-down time, which should not be less than 40 a. The
coast-down time must be counted from the moment the shutdown valve has been clos-
ed to the moment when the Ngg drops to 3 % (as read off the tachometer indicator)
072.00.00
If the coast-down time is leas than 40 s, check the gas generator rotor
complete coast-down time, which should be not less than 50 a (the moment when
the gas generator rotor ceases to rotate is determined visually by observing
the compressor first stage).
Jan 15/86
Page 515
NOTE: When the engine is coasting down to a standstill, there may be an insig-
nificant leakage of oil from the engine support assemblies (with the ex-
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
ception of the first support assembly) which is discharged via the drain
valve/drain valves unit and via the drain holes inside the exhaust stack
but does not flow outside. In the course of the engine coasting-down, there
may be slight smoking from the exhaust stack for a period not exceeding
5 rain after the engine shutdown, which is acceptable.
In cases of emergency, the engine may be shut down from any operating condition
without gradual deceleration and cooling at the idle power.
Resort to the emergency shutdown if any of the following occurs:
(a) A fire breaks out.
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(b) The oil pressure Poil in the engine or main gearbox drops below acceptable
limit.
(c) The TIT abruptly increases.
TB3-117
(d) Ngg abruptly drops.
(e) A strong flame is observed from exhaust stack.
(f) An abnormal noise emanates in the area of the main gearbox or main rotor.
(g) A fuel or oil leakage is detected
(h)A shock of main rotor blades against foreign objects.
CAUTION: FULFIL THE REQUIREMENTS OF "CAUTION" TO STEP 3.4 (h), Taok Card
No. 501
If the engine has been shut down without preliminary cooling, proceed as follows:
072.00.00
(a) Troubleahoot (Ref. Sub-Section "Engine - Trouble Shooting"),

(b) Examine the engines (Ref. Task Card No. 601).
(c) Check to see that the rotors of the gas generator and free turbine are easy
to rotate (Ref. Task Card No. 305).
Page 516
Nov 17/93
(d) Carry out a dry motoring run (Ref. Task Card No. 502).
(e) Start and ground test the engine as shown in the Chart presented in Figure 502
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
If the engine is found to be in satisfactory condition, it is considered service-

able
After the engine has been brought to a standstill and allowed to cool off to a
temperature of plus 60 to 80 °C (to be determined by feel), seal the air intakes
and exhaust stacks of the engines with the approved blanks and cover the power
plant with the protective cover
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ТШЗ-117
072.00.00

Pages 517/518
Jan 15/86
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
PAGES
PROCEDURE: ENGINE TEST AFTER INSTALLATION IN HELICOPTER

M.S. ITEM

ACTIONS BY
Carry out the engine test following its installation in the helicopter in compliance
with the Task Card No. 505, Book 3.
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TB3-117
072.00.00

Pages 519/520
Jan 15/86
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
PAGES
PROCEDURE: SIMULTANEOUS TEST OF TWO ENGINES DURING PRE-FLIGHT ACTION

M.S. ITEM
OPERATIONS AND TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS (T.R ) CORRECTIVE CHECKED

ACTIONS BY
General
Conduct the teat of the engines in accordance with the Chart presented in
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Figure 501
When ground testing the engines in ice-forming conditions, follow the require-
TB3-117
ments contained in Step 1.2 of the Task Card No. 505, Book 3
Testing
Start the engines (Ref. Task Card No. 501)
Allow the engines to warm up at the idle power
Test functioning of the anti-icing ayatem ва detniled in Step 2.7, Task Card
No. 505 (Ref. Book 3).
Test the engines concurred operation at both cruise power conditions at which
the lift-off of the helicopter is excluded and ensure that the readings of the
072.00.00
engine monitoring instruments are consistent with the values given in Table 501
(Ref. Book 3). Make sure the engines produce no abnormal noise.
CAUTION: TO PREVENT UNCOUPLING OP THE FREEWHEEL CLUTCH IN THE COURSE OF THE
TEST, DO NOT ALLOW THE ENGINES TO OPERATE AT DIFFERENT POWER CONDI-
TIONS (THAT IS, ONE ENGINE AT IDLE WHILE THE OTHER AT A HIGHER POWER).
Page 521
Nov 17/93
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TB3-117
072.00.00
Schedule of Engines Concurred Ground Test During Pre-Flight Action

Jan 15/86
Page 522
Figure 501
ACTIONS BY
With the throttle control twist grip turned fully clockwise, check the ET/EG
(or LPG) circuit for functioning, proceeding as follows:
(a) Set the FT CIRCUIT (КОНТУР СТ) selector switch to TEST 1 (КОНТРОЛЬ-1) po-
sition. The EXCESSIVE Nft (ПРЕВЫШЕНИЕ NCT) annunciator must flash up.
(b) Cancel governor interlock for 2 to 3 s by deenergizing the 27-V circuit.
The annunciator must go out.
NOTE; When checking electronic governors manufactured since November 1, 1984,
or those having letter "Д" at the end of the serial number, operation
referred to under Item (b) shall be carried out as follower
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(b) Set the selector switch to the OPERATION (РАБОТА) position. The
annunciator must go out.
(c) Set the FT CIRCUIT (КОНТУР СТ) selector switch to the TEST 2 (КОНТРОЛЬ-2)
TB3-117
position. The EXCESSIVE Nft (ПРЕВЫШЕНИЕ NCT) annunciator must come on.
(d) Proceed as instructed under Item (b).
(e) Set the FT CIRCUIT (КОНТУР СТ) selector switch to the OPERATION (РАБОТА)
position (if it has not been set in this position in accordance with the
Note to Item (b))
Check the partial acceleration time of the engines in compliance with Task
Card No. 505 (Ref. Book 3)
Test the concurred operation of both engines at hovering and check to see that
the readings of the engine monitoring instruments are consistent with the
values given in Table 501 (Ref. Book 3) and the engines emanate no abnormal
noise
072.00.00

Pagee 523/524
Mar 15/88
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
PAGES
PROCEDURE: ENGINE TEST ON COMPLETION OF SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE OPERATIONS

MS. ITEM
OPERATIONS AND TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS (T.ft.) CORRECTIVE CHECKED

ACTIONS BY
Start the engines (Ref. Taak Card No. 501)
Allow the enginea to warm up until the oil temperature reaches plus 30 °C end
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
then teat the air bleed valvea, dust-protection device, anti-icing system for
proper functioning and check the engine partial acceleration time (Ref. Task Card
No. 505, Book 3)
TB3-117
While operating the engines with the twiat grip rotated clockwise/AUTO (АВТОМАТИ- Perform operations
КА) , move the collective-pitch-throttle and set one of the engines running at according to Task
the cruiee I power and at the aame time operate the engine throttle lever of the Card No. 516
other engine to keep it running approximately at the power condition when the
twiat grip is turned clockwise/AUTO (АВТОМАТИКА). Check the main rotor rotational
speed, which should be equal to (96+1) % or (91±1) % (for coaxial-rotor heli-
copters). Set the engine to the power condition when the twist grip is turned
clockwise/AUTO (АВТОМАТИКА). Repeat the check for the other engine
Test functioning of the ИР-117 engine pressure ratio (EPR) indicator set, check
the takeoff RPM, and function test the gas temperature controller (Ref. Task
Card No. 505, Book 3)
According to Task
072.00.00
Perform the operations connected with checking the adjustment range of the main
rotor speed governor and function test the FT circuit (Ref. Task Card Ho. 505, Card No. 505, Book 3
Book 3)
Start the engines (Ref. Task Card No. 501), allow them the run for 1 to 2 minutes
and then shut down
Page 525
Nov 17/93
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTONS BY
Examine the joints of the following units to make sure there is no oil leakages:
- Engine oil filter, fuel fine filter, FCU fuel inlet filter, fuel filters of the
FCU fuel flow regulator and throttle valve, actuator fuel filter, plugs of the
air starter oil chambers (on the air starters with a selfcontained oil system)
MAINTENANCE MANUA1
ТВ3-117
072.00.00

Jan 15/86
Page 526
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
PAGES
PROCEDURE: CHECKING AND ADJUSTING FUEL PRESSURE AT WET MOTORING RUN

MS. ITEM

ACTIONS BY
Install a pressure gauge with a measuring range of 10 kgf/cm in place of the

fuel pressure pick-up mounted on the engine.
NOTE: If the fuel pressure pick-up is not fitted to the engine, connect the
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
pressure gauge to connection (2) (Ref. Fig. 301) on the FCU.
Carry out a wet motoring run (Ref. Task Card No. 503). When Ngg gets stabilized,
TB3-117
measure the fuel nozzle pressure Pf, which should be within a range of 2.5 to
3 kgf/cm2
Carry out the adjustment of the fuel pressure with the aid of adjustment screw
(13) (Ref. 073.12.05, Task Card No. 5O3).
CAUTION: AFTER ADJUSTMENT OP THE FUEL PRESSURE AT THE WET MOTORING RUN OP THE
ENGINE, DO NOT DISTURB ADJUSTMENT SCREW (13)

072.00.00
Pressure gauge having a mea- Open-end wrench, S = 14x17 mm Safety wire

Pages 527/528
suring range up to 10 kgf/cm Open-end wrench, S = 24x17 mm

Jan 15/86
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
PAGES
PROCEDURE: CHECKING AND ADJUSTING SHUT-OFF VALVE OPENING GAS GENERATOR RPM
M.S. ITEM

ACTIONS BY
Install a pressure gauge having a measuring range up to 10 kgf/cm in place of

the fuel pressure pick-up fitted to the engine.
NOTE: If the fuel pressure pick-up is not fitted to the engine, connect the
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
pressure gauge to connection (2) (Ref. Fig. 301) on the FCU.
Carry out a wet motoring run (Ref. Task Card No. 503)
TB3-117
Note down the Ngg at which the shut-off valve gets open. The shut-off valve
must get open at Ngg = 15 to 20 %. Determine the moment when the shut-off valve
gets open by a pressure build-up in the fuel nozzle primary fuel manifold
The adjustment of the shut-off valve opening RPM is carried out by a selective
fitment of drain jet (к) (Ref. 073.12.05, Task Card No. 501)
Remove the pressure gauge and fit back the parts removed earlier

072.00.00
Pressure gauge having a mea- Open-end wrench, S = 14x17 mm Safety wire

Pages 529/530
suring range up to 10 kgf/cm Open-end wrench, S = 24x27 mm

Jan 15/86
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
PAGES
PROCEDURE: CHECKING AND ADJUSTING ENGINE STARTING CYCLE FOLLOWING REPLACEMENT

M.S. ITEM
OF FUEL CONTROL UNIT
OPERATIONS AND TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS (T.R ) CORRECTIVE CHECKED

ACTIONS BY
Carry out the adjustment of the engine starting cycle, with the compressor VGV
angular setting characteristic properly adjusted, proceeding as shown below:
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Start the engine. Run the engine at the idle power until the engine outlet oil
temperature rises up to plus 30 °C but for a period not leas than 5 minutee
and note the OAT as per the weather report
TB3-117
Shut down the engine. Note down the Ngg obs corresponding to the Ngg isa equal
to 40 % for the observed temperature at the inlet to the temperature-sensing
probe (Ref. Task Card No. 520, Table 502)
Start the engine and in the course of the starting check to see, that
(a) The TIT at Ngg isa = 40 % is in consistence with the limits shown in
Figure 502.
(b) The maximum TIT during starting is consistent with the limita given in
Figure 503
Should it be necessary, carry out the following adjustments:
(a) Adjust the TIT at Ngg isa = 40 % with the aid of Jet (A) (Ref. 073.12.05,
072.00.00
Task Card No. 503).

(b) Maximum value of the TIT at starting with the aid of adjusting screw (17)
(Ref. 073.12.05, Task Card No. 507)
When the starting cycle is correctly adjusted, its duration shall not exceed
Jan 15/86
Page 531
1 minute
ТВЗ-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Relationship Between TIT at Ngg isa = 40 % (With

Starting Process Properly Adjusted) and Temperature-
Sensing Probe Air Inlet Temperature
Figure 502

Page 532
Jan 15/86
ТВЗ-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Relationship Between Maximum TIT and FCU Temperature-Sensing Probe Air Inlet Temperature
(With Starting Process Properly Adjusted)
Figure 503
EFFECTMTY: ALL 072.00.00

Page 533
Jan 15/86
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS 8Y
If the complete adjustment range of screw(17)has been used up, it is allowed

to replace air bleed jet (П) of the FCU acceleration time control unit (Ref.
073.12.05, Task Card No. 515), which must be followed by checking the engine
partial acceleration time (Ref. Book 3, Task Card No. 505)
MAINTENANCE 'MANUAL
TB3-117
072.00.00

Jan 15/86
Page 534
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
PAGES
TO M.S. TASK CARD No. 511
535 to 537/538
PROCEDURE: REMOVAL/INSTALLATION OF MARKING APPLIANCE FOR MEASUREMENT OF COMPRESSOR

M.S. ITEM
VGV SETTING ANGLES

ACTIONS BY
Installation of Marking Appliance for Measurement of Compressor VGV Setting

Angles
MAINTENANCE
Effect manual reversals of the VGV's and set them first to the upper and then
to the lower atop (Ref. 072.3O.OO, Task Card No. 201). Note down the actual
values of the vanes angles as read off the VGV dial.
TB3-117
NOTE: For the values of the angles corresponding to the upper and lower stops
(as read off the VGV dial), refer to Book 3, 072.00.00, Sub-Section
"Engine - Discription and Operation".
MANUAL
Cut strips of white and carbon paper of a 15x65-mm size, place them on flange
(14) (Ref. Fig. 504) of bracket (13) (white paper first and then carbon paper
with its carbon coat towards the white paper) and then secure the paper without
folds on the surface of the bracket with the aid of clamps (10)
Mount bracket (13) onto the stems of the VGV dial (1) attachment studs and,
if necessary, bend down the tongues of the retainers of the two nuts attaching
the dial. Position the upper slot of the bracket behind the dial body and
secure the bracket on the rear stud with special nut (9)
072.00.00
Mount marking appliance (4) onto axle (7), fit and safety screw (8)
Extend the electric cable from the appliance through the open window into the
cargo compartment and plug it into the helicopter 27-V power source
Jan 15/86
Page 535
Effect manual reversals of the VGV's and set them first against the upper and
then against the lower stop. Apply two graduating marks on the paper by de-
pressing button (5).
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
Removal/Installation of Marking Appliance for Measurement of VGV Setting Angles
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Figure 504
TB3-117
072.00.00
VGV Setting Angle Axle with Pointer

Dial Screw
Pointer Special Nut
Spring Clamp
Marking Appliance Carbon Paper
Page 536
Jan 15/86
Switch Button White Paper

Organic Glass Bracket
Templet Flange
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
CAUTION: PRIOR TO COWLING THE ENGINE, HAKE SURE THE GRADUATION MARKS ARE
MARKED ON THE PAPER. WHEN CLOSING THE ENGINE COWLS, CHECK TO SEE THAT
THE ELECTRIC CABLE IS NOT JAMMED.
Removal of Marking Appliance
Unplug marking appliance (4) from the helicopter 27-V power source
Unaafety and remove screw (8) and remove marking appliance (4) from axle (7)
Unscrew special nut (9) and remove bracket (13)
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TB3-117
072.00.00

Pages 537/538
Screwdriver Carbon paper

Marking appliance У6360-2901 for White paper
Jan 15/86
measurement of VGV angles

EFFECTIVITY: ALL
PAGES
PROCEDURE: CHECKING COMPRESSOR VGV ANGULAR SETTING CHARACTERISTIC

MS. ITEM

ACTIONS BY
General
The check detailed under Item 2 shall be carried out after replacement of
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
the fuel control unit, temperature bulb and after performing adjustment with
the aid of control rods L1 and L2, with wind speed above 5 m/s. In other
cases, the check shall be carried out in accordance with Item 3.
TB3-117
To reduce the effect of the exhaust gases blown into the air intakes of the
engines, arrange the helicopter in the open pad to head into the wind or so
that the direction of wind is at approx. 20 degrees to its right
Before proceeding to check the compressor VGV angular setting characteristic,

check the gas generator idling RPM and make sure they are consistent with the
zone shown in Figure 501 (Ref. Book 3, 072.00.00)
Checking VGV Angular Setting Characteristic with the Aid of Marking Appliance
Mount the marking appliance (Ref. Task Card No, 511). Remove and calibrate
the tach generator set (the tach generator and indicator)
Refer to Table 502 (Ref. Task Card No. 520) and find the values of Ngg obs
072.00.00
corresponding to corrected values of Ngg isa at 85, 90, and 95 % for the OAT
taken from the weather report
Start the engine (Ref. Task Card No. 501)

Page 539
Mar 15/88
Using only direct movements of the engine throttle lever without resorting to
the adjustment of the Ngg towards lower RPM, set the engine smoothly to run in
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
a consecutive order at the power settings corresponding approximately to

Ngg isa = 85, 90 and 95 %
Allow the engine to operate at each power condition for a period of 3 minutes,
then measure the Ngg and depress button (5) (Ref. Fig. 504)
Throttle back to idle, allow the engine to cool off and then shut down
Using a tachometer set calibration chart, find the actual values of Ngg obs
obtained in Step 2.4 as shown below:
Ngg act = Ngg obs + dN
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
where dN is the error of the tachometer set in percent.
Making use of Table 502, find corrected values of Ngg isa corresponding to the
values of Ngg act
TB3-117
Remove from VGV dial (1) white paper (12) with marks registered on it and put
templet (6) onto the paper having lined up two calibration marks made in
Step 1.6 (Ref. Task Card No. 511) with the templet graduation lines of the
angles measured in Step 1.1 (Ref. Task Card No. 511). Use the remaining three
marks to determine the values of the VGV setting angles
Mark the obtained values of the VGV's nt corresponding values of the RPM cor-
rected to ISA conditions on the VGV setting angle-versus-Ngg isa Chart (Ref.
Fig. 505). Draw an averaged straight line via three points and check to see
that this line lies within the adjustment range of the Chart.
NОТЕ: The adjustment shall be carried out whenever the compressor VGV angular Adjust as prescribed
072.00.00
setting characteristic is found to be shifted towards opening of the in Task Card No. 513
angles below the rated value up to 4 deg or towards closure of the
angles above the rated value up to 2 deg. If the shift of the VGV
angular setting characteristic is found to be in excess of the accept-
able limits, withdraw the engine from service.
Jan 15/86
Page 540
Remove the marking appliance

ТВЗ-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
On some engine models the lower stop

is set to angle (-3+0.5) deg (Ref.
Book 3)
NОТЕ:
VGV Setting Angle Avgv Versus Ngg isa Chart

Figure 505

Page 541
Jan 15/86
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
Checking VGV Setting Characteristic Without Use of Marking Appliance
Check of Characteristic at Speed of Wind up to 5 m/s (at Hovering)
While testing the engine on the ground, measure the Ngg obs at which the air Measure characteris-
bleed valves get closed. Refer to Table 502 and determine the respective tic of VGV angles by
value of the Ngg isa and compare it with the value entered in the engine three points accord-
Log Book. The value of Ngg ias shall not differ from that entered in the ing to Step 2. If
Log Book by more than 1 % characteristic compli-
es with technical re-
Put a layer of plasticine onto the VGV dial, the thickness of the layer quirements, perform
being such, that during reversal of the VGV'a the pointer should leave a
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
operations according
clear mark in plasticine. Check to see, that the division line on the VGV to Task Card No. 520
dial are not covered with plasticine
Start both engines and progressively accelerate them to the power setting
TB3-117
ensuring hovering of the helicopter at an altitude of 5 to 7 m
Note down the maximum rotational speed Ngg obs of the engine being tested,
land the helicopter, allow the engines to cool off and then shut down
Refer to the pointer mark on the plasticine to determine the value of the
VGV setting angle at the power setting under test
Find from Table 502 the value of Ngg isa corresponding to the respective
value of Ngg obs obtained in 3.1.4
Mark the value of the VGV setting angle obtained in Step 3.1.5 at Ngg isa Perform adjustment
072.00.00
obtained in Step 3.1.6. The plotted point must lie within the adjustment of compressor VGV
zone of the chart setting characteris-
Page 542
Nov 17/93
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
tic, if necessary,
taking into account
the Note to Item 2.8
(Ref. Task Card
Check of Characteristic at Speed of Wind above 5 т/в (on the ground)
No. 513)
Effect the operations specified in Steps 3.1.1 and 3.1.2
Start the engine being tested, arrange the helicopter to head into the wind
(or at an angle up to 20 deg to the right from the helicopter) and progres-
sively accelerate the engine approximately to the max. continuous power (but
without the lift-off of the helicopter). Note down the maximum value of the
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Ngg obs, smoothly throttle back to idle, and shut down the engine after al-
lowing it to cool off
TB3-117
Effect the operations specified in Steps 3.1.5 thru 3.1.7
Should it be necessary to check the VGV angular setting characteristic with

regard to three points, conduct the check in compliance with Steps 1 and 2

072.00.00
Carbon paper
Pages 543/544
White paper
Plasticine
Mar 15/88
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
PAGES
PROCEDURE: ADJUSTING COMPRESSOR VGV ANGULAR SETTING CHARACTERISTIC

M.S. ITEM

ACTIONS BY
1. The slope of the compressor VGV angular setting characteristic must be adjusted
by varying the length L1 of the feedback lever (Ref. Fig. 506). Reduction in the
length of the arm causes the angle У to Increase, while increasing the length
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
causes the angle У to decrease (Ref. Fig. 505). Clockwise rotation of the adjust-
ment screw thru four turns increases the arm length by 2mm,which corresponds to
a 1-deg change in the angle Avgv at the extreme points of 85 and 95 %. Before
ТBЗ-117
proceeding with the adjustment, unsafety and back off nut Ж (Ref. Pig. 506).
On completion of the adjustment, tighten up nut Ж up to stop and safety it with
a cotter pin.
CAUTION: DO NOT ATTEMPT TO LINE UP THE COTTER PIN LOCATION HOLES BY BACKING OPP
THE HUT.
2. A parallel shift of the compressor VGV angular setting characteristic is effected

by varying length L2 of the rod, for which purpose it is necessary to break the
seals, unsafety the feedback rod, back off the locknut, and rotate the nuts as
required. Increasing the length of the rod causes the characteristic to shift
upwards on the Chart (towards closure of the angles), while decreasing the length
of the rod causes the characteristic to shift downwards (towards opening of the
angles). One complete turn of the turnbuckle of rod L2 shifts the VGV characte-
072.00.00
ristic by approximately 3 deg.

NOTE: Since the locknut located under the FCU is difficult to reach, it is allowed
to leave it locked.
In this case, having backed off nut Ж, remove and turn the front lug of the
Jan 15/86
Page 545
connecting rod L2 in the required direction. One complete turn of the lug
causes the VGV characteristic to shift by approximately 1.5 deg.
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TB3-117
072.00.00
Jan 15/86
Page 546
Compressor VGV Adjustment Diagram

figure 506
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
On completion of the adjustment of rod L2,look the rod in the adjusted

position' by means of the locknut and using a piece of 0.5-mm dia wire,
ensure that the check hole made in the rod is masked with the threaded
portion of the lug. The wire should not go into the check hole. On comple-
tion of the adjustment, tighten nut Ж up to stop and safety it with a
cotter pin observing the requirements laid down in Step 1.
Following the adjustment with the aid of rods L1 and L2, manually reverse the Effect adjustment by
VGV's to the positions when they rest upon the upper and lower stops (Ref. varying the length of
"Main Data") and check to see, that the clearances between the FCU feedback rod L2
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
lever and the IDLE (МАЛЫЙ ГАЗ) and TAKEOFF (ВЗЛЕТ) stops (Ref. Fig. 506) are not
less than 0.2 mm. Recheck the VGV characteristic (Ref. Task Card No. 512). On
completion of the adjustment, the VGV characteristic should lie within the zone
shown on Figure 505
TB3-117
Using a 0.5-mm dia safety wire, secure the adjusting elements of the rods and
attach seals to the adjusting elements. While securing rod L2, bear in mind,
that the front and rear ends of the rod are provided with the LH and RH threads

072.00.00
Open-end wrench, S = 8x10 mm Safety wire, 0.5-mm dia

Pages 547/548
Jan 15/86
EFFECTIVUY: ALL
TO MS. PAGES
TASK CARD HO. 516
549 to 550
MS. ITEM PROCEDURE: CHECKING MAIN ROTOR (FREE POWER TURBINE) SPEED GOVERNOR SETTING
OPERATIONS AND TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS (ТД.) CORRECTIVE CHECKED

ACTIONS BY
Preliminary Operations
Mount the temporary stop on the engine to be tested following the instructions
laid down in the Helicopter Maintenance Manual, having set the engine indivi-
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
dual throttle control lever to an angle of (85+1) deg against the FCU dial
Check and, if necessary, set the speed governor adjustment lever to an angle
of (66+2) deg
TB3-117
Out off power synchronizer of the engine under test, having disconnected on
the engine which is not being tested the pipe from connection (25) (Ref.
Fig. 404) and fitted an approved plug to connection (25)
NOTE: Do not perform the operations specified in Steps 1.2 and 1.3 on the
coaxial-rotor helicopters
Check of Main Rotor Speed Governor Setting
Start both engines (Ref. Task Card No. 501) on the single-rotor helicopter, or
one engine on the coaxial-rotor helicopter
Referring to Chart В appended to the engine log Book, determine for the weather
072.00.00
report temperature the observed value Ngg obs corresponding to the fuel flow
Gf = (330+10) kg/h. A sample chart is shown in Figure 504 (Ref. Book 3)
Set the individual throttle control lever of the engine under test against the
temporary stop
Page 549
Mar 15/88
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
OPERATIONS AND TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS (ТД.) CORRECTIVE CHECKED
ACTIONS BY
By coarsening the main rotor, set the engine running at Ngg :
(a) On the single-rotor helicopter Ngg should be by approximately 2 % higher

than that obtained from Chart Б.
(b) On the coaxial-rotor helicopter Ngg should be that obtained from Chart Б
with a tolerance of +0.5 %
Smoothly advancing the individual throttle control lever, increase the power
condition of the engine not being checked until the gas generator speed Ngg of
the engine under test is reduced to a value obtained from Chart Б with a tole-
rance of +0.5 %
MAOTBIANCE MANUAL
At the steady-state power condition, verify that the main rotor RPM are with- Carry out adjustment,
in: if necessary (Ref.
Task Card No. 518)
(96+0.5) % for the single-rotor helicopters.
TB3-117
(90.2-1) % for the coaxial-rotor helicopters.
Throttle back to idle
Allow the engines to cool off and then shut down (Ref. Task Card No. 504)
Final Operations
Remove the temporary stop and connect the detached power synchronizer pipe to
connection (25) (Ref. Fig. 404) on the single-rotor helicopter
072.00.00

Page 550
Mar 15/88
EFFECT1VITY: ALL
PAGES
PROCEDURE: CHECKING GAS GENERATOR ROTOR SPEED FOR ABSENCE OF CUTTING DOWN BY MAIN
MS. ITEM ROTOR SPEED GOVERNOR AT TAKEOFF POWER

ACTIONS BY
Set the GG CIRCUIT (КОНТУР ТК) to OPERATION (РАБОТА) position (on engines equip-
ped with engine electronic governors)
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Ensure that the main rotor speed governor does not out down the gas generator RPM
at the takeoff power, proceeding as follows:
Start and warm up the engine (Ref. Task Card No. 5O1)
TB3-117
Accelerate the engine to takeoff and, by coarsening the main rotor, set it
running at Nmr equal to (91.5+0.5)%•
NOTE: On some engine models, the value of the Nmr may be different (Ref.
Book 3).
Note down the value of the stabilized Ngg
Smoothly fine off the main rotor to set it running at Nmr = (94.5+0.5) %. In Ref. Figure 115
this case, the reduction of the Ngg shall not be in excess of 0.5 %
NOTE; On some engine models, the value of Nmr may be different (Ref. Book 3).
Retard the engine throttle to idle, allow the engine to cool off, and then shut
072.00.00
down (Ref. Task Card No. 504)

Jan 15/86
Page 551
TB3-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MATERIALS
TOOLS AMD FIXTURES
TEST EQUIPMENT

Page 552
Jan 15/86
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
TO MS. PAGES
TASK CARD 518
553 to 554
MS. ITEM PROCEDURE: ADJUSTING MAIN ROTOR (FREE TOWER TURBINE) SPEED GOVERNOR
OPERATIONS AND TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS (ТЯ.) CORRECTIVE CHECKED

ACTIONS BY
Carry out adjustment of the main rotor speed governor with the aid of adjusting
screws(4)and(3)(Ref. 073.12,05, Task Card No. 508). On coaxial-rotor heli-
copters adjustment may be carried out with the aid of the fuel control unit ad-
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
justment lever
When performing adjustment with the aid of the adjustment lever, move the lever
relative to its initial position of 66°, taking into consideration the following:
TB3-117
(a) Angle increase results in increase in the main rotor speed.
(b) Angle variation by 1° changes the main rotor speed by 0.13 %
In case of single-rotor helicopters, when adjustment presents some difficulties,

follow the procedure below, which will assist in defining the required amount
and direction of rotation of adjusting screws (4) and (3) :
(a) Disconnect the control rod from the main rotor speed governor adjustment
lever on one engine and set the control lever to 66 deg or to any other re-
quired angle, keeping in mind the following: 1-deg change (as read off the
dial) in the angle mean value of 66 deg causes the main rotor RPM to change
by approximately 0.13 %.
072.00.00
(b) In case of concurred testing of both engines, operate the adjustment selec-
tor switch and set the control lever of the other engine to a position pro-
viding for elimination of the fault indicated in Figure 115.
(c) Following engine shutdown, check the position of the levers against the FCU
Page 553
Mar 15/88
dials and perform, if necessary, adjustment with the aid of adjusting screws
(4) and ( 3) . The amount of adjustment and the direction of adjusting screw
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
OPERATIONS AND TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS (TJO CORRECTIVE CHECKED
ACTIONS BY
rotation is determined by the departure of the levers from the mean value
(clockwise when the angles are in excess of 66 deg and counterclockwise when
the angles are below 66 deg)
After adjustment, recheck the adjusted parameter and test the engines for func-
tioning within the preflight test scope (Ref. Task Card No. 506)
If the adjusting screws have been rotated towards decreasing the main rotor
speed governor setting, then, subsequent to the adjustment, ascertain that the
main rotor speed governor does not out down the gas generator speed at the take-
off power (Ref. Task Card No. 517)
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TB3-117
072.00.00

Page 554
Mar 15/88
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
PAGES
555 to 560
PROCEDURE: FUNCTION TESTING AIR BLEED VALVES

MS. ITEM

ACTIONS BY
CAUTION: TO RЕDUCE THE EFFECT OF THE EXHAUST GASES BLOWN INTO THE AIR INTAKES OP
THE ENGINES, ARRANGE THE HELICOPTER TO HEAD INTO THE WIND OR SO THAT THE
WIND IS AT 20 DBG TO THE RIGHT OP THE HELICOPTER.
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Start and warm up the engines (Ref. Task Card No. 501)
Por the OAT taken from the weather report, determine from Table 502 the value
TB3-117
of Ngg corresponding to the corrected value of the gas generator rotational
speed at which the air bleed valves get closed (Ngg = 84 to 87 %)
Advance the engine throttle lever until the engine is set to run at the Ngg at Send for the Sup-
which the air bleed valves get closed and note down this rotational speed. The plier's representa-
rotational speed should correspond to the value specified in Step 2 tive for replacement
of temperature-sens-
ing probe, informing
the Supplier of the
FCU serial number
Set the engine running at the idle power, allow it to cool off and then shut
down (Ref. Task Card No. 504)
072.00.00
Page 555
Nov 17/93
table 502
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
Effect of Air Temperature on Ngg obs and Ngg isa
Ngg isa, %
Tair inl
40 81 83 84 85 86 87 89 90 91 94 95 96
°C
-60 34.4 69.7 71.4 72.3 73.1 74.0 74.8 76.6 77.4 78.3 80.9 81.7 82.6
-59 34.4 69.8 71.5 72.4 73.2 74.1 75.0 76.7 77.5 78.4 81.0 81.9 82.7
-58 34.5 70.0 71.7 72.6 73.4 74.3 75.2 76.9 77.8 78.6 81.2 82.1 82.9
-57 34.5 70.2 71.9 72.7 73.5 74.5 75.3 77.0 78.0 78.8 81.4 82.3 83.0
-56 34.7 70.3 72.0 72.9 73.7 74.6 75.5 77.3 78.1 79.0 81.6 82.5 83.3
-55 34.8 70.5 72.2 73.1 73.9 74.8 75.7 77.4 78.3 79.2 81.8 82.7 83.5
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
-54 34.8 70.6 72.3 73.2 74.1 75.0 75.9 77.6 78.5 79.3 82.0 82.8 83.7
-53 34.9 70.8 72.6 73.5 74.3 75.2 76.1 77.8 78.7 79.6 82.2 83.1 83.9
-ТВЗ-П7
-52 35.0 70.9 72.7 73.6 74.4 75.4 76.2 78.0 78.9 79.7 82.3 83.3 84.1
-51 35.1 71.1 72.8 73.7 74.6 75.5 76.3 78.1 79.0 79.9 82.5 83.4 84.3
-50 35.2 71.3 73.1 73.9 74.8 75.7 76.5 78.3 79.2 80.1 82.7 83.6 84.5 *
Ngg obs, %
•»
-49 35.3 71.4 73.2 74.1 75.0 75.9 76.7 78.5 79.4 80.3 82.9 83.8 84.7 sо
-48 35.3 71.7 73.5 74.3 75.2 76.1 76.9 78.7 79.6 80.5 83.1 84.0 84.9
S
-47 35.4 71.8 73.6 74.5 75.4 76.3 77.1 78.9 79.8 80.7 83.4 84.2 85.1 M
-46 35.5 71.9 73.7 74.6 75.4 76.3 77.2 79.0 79.9 80.8 83.4 84.3 85.2
-45 35.5 72.0 73.7 74.6 75.5 76.4 77.3 79.1 80.0 8O.8 83.5 84.4 85.3
-44 35.6 72.1 73.8 74.7 75.6 76.5 77.4 79.2 80.1 81.0 83.6 84.5 85.4
072.00.00
-43 35.7 72.2 74.1 75.0 75.9 76.8 77.7 79.5 80.4 81.3 84.0 84.8 85.7
-42 35.8 72.4 74.2 75.1 76.0 76.9 77.8 79.6 80.5 81.4 84.1 84.9 85.8
-41 35.9 72.7 74.5 75.4 76.3 77.2 78.1 79.9 80.7 81.6 84.3 85.2 86.2
-40 36.0 72.8 74.6 75.5 76.4 77.3 78.2 80.0 80.9 81.8 84.5 85.4 86.3
Jan 15/86
Page 556
-39 36.1 73.0 74.8 75.7 76.6 77.5 78.4 80.2 81.1 82.0 84.8 85.7 86.6
-38 36.1 73.3 75.0 76.0 76.9 77.8 78.7 80.5 81.4 82.3 85.0 86.0 86.9
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
Table 502, cont'd
T Ngg isa, %
air inl
40 81 83 84 85 86 87 89 90 91 94 95 96
°C
-37 36.2 73.4 75.2 76.1 77.0 77.9 78.8 80.6 81.5 82.4 85.1 86.1 87.0
-36 36.3 73.5 75.3 76.2 77.1 78.0 78.9 80.7 81.6 82.5 85.2 86.2 87.1
-35 36.4 73.6 75.4 76.4 77.3 78.2 79.1 80.9 81.8 82.7 85.4 86.4 87.3
-34 36.4 73.8 75.6 76.6 77.5 78.4 79.3 81.1 82.0 82.9 85.6 86.6 87.5
-33 36.5 74.0 75.8 76.8 77.7 78.6 79.5 81.3 82.2 83.1 85.8 86.8 87.7
-32 36.6 74.0 75.9 76.9 77.8 78.7 79.6 81.4 82.3 83.2 85.9 86.9 87.8
74.2 76.1 77.1 78.0 78.9 79.8 81.6 82.5 83.4 86,1 87.1 88.0
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
-31 36.7
-30 36.7 74.4 76.2 77.2 78.1 79.0 79.9 81.7 82.6 83.5 86.2 87.2 88.1
-29 36.8 74.6 76.4 77.4 78.3 79.2 80.1 81.9 82.9 83.8 86.5 87.5 88.4
ТВЗ-117
-28 36.9 74.7 76.6 77.5 78.4 79.3 80.2 82.1 83.1 84.0 86.7 87.7 88.6
Ngg obs, %
-27 36.9 74.9 76.7 77.6 78.6 79.5 80.4 82.2 83.2 84.1 86.9 87.8 88.7
-26 37.0 75.0 76.8 77.8 78.7 79.6 80.5 82.4 83.3 84.2 87.0 88.0 88.9
-25 37.1 75.1 77.0 77.9 78.8 79.7 80.6 82.5 83.4 84.3 87.1 88.1 89.0
-24 37.2 75.3 77.2 78.1 79.0 80.0 80.9 82.8 83.7 84.6 87.4 88.4 89.3
-23 37.3 75.5 77.4 78.3 79.2 80.1 81.1 82.9 83.9 84.8 87.6 88.5 89.5
-22 37.3 75.6 77.5 78.4 79.4 80.3 81.2 83.1 84.0 85.0 87.8 88.7 89.6
-21 37.4 75.8 77.6 78.6 79.6 8O.5 81.4 83.3 84.2 85.2 88.0 88.9 89.8
-20 37.5 75.9 77.8 78.7 79.7 80.6 81.5 83.4 84.3 85.3 88.1 89.0 89.9
072.00.00
-19 37.6 76.0 77.9 78.9 79.8 80.7 81.7 83.6 84.5 85.4 88.3 89.2 90.1
-18 37.6 76.2 78.1 79.0 79.9 80.8 81.8 83.7 84.7 85.6 88.5 89.4 90.3
-17 37.7 76.3 78.2 79.2 80.1 81.0 82.0 83.9 84.8 85.8 88.6 89.6 90.5
-16 37.8 76.5 78.4 79.4 80.3 81.2 82.2 84.1 85.0 86.0 88.8 89.8 90.7
Jan 15/86
Page 557
-15 .37.8 76.7 78.6 79.5 80.4 81.4 82.3 84.2 85.1 86.1 88.9 89.9 90.8
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
Table 502, cont'd
Tair, inl Ngg isa, %

°c 40 81 83 84 85 86 87 89 90 91 94 95 96
-14 37.9 76.8 78.7 79.6 80.6 81.6 82.5 84.4 85.3 86.3 89.1 90.1 91.0
-13 38.0 77.0 78.9 79.8 80.7 81.7 - 82.6 84.5 85.4 86.4 89.2 90.2 91.1
-12 38.1 77.1 79.0 79.9 80.9 81.9 82.8 84.7 85.6 86.6 89.4 90.4 91.3
-11 38.1 77.3 79.2 80.1 81.1 82.1 83.0 84.9 85.9 86.8 89.7 90.6 91.6
-10 38.2 77.4 79.3 80.3 81.3 82.3 83.2 85.1 86.0 87.0 89.9 90.8 91.8
-9 38.3 77.6 79.5 80.4 81.4 82.4 83.3 85.2 86.2 87.2 90.0 91.0 92.0
-8 38.4 77.7 79.6 80.6 81.6 82.6 83.5 85.4 86.4 87.4 90.2 91.2 92.0
-7 38.4 77.9 79.8 80.7 81.7 82.7 83.6 85.5 86.5 87.5 92.1
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
90.3 91.3
-6 38.5 78.0 79.9 80.8 81.9 82.9 82.8 85.7 86.7 87.7 90.5 91.5 92.3
-5 38.6 78.1 80.0 80.9 82.0 83.0 83.9 85.8 86.8 87.8 90.6 91.6 92.5
TB3-117
-4 38.6 78.3 80.2 81.1 82.1 83.1 84.0 85.9 86.9 87.9 90.8 91.8 92.7
Ngg obs, %
-3 38.7 78.4 80.3 81.3 82.3 83.3 84.2 86.1 87.1 88.1 91.0 92.0 92.9
-2 38.8 78.6 80.5 81.5 82.4 83.4 84.4 86.3 87.3 88.3 91.2 92.1 93.1
-1 38.9 78.7 80.7 81.6 82.6 83.6 84.6 86.5 87.5 88.5 91.4 92.3 93.3
0 38.9 78.9 80.8 81.8 82.8 83.7 84.7 86.7 87.6 88.7 91.6 92.5 93.5
1 39.0 79.0 80.9 81.9 82.9 83.9 84.9 86.8 87.8 88.8 91.7 92.7 93.6
2 39.1 79.2 81.1 82.0 83.0 84.0 85.0 86.9 88.0 89.0 91.9 92.9 93.8
3 39.2 79.3 81.3 82.2 83.2 84.2 85.2 86.9 88.1 89.1 92.0 93.0 93.9
4 39.2 79.4 81.4 82.4 83.4 84.4 85.4 87.1 88.3 89.3 92.2 93.2 94.1
072.00.00
5 39.3 79.6 81.5 82.5 83.5 84.5 85.5 87.2 88.4 89.4 92.3 93.3 94.2
6 39.4 79.7 81.7 82.7 83.7 84.7 85.7 87.4 88.6 89.6 92.5 93.5 94.4
7 39.4 79.9 81.8 82.8 83.8 84.8 85.8 87.5 88.7 89.7 92.7 93.7 94.6
8 39.5 80.0 82.0 83.0 84.0 85.0 86.0 87.9 88.9 89.9 92.9 93.9 94.8
Jan 15/86
Page 558
9 39.6 80.1 82.1 83.1 84.1 85.1 86.1 88. О 89.0 90.0 93.0 94.0 95.0
10 39.7 80.3 82.3 83.2 84.2 85.2 86.2 88.2 89.2 90.2 93.1 94.1 95.1
Table 502, cont'd
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
Ngg isa, %
Tair inl
°C 40 81 83 84 85 86 87 89 90 91 94 95 96
11 39.7 80.4 82.4 83.4 84.4 85.4 86.4 88.4 89.4 90.4 93.3 94.3 95.3
12 39.8 80.6 82.6 83.6 84.6 85.6 86.6 88.6 89.6 90.6 93.5 94.5 95.5
13 39.9 80.7 82.7 83.7 84.7 85.7 86.7 88.7 89.7 90.7 93.7 94.7 95.7
14 39.9 80.8 82.8 83.8 84.8 85.8 86.8 88.8 89.8 90.8 93.8 94.8 95.8
15 40.0 81.0 83.0 84.0 85.0 86.0 87.0 89.0 90.0 91.0 94.0 95.0 96.0
16 40.0 81.2 83.2 84.2 85.2 86.2 87.2 89.2 90.2 91.2 94.2 95.2 96.2
17 40.1 81.3 83.3 84.2 85.2 86.2 87.2 89.3 90.3 91.3 94.3 95.3 96.3
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
18 40.2 81.4 83.4 84.4 85.4 86.4 87.4 89.4 90.4 91.4 94.5 95.5 96.5
19 40.3 81.6 83.6 84.6 85.6 86.6 87.6 89.6 90.6 91.6 94.7 95.7 96.7
20 40.3 81.7 83.7 84.8 85.8 86.8 87.8 89.8 90.8 91.8 94.8 95.9 96.9
TB3-117
21 40.4 81.8 83.8 84.8 85.9 86.9 87.9 89.9 90.9 91.9 94.9 96.0 97.0
Ngg obs, %
22 40.5 82.0 84.0 84.9 86.0 87.0 88.0 90.1 91.1 92.1 95.0 96.1 97.1
23 40.5 82.1 84.1 85.1 86.2 87.2 88.2 90.3 91.3 92.3 95.2 96.3 97.3
24 40.6 82.2 84.2 85.2 86.3 97.3 88.3 90.4 91.4 92.4 95.3 96.4 97.4
25 40.7 82.4 84.4 85.4 86.5 87.5 88.4 90.6 91.6 92.6 95.5 96.6 97.6
26 40.8 82.6 84.6 85.5 86.6 87.6 88.6 90.7 91.7 92.7 95.7 96.8 97.8
27 40.8 82.7 84.7 85.7 86.7 87.7 88.8 90.8 91.8 92.8 95.9 96.9 97.9
28 40.9 82.8 84.8 85.9 86.9 87.9 88.9 91.0 92.0 93.0 96.1 97.1 98.1
29 41.0 82.9 84.9 86.0 87.0 88.0 89.0 91.1 92.1 93.1 96.2 97.2 98.2
072.00.00
30 41.0 83.1 85.1 86.2 87.2 88.2 89.2 91.3 92.3 93.3 96.4 97.4 98.4
31 41.1 83.2 85.3 86.3 87.3 88.3 89.4 91.5 92.5 93.5 96.6 97.6 98.6
32 41.2 83.4 85.4 86.5 87.5 88.5 89.6 91.7 92.7 93.7 96.8 97.8 98.9
33 41.3 83.6 85.6 86.7 87.7 88.7 89.8 91.9 92.9 93.9 97.0 98.0 99.0
Jan 15/86
Page 559
34 41.4 83.7 85.7 86.8 87.8 88.8 89.9 92.0 93.0 94.0 97.1 98.1 99.1
35 41.4 83.8 85.8 87.0 88.0 89.0 90.1 92.1 93.2 94.2 97.3 98.3 99.4
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
Table 502, cont'd
Tair inl, % Ngg isa, %

°C 40 81 83 84 85 86 87 89 90 91 94 95 96
36 41.5 83.9 85.9 87.1 88.1 89.1 90.2 92.2 93.3 94.3 97.4 98.4 99.5
37 41.5 84.0 86.1 87.2 88.2 89.2 90.3 92.3 93.4 94.4 97.5 98.5 99.6
38 41.6 84.2 86.2 87.3 88.3 89.3 90.4 92.4 93.5 94.5 97.6 98.6 99.7
39 41.6 84.3 86.4 87.4 88.4 89.4 90.5 92.5 93.6 94.6 97.7 98.8 99.9
40 41.7 84.4 86.5 87.5 88.5 89.6 90.6 92.7 93.7 94.8 97.9 99.0 100.0
41 41.7 84.4 86.5 87.5 88.6 89.6 90.7 92.8 93.8 94.8 98.0 99...0 100.1
42 41.8 84.7 86.8 87.8 88.9 89.9 91.0 93.0 94.1 95.1 98.3 99.3 100.4
43 41.9 84.9 87.0 88.0 89.0 90.1 91.1 93.3 94.3 95.3 98.5 99.5 100.6
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
44 42.0 85.0 87.1 88.2 89.2 90.3 91.3 93.4 94.5 95.5 98.7 99.7 100.8
45 42.1 85.1 87.2 88.3 89.3 90.4 91.4 93.5 94.6 95.6 98.8 99.8 100.9
46 42.1 85.2 87.3 88.4 89.4 90.5 91.5 93.6 94.7 95.7 98.9 99.9 101.0
TB3-117
Ngg obs, %
47 42.1 85.3 87.4 88.5 89.5 90.6 91.6 93.7 94.8 95.8 99.0 100.1 101.1
48 42.2 85.5 87.6 88.7 89.7 90.8 91.8 93.9 95.0 96.0 99.2 100.3 101.3
49 42.3 85.7 87.8 88.8 89.9 91.0 92,0 94.1 95.2 96.2 99.4 100.5 101.5
50 42.3 85.8 87.9 88.9 90.0 91.1 92.1 94.2 95.3 96.3 99.5 100.6 101.6
51 42.4 85.9 88.1 89.1 90.2 91.3 92.3 94.5 95.5 96.6 99.7 1O0.8 101.9
52 42.5 86.0 88.2 89.2 90.3 91.4 92.4 94.6 95.6 96.7 99.8 100.9 102.0
53 42.5 86.2 88.3 89.4 90.5 91.5 92.6 94.7 95.8 96.9 100.1 101.2 102.2
54 42.6 86.3 88.4 89.5 90.6 91.6 92.7 94.8 95.9 97.0 100.2 101.3 102.3
072.00.00
55 42.7 86.4 88.5 89.6 90.7 91.7 92.8 94.9 96.0 97.1 100.3 101.4 102.4
56 42.8 86.6 88.6 89.8 90.9 91.9 93.0 95.1 96.2 97.3 100.5 101.6 102.6
57 42.9 86.8 88.9 90.0 91.1 92.1 93.2 95.3 96.4 97.5 100.7 101.8 102.8
58 42.9 86.9 89.0 90.1 91.2 92.2 93.3 95.4 96.5 97.6 100.8 101.9 103.0
Jan 15/86
Page 560
59 43.0 87.0 89.1 90.2 91.3 92.4 93.4 95.5 96.6 97.7 100.9 102.0 103.1
60 43.1 87.2 89.3 90.4 91.4 92.5 93.6 95.8 96.8 97.9 101.2 102.2 103.3
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
TO MS. PAGES
TASK CARD NO. 521 561/562
MS. ITEM PROCEDURE: CHECKING ENGINE OPERATION AFTER REPLACEMENT OF TEMPERATURE-SENSING PROBE

ACTIONS BY
Replacement of the temperature-sensing probe is performed by the Supplier's

representative.
After replacing the fuel control unit temperature probe, perform the following
checkups:
MAINTENANCE MANUAL,
Check operation of the air bleed valves as instructed in Task Card No, 520.
Check compressor VGV angular setting characteristic in accordance with Task
TB3-117
Card No. 512.
Check gas generator rotational speed at takeoff power in accordance with Task
Card No. 505. Book 3.
072.00.00
Pages 561/562

Mar 15/88
TB3-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ENGINE - INSPECTION/CHECK
The present topic comprises the following Task Cards:
Engine external inspection (Ref. Task Card No. 601}.
Inspection of fuel and oil systems (Ref. Task Card No. 602).
Inspection of compressor (Ref. 072.30.00).
Inspection of combustion chamber (Ref. 072.40.00).
Inspection of free turbine and fourth and fifth support assembly housing
(Ref. 072.53.00).
Inspection of exhaust stack (Ref. 072.58.00).
Inspection of engine accessories and checking them for security of attachment on
the engine and for leak-tightness (Ref. Task Card No. 603).
Inspection of engine attachment unit's (Ref. Task Card No. 604).
Inspection of electrical equipment (Ref. Task Card No. 605).
Checking engine-to-main gearbox alignment (Ref. Task Card No. 606).
Checking thermocouple circuits for absence of contact-to-frame fault (Ref. Task
Card No. 607).
Inspection of engine flow duct (Ref. Task Card No. 608).

Pages 601/602
Jan 15/86
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
PAGES
PROCEDURE: ENGINE EXTERNAL INSPECTION

MS. ITEM

ACTIONS BY
Visually examine the engine to make sure that:

(a) It Is free from dust and any contamination. Carry out cleaning of
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
engine external sur-
faces (Ref. Task
Card No. 701)
There is no foreign objects on the engine.
TB3-117
There is no traces of corrosion or damage to the paint-and-varnish coating. Remove corrosion
(Ref. Task Card
No. 702) and restore
paint -and-varnish
coating (Ref. Task
Card No. 703)
(d) The self-locking nuts of the attachment bolts of the engine casing joints Replace the nuts
are properly locked and reliably tightened which have lost their
locking properties,
having coated the
threaded portions of
072.00.00
the nuts or bolts

with the ЖС grease
(Ref. Appendix 2)
Jan 15/86
Page 603
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
High-temperature grease ЖC
Safety wire
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TB3-117
072.00.00
Jan 15/86
Page 604
EFFECTIVtTY: ALL
PAGES
PROCEDURE: INSPECTION OF FUEL AND OIL SYSTEMS

MS. ITEM

ACTIONS BY
Visually examine the pipes of the fuel and oil systems in accessible places to Ref. Fig. 113
make sure their joints are leak-tight. No leakages of fuel or oil are accessible
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
By visual inspection and gentle wobbling of the pipes, make sure, that:
There is no slackening in attachment of the clips and clamping blocks of the
pipes.
TB3-117
The pipes do not touch each other or adjacent components. The clearance bet- If required, ensure
ween the pipes and the fixed parts must be 3 mm minimum. the prescribed clear-
ances by bending
slightly the pipes
(Ref. Task Card
No. 801)
The pipes are free from rub marks, scores, nicks, and dents. Damages having a Pipes having depth of
depth in excess of 0.1 mm are unacceptable. damages in excess of
0.1 mm are subject to
replacement (Ref. Task
Card No. 801)
The pipes are not dented. Dents having a depth in excess of 10 % of the pipe If acceptable limits
072.00.00
diameter are unacceptable. of dents are exceeded,

replace the pipe (Ref.
Task Card No. 801)
The pipes are free from corrosion. Remove corrosion
Jan 15/86
(Ref. Task Card

Page 605
No. 702)
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
Check to see that the locking elements of the coupling nuts of the pipes are Ensure correct
intact and correctly fitted. The safety wire must be twisted and pulled taut, tightening and look-
protecting the threaded joints against self-unscrewing ing
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TB3-117
072.00.00
Tools kit Safety wire

Jan 15/86
Page 606
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
PAGES
PROCEDURE: INSPECTION OF ENGINE ACCESSORIES AND CHECKING THEM FOR SECURITY OF

MS. ITEM
ATTACHMENT ON ENGINE AND LEAK-TIGHTNESS

ACTIONS BY
Examine the engine-mounted accessories in accessible places for external con- Remove dust and dirt
dition. The engine accessories must be free from mechanical damages and there with the help of a
must be no dust or dirt on their surfaces cloth piece moistened
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
in gasoline
By wobbling the engine accessories by hand, check them for security of attach- Tighten up loose ac-
ment and correct locking. The engine accessories must be properly torqued and cessories, if any
TB3-117
correctly locked
Check the flanged joints of the accessories and connections in places of attach-
ment of pipes to engine accessories for absence of oil and fuel leaks
Verify that the seals and safety wire of the adjusting elements are intact

072.00.00
MATERIALS
Tools kit Cotton cloth piece

Pages 607/608
Gasoline
Jan 15/86
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
PAGES
PROCEDURE: INSPECTION OF ENGINE ATTACHMENT UNITS

MS. ITEM

ACTIONS BY
Using the X7 magnifying glass, examine the engine front flange in accessible Replace front flange
places of attachment of the helicopter rods. Mechanical damages and traces of (Ref. 072.30.00, Task
.MAINTENANCE MANUAL
corrosion are unacceptable Card No. 203). Remove
traces of corrosion
(Ref. Task Card
No. 702)
TB3-117
Examine the engine rear support assembly-to-main gearbox attachment unit in ac-
cessible places and check to see that:
(a) There are no mechanical damages and traces of corrosion. Remove traces of cor-
rosion (Ref. Task Card
No. 702)
The nuts of the sphere cover-to-sphere case attachment bolts are correctly Replace damaged safety
torqued and safetied. wire. Using a wrench,
tighten up loose nuts
and safety them with
wire
The sphere cover-to-sphere case joint and the load-bearing cone-to-sphere
072.00.00
cone joint are free from oil leaks

Jan 15/86
Page 609
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
x7 magnifying glass
Screwdriver
Combination pliers
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TB3-117
072.00.00
Jan 15/86
Page 610
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
PAGES
PROCEDURE: INSPECTION OF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT

MS ITEM

ACTIONS BY
Inspect the engine electrical equipment and make sure that:

(a) The HV wires are free from mechanical damages. Replace damaged wire,
If any (Ref.
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
080.21.00, Task Card
No. 201)
There is no loosening of the el. connector nuts and the safety wire is If any nut is found
TB3-117
intact. loose, remove the
safety wire, tighten
up the nut up to stop
and then safety
The wires are not movable at the attachment points Eliminate movement of
wire within a clip by
fitting a fluoroplas-
tic gasket or by re- •
placing the clip

072.00.00

Pages 611/612
Jan 15/86
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
PAGES
PROCEDURE: CHECKING ENGINE-TO-MAIN GEARBOX ALIGNMENT

M.S. ITEM

ACTIONS BY
CAUTION: CARRY OUT THE ALIGNMENT CHECK WITH THE HELICOPTER TAIL PIPE REMOVED PROM
THE ENGINE.
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Measure dimension С between the flanges of sphere cover (1) and main gearbox Perform the alignment
casing trunnion (2) with the aid of a feeler gauge (Ref. Pig. 601). The differ- adjustment by chang-
ence between the measurements taken in diametrically opposed points b3 - b1 and ing the length of the
b2 - b4 shall not exceed 0.15 mm. engine-to-belicopter
TB3-117
attachment rods
NOTE: It is adviceable to adjust the alignment in such a way, that dimension b3
is made larger than dimension b1 and dimension b2 is larger than dimension
b4
The equality of the sum of measurements in the vertical plane (b1 + b3) and the
sum of measurements in the horizontal plane (b2 +b4)within a tolerance of
+0.1 mm conforms the accuracy of the measurements

072.00.00
Feeler gauge No. 3

Jan 15/86
Page 613
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
МАINТENANCE MANUAL
TB3-117
Sphere Cover
Main Gearbox
Casing Trunnion
072.00.00
Feeler Gauge
Jan 15/86
Page 614
For Reference When Checking Engine-To-Main Gearbox Alignment

Figure 601
EFFECT!VITY: ALL
PAGES
PROCEDURE: CHECKING THERMOCOUPLE CIRCUITS FOR FREEDOM FROM COHTACT-TO-FRAME FAULT

MS. ITEM

ACTIONS BY
Carry out the operations prescribed in Step 1.1 of Task Card No. 808
Using a tester, make sure there is no short circuiting between terminals (9) and
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(10) and the engine frame (Ref. 077.21.10, Fig. 1)
Carry out the operations specified in Step 2.3 of Task Card No. 808
TB3-117
072.00.00
Tester Open-end wrench, S = 8x10 mm

Pages 615/616
Jan 15/86
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
PAGES
PROCEDURE: INSPECTION OF ENGINE FLOW DUCT

US. ITEM

ACTIONS BY
General
The inspection of the engine flow duct is carried out visually through the
inspection holes (Ref. Fig. 602) or with the aid of an optical device of the
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ЭЛЖ type (further on termed as "endoscope").
The endoscope set comprises the following items:
TB3-117
- 5 and 8.5-mm dia inspection tubes (Part Nos TC-5,5.250.90 and TC-8,5.250.90)
with 250-mm long working portion and 8.5-mm dia inspection tube with 550-шт
long working portion (Part No. TC-8,5.550.90).
- Diagonal eyepiece ensuring sideway observation at 90 deg.
- Power supply unit
The following items are subject to inspection:

VIGV.
Compressor stage 1 rotor blades.
Trailing edges of compressor stage 7 rotor blades, except for the areas near
blade roots.
072.00.00
beading edges of compressor stage 8 rotor blades, except for the areas near
blade roots.
Two compressor stage 7 VGV'e (partially).
Two main fuel nozzles Nos 5 and 8 (from the side of the end faces) and com-
Jan 15/86
Page 617
ponents of swirlers.
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TB3-117
Compressor St. 7 and 8 Inspection Hole
Ignition Plug (Hole for Inspection of Flame Tube and Combustion Chamber
Main Fuel Nozzles)
Thermocouple and Hole for Inspection of Compressor Turbine St. 1 NGV's
and Rotor Blades
Hole for Inspection of Compressor Turbine St. 2 NGV's and Rotor Blades
and Free Turbine St. 1 NGV's and Rotor Blades
Hole for Inspection of Free Turbine St. 1 and 2 NGV's and Rotor Blades
Direction of Inspection of Free Turbine St. 2 Rotor Blades
Direction of Inspection of Compressor St. 1 Rotor Blades and VIGV's
072.00.00
Jan 15/86
Page 618
Location of Inspection Holes on Engine

Figure 602
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
- Isolated sections of flame tube and main fuel nozzles Nos 4, 6, 7 and 9
(partially, from a distance).
- Two compressor turbine stage 1 NGV's (partially).
- Compressor turbine stage 1 rotor blades from the entry side.
- Two or three NGV's of compressor turbine stage 2 (partially).
- Compressor turbine stage 2 rotor blades from the outlet side, except for the
areas near the blade roots.
- Two or three NGV's of free turbine stage 1.
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
- Free turbine stage 1 rotor blades from the entry side (except for the areas
near the blade roots) as well as from the outlet side
TB3-117
In order to provide unimpeded access to the engine inspection holes, it is
allowed to remove some engine components and disconnect some helicopter pipes
which impair the inspection
Basic Requirements and Safety Precautions to be Observed During Inspection
Only operators familiar with the engine design, as well as design and opera-
tion of the endoscope described in its Maintenance Manual may be allowed to
conduct the inspection
Carry out the inspection of the engine flow duct with the temperature of the
engine casing not exceeding plus 60 °C
When several assemblies (stages) are to be examined, do not remove at the

072.00.00
same time all plugs from the inspection holes of these assemblies. Reinstall
the removed plug to its place, having cleaned it before refitting from dirt
and wiped it with a cloth piece moistened in fuel
The following is not allowed:

Jan 15/86
Page 619
- Abrupt jerks and impacts and sharp kinks of the light guides.
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
- Getting of water, kerosene, gasoline, oil or other substances on the casing

and into the components of the device.
- To conduct inspections on the engine having fuel leaks or on a running en-
gine.
- To crank up the engine rotors in the course of inspection if it is not re-
lated to the inspection process
On completion of the inspection procedure, thoroughly check the engine and

engine compartment for absence of foreign objects and correct installation
of parts end units removed in the course of the inspection
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Enter the results of the inspection of the engine flow duot in the engine Log
Book
TB3-117
Inspection of Compressor
Visually examine the VIGV and the compressor stage 1 rotor blades with the
dust-protection device removed (if it was fitted) following the procedure laid
down in Task Card No. 201, 072.30.00. If necessary, use the endoscope with
tube TC.8,5.550.90
Examine the compressor stage 7 and 8 blades
Unsafety and remove screws (1) (Ref. Fig. 603) attaching blank (2) and
remove the blank. For location of blanks on the engine, refer to Figure 602
Introduce inspection tube TC.5.250.90 via the inspection hole into the com-
pressor flow duct. Examine the compressor stage 7 VGV's in accessible places.
072.00.00
While carefully cranking the gas generator rotor with the manual cranking
tool, examine (in places accessible for inspection) the trailing edges of the
compressor stage 7 rotor blades and, having turned the tube through 180 deg,
the trailing edges of the compressor stage 8 rotor blades.
Jan 15/86
Page 620
NОТЕ: The areas near the roots of the compressor stage 7 and 8 rotor blades
are unaccessible for inspection.
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TB3-117
Screw
Blank
Safety Wire
Gasket
Inspection Tube
Compressor Rotor
Stage 7 Blade
Compressor
Stage 7 VGV
Compressor Rotor
072.00.00
Stage 8 Blade
Flange
Washer
Page 621
Mar 15/88
Fоr Reference When Inspecting Compressor Stages 7 and 8

Figure 603
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
CAUTION: WHEH CRANKING THE ROTOR, HOLD THE INSPECTION TUBE IN POSITION EX-
CLUDING THE POSSIBILITY OF DAMAGING THE TUBE.
Breakage of the blades is not acceptable and the blades must be free from
bends and tears. No wear is allowed on the tips of the compressor stages 7
and 8 rotor blades in excess of half of the blade visible width or in excess
of two clearances between the normal blade tip and the inner surface of the
compressor stator in depth.
Remove the remnants of old gasket (4) from flange (9) and degrease the sur-
face of the flange and blank (2) with toluene or gasoline. Coat the new gasket
with the siloxane enamel (Ref. Appendix 2) and fit it to the flange.
MAINTENANCE' MANUAL
Pit the blank to the flange, secure it with screws (1), having coated them
with grease ЖС and placed washers (10).
Tighten screws (1) and secure them with safety wire (3)
TB3-117
Inspection of Flame Tube. Combustion Chamber and Main Fuel Nozzles (Ref. Fig. 604)
Remove both ignition plugs (Ref. Task Card No. 806) without disconnecting the
wires
Introduce inspection tubes TC.8,5.250.90 or TC.8,5.550.90 in turn through the
ignition plug location holes and examine the following items:
- Main fuel nozzles Nos 5 and 8 from the end face and the components of the
swirlers (vanes and the holes for blowing off the carbon deposit).
- Main fuel nozzles Nos 4, 6, 7 and 9 (partially, from a distance) to the
extend where inspection is practicable.
072.00.00
- Portions of the flame tube (as much as practicable).

The following is acceptable:
- Local warpage of the flame tube walls.
- Local partial melting of the edges and cracks not of a closed contour on the
Page 622
Mar 15/88
walls of the flame tube.

ТВЗ-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Ignition Plug
Combustion Chamber
Screw
Gasket
Main Fuel Nozzle
Flame Tube
Inspection Tube
For Reference When Inspecting Combustion Chamber Flame Tube

and Main Fuel Nozzles
Figure 604

Pages 623/624
Jan 15/86
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
- Deposit and caking (but without blocking the air supply ports in the
swirler), minor local warpages and cracks on end faces of the fuel nozzles
not forming a closed contour.
The following defects are not acceptable:
- Flame tube burning-through.
- Cracks forming a closed contour which may lead to a break-away of material
from the walls of the flame tube.
- Considerable amounts of the carbon deposit on the end faces of the main fuel
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
nozzles blocking the air supply ports in the swirler.
- Cracks on the end faces of the main fuel nozzles forming a closed contour.
- Breakdown of the swirler blades
TB3-117
Withdraw the inspection tube from the flame tube, install and secure the
ignition plugs (Ref. Task Card No. 806)
Inspection of Compressor Turbine and Free Turbine

No damage is acceptable on the rotor blades of any stage of the compressor
turbine and free turbine.
Minor nicks having a size not exceeding 1x1 mm (to be determined visually) are
acceptable on the parts of the compressor turbine stator and free turbine
stator. If cracks are found on the parts of the stator, the decision regarding
serviceability of the engine is taken by the Manufacturer in each particular
case
072.00.00
Inspection of Compressor Turbine Stage 1 NGV's and Rotor Blades (Ref.

Pig. 605)
Without disconnecting the wires, remove one of the thermocouples (Ref. Task
Card No. 809).
Jan 15/86
Page 625
NOTE: On engines manufactured before the 3rd quarter of 1979, the inspection
may be carried out either via the thermocouple location holes or via
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TB3-117
Screw
Plug
Gasket
Inspection Tube
NGV
072.00.00
Gas Generator Rotor

Stage 1 Blade
Safety Wire
For Reference When Inspecting Compressor Turbine Stage 1 NGV's
and Rotor Blades
Jan 15/86
Page 626
Figure 605
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
the special blanked off inspection holes (3) located between the
thermocouples (Ref. Fig. 602), for which purpose it is necessary to
unsafety and remove screws (1) (Ref. Pig. 605) attaching blanks (2)
and remove the blank.
Introduce inspection tube TC.8,5.250.90 into the inspection passage
Examine the NG vanes in visible places. Fusions and burnings are not permis-
sible.
While slowly cranking the gas generator rotor with the manual cranking tool,
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
examine the turbine stage 1 rotor blades. Erosion and corrosion damage to
vanes ia permissible without reparation of oxidized layer and change of geo-
metry of input edges.
TB3-117
CAUTION: WHEN CRANKING UP THE GAS GENERATOR ROTOR, PIT THE INSPECTION TUBE
IN A POSITION EXCLUDING THE POSSIBILITY OP DAMAGING THE TUBE.
Withdraw the inspection tube from the inspection hole.

Should it be necessary, continue the inspection via other thermocouple loca-
tion holes following the same procedure
Refit the thermocouples in place (Ref. Task Card No. 809) or fit back blank
(2) proceeding as follows:
- Coat new gasket (3) with siloxane enamel (Ref. Appendix 2) and place it on
the flange of blank (2). Fit blank (2) into its seat and secure it with
screws (1) having coated the threaded portion with grease ЖС. Tighten the
screws and safety them with wire
072.00.00
Inspection of Compressor Turbine Stage 2 NGV's and Rotor Blades from Outlet
Side end Free Turbine Stage 1 NGV's and Rotor Blades from Inlet Side
Unsafety and remove screws (1) (Ref. Fig. 606) attaching blank (2) (for loca-
tion of blanks on engine, refer to Pig. 602, Item (4)) and remove the blank
Page 627
Nov 17/93
Enter inspection tube TC.8,5.550.90 into the inspection passage and examine
the compressor turbine stage 2 NGV's (where the inspection is practicable)
ТВЗ-117
МАINTENАNСЕ MANUAL
Stage 2 Rotor Blade
Stage 1 Rotor Blade

Compressor Turbine
Compressor Turbine
Inspection Tube
Free Turbine
Free Turbine
Safety Wire
Stage 2 HOY
Stage 1 NGV
Casket
Blank
Screw
Strut
For Reference When Inspecting NGV's and Rotor Blades of Compressor
Turbine Stage 2 and NGV's and Rotor Bladee of Free Turbine Stage 1
Figure 606
Page £28
Jan 15/86
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
While alowly cranking the gas generator rotor with the manual cranking tool,
examine the compressor turbine stage 2 rotor blades.
NOTE: The areas near the roots of the compressor turbine stage 2 rotor blades
are not accessible for inspection.
CAUTION: WHEN CRANKING THE GAS GENERATOR ROTOR, FIT THE INSPECTION TUBE IN A
POSITION EXCLUDING THE POSSIBILITY OP DAMAGING THE TUBE.
Examine strut (7) in visible places (Ref. Fig. 606)
Turn the inspection tube through 180 deg and examine the free turbine stage 1
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
NGV's (where the inspection is practicable)
While alowly cranking the free turbine rotor either by the blades from the
side of the exhaust stack or by the helicopter main rotor blades, examine the
TB3-117
free turbine stage 1 rotor blades from the inlet side.
NOTE: The areas near the roots of the free turbine stage 1 rotor blades are
not accessible for inspection.
CAUTION: WHEN CRANKING THE FREE TURBINE ROTOR, HOLD THE INSPECTION TUBE IN A
POSITION EXCLUDING THE POSSIBILITY OP DAMAGING THE TUBE.
Coat new gasket (4) with siloxane enamel (Ref. Appendix 2) and place it on
the flange of blank (2).
Fit the blank into its seat and secure it with screws (1) having coated the
thread with grease ЖС. Tighten up the screws and safety them with wire
Inspection of Free Turbine Stage 1 NGV's and Rotor Blades (Prom Outlet Side)
072.00.00
and Stage 2 NGV's and Rotor Blades (Prom Inlet Side) (Ref. Pig. 607)
Unsafety and remove screws (2) (Ref. Fig. 607) attaching blank (1). Remove
blank (1) (for location of blanks on engine, refer to Pig. 602, Item (5))
Jan 15/86
Introduce inspection tube TC.8,5.550.90 or TC.8,5.250.90 with a diagonal

Page 629
eyepiece into the inspection passage.

TB3-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Blank
Screw
Safety Wire
Gasket
Inspection Tube
Free Turbine
Stage 1 Rotor Blade
Free Turbine
Stage 2 NGV
Free Turbine
Stage 2 Rotor Blade
For Reference When Inspecting NGV's and Rotor Blades of Free Turbine Stages 1 and 2
Figure 607

Page 630
Jan 15/86
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
While slowly cranking up the free turbine rotor by the blades from the aide
of the exhaust stack or by the helicopter main rotor blades, examine the
free turbine stage 1 rotor blades from the outlet side.
CAUTION: WHEN CRANKING THE ROTOR, FIT THE INSPECTION TUBE IN A POSITION EX-
CLUDING THE POSSIBILITY OP DAMAGING THE TUBE.
Examine the free turbine stage 2 NGV's from the inlet side (where the in-
spection is practicable)
Turn the inspection tube through 180 deg. Examine the free turbine stage 2
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
NGV's from the outlet side (where the inspection is practicable)
While slowly cranking the free turbine rotor (as described in 5.3.3), examine
the free turbine stage 2 rotor blades from the inlet side
TB3-117
Coat new gasket (4) (Ref. Fig. 607) with siloxane enamel (Ref. Appendix 2)
and place it on the flange of blank (1).
Insert blank (1) into its location hole and secure with screws (2). Tighten
up attachment screws (2) and safety them with wire (3)
Inspection of Free Turbine Stage 2 Rotor Blades from Outlet Side

Visually inspect the free turbine stage 2 rotor blades from the outlet side
(Ref. Pig. 608)
NOTE: It is permissible to make inspection of the gas flow duct by means of en-
doscope, type ЭТЖ in set;
- Inspection tubes TCC 5,5.330.80-50-13-Й, TCC 8,5.540.80-70-20-H, TCC
072.00.00
8,5.230.80-70-21-H;
- Power supply unit;
- Light unit
Page 631
Nov 17/93
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
OPERATIONS AND TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS (Т.R.) CORRECTIVE CHECKED
ACTIONS BY
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TB3-117
1. Free Turbine
072.00.00
Stage 2 Rotor Blade

2. Exhaust Stack
Рог Reference When Inspecting Free Turbine

Jan 15/86
Page 632
Stage 2 Rotor Blades

Figure 608
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
Endoscope set Toluene or gasoline of grade Б-70

Engine tools kit Cambric cloth piece
Ethyl alcohol
Siloxane enamel
Grease ЖС
Safety wire
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TB3-117
072.00.00
Pages 633/634
Jan 15/86
TB3-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ENGINE - CLEANING/PAINTING
The present topic comprises the following Task Cards:

- Engine cleaning (Ref. Task Card No. 701).
- Removal of corrosion from engine components (Ref. Task Card No. 702).
- Restoration of paint-and-varnish coatings (Ref. Task Card No. 703).
- Restoration of paint-and-varnish coatings on struts of first support assembly housing
(Ref. Task Card No. 704).

Pages 701/702
Jan 15/86
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
PAGES
PROCEDURE: ENGINE CLEANING

MS. ITEM

ACTIONS BY
CAUTION: DURING CLEANING TAKE STEPS TO PREVENT GASOLINE FROM COMING INTO CONTACT
WITH THE ELECTRIC WIRING OR GETTING ONTO THE AIR BLEED JETS AND INTO THE
PASSAGES VENTING THE INNER CHAMBERS OP THE FUEL CONTROL UNIT AND AIR
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
STARTER TO ATMOSPHERE.
Using a cloth piece moistened with gasoline, remove dust, dirt, contamination, If a fuel or oil
"TB3-117
oil and fuel stains from the engine external surfaces and then wipe with a clean leakage is detected,
dry cloth piece. rectify the defect
Air dry for 10 to 15 min or blow off with moisture-free compressed air, making (Ref. Fig. 113)
sure the surfaces have dried and no gasoline has loadged in the engine inlet duct
or elsewhere
Verify that the paint-and-varnish coating is not damaged and there is no signs Restore the damaged
of corrosion coating (Ref. Task
Card No. 703) and
remove corrosion
(Ref. Task Card
No. 702)
072.00.00
If any clustered fungus are found on the engine external surfaces, remove them
by wiping dry the affected area with a dry cloth piece and then apply a thin
layer of a preservation oil
Jan 15/86
Page 703
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
Gasoline
Preservation oil
Cotton cloth piece
Abrasive cloth, grade 16 to 10
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TB3-117
072.00.00
Jan 15/86
Page 704
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
PAGES
PROCEDURE: REMOVAL OF CORROSION FROM ENGINE COMPONENTS

MS. ITEM

ACTIONS BY
1. General
1.1. Given below are indications of corrosion on components made of various metal-
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
lic alloys:
Corrosion of steel parts is evident as an orange-brown coating which, when
spreading, turns into a solid mass of outgrowth of a red-brown, brown or
TB3-117
black colour accompanied by breakdown of metal surface in the form of
pitting.
Corrosion of parts made from Al -alloys is evidenced first by a white
powdery coat which, when growing further, is accompanied by pits filled
with the products of corrosion of white and grey colour.
Corrosion of Mg-alloys is indicated by formation of a loose damp deposit
of a dirty-whitish colour, covering the damaged metal.
Corrosion of painted parts starts with the bulging of a paint-and-varnish
film and then progresses to the flaking of the film.
Corrosion of oxidized steel parts is identified by an orange-brown rust
or by spots and dots barely differing in colour from the surface of the
072.00.00
parts.
Corrosion of cadmium-plated parts is indicated by formation of a white,
grey or black spots or a powdery coating
Removal of Corrosion from Engine Components

Jan 15/86
Page 705
Remove corrosion from aluminium and steel components by dressing them with
abrasive cloth, grade 16 to 10
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
Remove corrosion from Mg-alloy parts by dressing them with the help of abrasive
cloth of 16 to 10 grade and then subjecting them to degreasing in gasoline and
local dichromating.
Carry out the local dichromating by rubbing the cleaned surfaces with a brush
moistened with a solution of the following composition:
- Potassium dichromate/sodium dichromate 179 g
- Nitric acid (sp. g. a 1.4 g/cnr) 187 mltr
- Water 1 Itr
The tine of dichromating is 30 to 40 s.
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
WARNING; IF SOME DICHROMATING SOLUTION HAS BEEN SPILLED ON HANDS, WASH IT OFF
WITH COLD WATER.
Immediately after dichromating, wipe the surfaces of parts with a wet cloth
TB3-117
piece and then wipe dry.
CAUTION: NEVER ALLOW THE DICHROMATING SOLUTION TO GET ONTO SURFACES OF OTHER
METALS AND ALLOYS A3 IT WILL CAUSE THEIR CORROSION.
KEEP THE DICHROMATING SOLUTION IN TIGHTLY SEALED VESSELS.
Following removal of corrosion, restore the damaged paint-and-varnish coating

on the engine parts (Ref. Task Card No. 703).
If the parts are unpainted, paint them with black enamel KO-818K (Ref.
Step 3.3 and Para 4 of Task Card No. 703)
072.00.00
Jan 15/86
Page 706
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
Gasoline
Potassium dichromate or sodium
dichromate
Hitric acid
Water
Cotton cloth piece
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TB3-117
072.00.00
Pages 707/708
Jan 15/86
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
PAGES
709 to 713/714
PROCEDURE: RESTORATION OF PAINT-AND-VARNISH COATINGS

MS. ITEM

ACTIONS BY
General
Carry out the restoration of the paint-and-varnish coatings by applying the
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ЭП-140 enamel (of various colours) over the preliminarily applied layer of the
ЭП-076 primer, and the KO-818K or KO-88 enamel.
For location of the paint-and-varnish coatings on the engine refer to Figure 701
TB3-117
The paint-and-varnish coatings have adequate protective properties when they are
applied onto a preliminarily prepared surfaces
It ia prohibited to touch up corroded surfaces because in this case corrosion

continues to progress under the painted coating causing its subsequent bulging
and flaking
Store the paint-and-varnish materials in tightly sealed vessels
Preparation of Surfaces for Painting
If a painted coating has been damaged to the layer of primer, degrease the sur-
face by wiping it with a cloth piece moistened with gasoline and allow it to
072.00.00
air dry for not less than 15 min
If a painted coating has been damaged to the metal, remove corrosion (if any)
(Ref. Task Card Ho. 702), drees the surface with abrasive cloth of grade 16
to 10, degrease it by wiping with a cloth piece moistened with gasoline and air
Jan 15/86
Page 709
dry for a minimum period of 15 rain

EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TB3-117
Areas Coated with ЭП-076 Primer
072.00.00
with Subsequent Coating with

Aluminium Enamel ЭП-140
Areas Coated with Enamel KO-818K
Areas Coated with Enamel К0-88
Jan 15/86
Location of Paint-And-Varnish Coatings on Engine

Page 710
Figure 701
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
Preparation of Paint-and-Varnish Materials
The epoxidized enamel ЭП-140 is prepared just before use by mixing the aemi-
finished enamel and a hardener in the following proportion:
(a) To prepare the aluminium-filled (silvery) enamel, mix 70 weight parts of
the semi-finished enamel and 30 weight parts of hardener No. 4 and then
add 11 weight parts of the ПАП-2 aluminium powder to 100 weight parts of
the just prepared base. The enamel is ready for use after 30 min from the
moment it was prepared. The pot life of the prepared enamel is not more
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
than 5 h.
(b) To prepare the ЭП-140 enamel (of black colour), mix 70 weight parts of the
semi-finished enamel with 30 weight parts of hardener No. 2. The maximum
TB3-117
pot life of the enamel is 5 days.
Thin the prepared enamel to the working viscosity with thinner P-5
Prepare the ЭП-076 primer immediately before use. The primer is prepared by
mixing 75 weight parts of the pigmented paste and 25 weight parts of hardener
No. 2.
Thin the primer to the working viscosity with thinner P-5 or a ternary mixture
consisting of 30 weight parts of acetone, 30 weight parts of ethylcellosolve
and 40 weight parts of xylene.
The pot life of the prepared primer is 5 days
To prepare the KO-818K enamel of black colour, add 5 or 6 weight parts of

hardener 11ФСН 'B' and 80 to 100 weight parts of thinner P-5 or toluene to
072.00.00
100 weight parts of the KO-818 enamel.

After mixing with the hardener, the enamel may be used for a period of 24 h
Touching up of Components on Engine

Jan 15/86
, Prior to touching up, thoroughly mix all paint-and-varnish materials up to

Page 711
disappearance of the sediment

EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
Apply one coat of the enamel at a temperature within a range of plus 12 to 50 С

with the aid of a paint blower or a brush.
It is not allowed to perform the touching-up operation in wet weather when the
air humidity is higher than 70 %.
NOTE; If a surface coated with the ЭП-140 enamel ia found damaged to the metal,
it is necessary, prior to applying the enamel, to spread a coat of primer
ЭП-076 and to allow it to air dry until it is just a little sticky to the
touch, but for not less than 2 h.
Perform the touching-up by applying a thin uniform coat of a varnish with the
aid of a paint blower or a brush without runs and misses. A slight difference
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
in colour and thickness of the touch-up coating and the original coating is
acceptable
TB3-117
Following the touching-up, allow the parts to air dry for not less than one
hour
It is recommended to carry out the touching-up operation shortly before starting

the engine, as the complete drying of the painted coating takes place during
engine operation when the parts are heated.
Do not allow any moisture, oil or gasoline to get onto the freshly painted
surfaces within 8 h after applying the coating
072.00.00
Jan 15/86
Page 712
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
Flat brush Gasoline

Primer ЭП-076
Enamel ЭП-140
Enamel KO-88
Enamel KO-818K
Thinner P-5
Acetone
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Ethylcellosolve
Xylene
TB3-117
Cotton cloth piece
072.00.00
Pages 713/714
Jan 15/86
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
PAGES
PROCEDURE: RESTORATION OF PAINT-AND-VARNISH COATINGS ON STRUTS OF FIRST SUPPORT

MS. ITEM ASSEMBLY HOUSING

ACTIONS BY
General
Carry out the restoration of the painted coating on the struts of the first sup-
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
port assembly housing with the aid of the ЭП-586 enamel when it ia found damaged
to metal over a length of 50 % or more of the strut front edge length. Perform
the touching-up at the OAT not below plus 15 °C
TB3-117
Preparation of Enamel ЭП-586
Prepare epoxidized enamel ЭП-586 immediately before uae by mixing 100 weight parts
of the semi-finished product of the ЭП-586 enamel with 10.5 weight parts of har-
dener No. 5. Should need be, thin the prepared enamel to the working viscosity
with the ternary mixture given in Step 3.2 of Task Card Ho. 702
Touching-up of First Support Assembly Housing Struts on Engine
Wash the affected areas with gasoline (grades Б-70, Бр-1 or "Нефрас") and a
brush, a bristle brush or a cloth piece dipped in gasoline. Air dry for a
period not less than 15 min. Dress the defective places having uneven, jagged
edges of the damaged coating with abrasive cloth of grade 16 to 10
072.00.00
Degresse the affected area with a brush or a cloth piece moistened in acetone.
Allow to air dry for a period of 10 to 15 min
Touch up the affected area with the enamel, using a brush or a paint blower.
A slight difference in a shade of colour and thickness of a coat applied to
Jan 15/86
Page 715
the damaged area and the original coating is acceptable

EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
3.4. Allow the applied coating to dry at a temperature of not less than plus 15 С
for a period of 24 h.
НОТЕ: If one coating is not sufficient, it is allowed to apply a second coat.
In this case, the first coat must be dried at a temperature not below
15 °C for a minimum period of 5 h while the final drying must be carried
out at a temperature of not less than 15 °C for 24 h. A reflector may be
used to assist drying.
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TB3J1*
Flat brush Gasoline

Acetone
Enamel ЭП-586
072.00.00
Hardener No. 5
Ethylcellosolve
Xylene
Jan 15/86
Page 716
Cotton cloth piece

ТВЗ-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ENGINE - APPROVED REPAIRS
General
Given below are the procedures performed with a view to eliminating the detected
defects on the engine while in service:
- Replacement of the engine accessories, assemblies and parts indicated in Table 801.
- Blending of nicks on compressor blades.
The instructions on carrying out of the above procedures are given in the respective
sections of the Manual.
T a b l e 801
Engine Accessories, Assemblies and Farts Replaceable in Service
Name Designa- Qty per Section, Task Card

tion engine, pc (T. C.)
Pipes 072.00.00, Т.C. Ho. 801

- -
Air conduit supplying cooling air to FCU 1 072.00.00, Т.C. No. 802
temperature-sensing probe -
FCU* xx 1 072.00.00, Т.C. No. 803
Engine electronic governor* xx 1 072.00.00, Т.C. No. 804
Limit power condition governor* xx 1 072.00.00, Т.C. No. 804
Ignition unit* CK-22-2K 1 072.00.00, Т.C. No. 805
Ignition plug* СП-26ПЗТ 2 072.00.00, Т.C. No. 806
Hot air valve* 1919T 1 072.00.00, Т.C. No. 807
Terminal block K-82 2 072.00.00, Т.C. No. 808
Thermocouple* T-102 14 072.00.00, Т.C. No. 809
Centrifugal fuel pump* XX 1 072.00.00, Т.C. No. 810
Fuel filter* xx 1 072.00.00, Т.C. No. 811
Fuel filter filtering element * XX 1 073.11.04, Т.C. No. 204
Electric actuator* ИМ-ЗА 1 072.00.00, T.C. No. 812
Gas generator rotor speed inductive ДЧВ-2500 1 072.00.00, T.C. No. 813
transducer*
Hydraulic power cylinder 072.00.00, Т.C. No. 814
- - 072.00.00, T.C. No. 815
Free turbine speed inductive transducer* ДТА-10 4
Electric wire harness 1 072.03.00, T.C. No. 201
-
Thermocouple harness 1 072.03.00, Т.C. No. 202
-
Engine front attachment flange 1 072.30.00, Т.C. No. 203
-
Flame tube mount 9 072.40.00, T.C. No. 202
-

page 801
Mar 15/88
ТВЗ-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Name Designa- Qty per Section. Task Card

tion engine , pc ( T.C.)
Torsion shaft transmitting torque from 1 072.53.00, T.C. No. 204
engine to aain gearbox -
Exhaust stack 1 072.58.00, T.C. No. 203
Pree turbine -
1 072.53.00, T.C. No. 203
-
Bxhaust stack attachment clamp 1 072.58.00, T.C. No. 204
-
Horizontal flexible shaft 1 072.60.00, T.C. No. 201
-
Carbon face seal of centrifugal fuel 1 072.60.00, T.C. No. 202
pump drive -
Oil filter 1 072.90.02, T.C.No.201
-
Oil pump block 1 072.90.03, T.C.No.201
-
Gas generator rotor speed transducer 1 072.90.04, T.C. No. 201
drive face seal -
Drain valve/drain valves unit 1 073.02.00, T.C. No. 201
-
Air bleed valve 2 075.30.00,T.C.NO.201
-
Temperature bulb* П-77 1 077.23.01, T.C. No. 201
Air starter* СВ-78Б 1 080.12.00, T.C. No. 201
(СВ-78БА)
Air starter solenoid valve 1 080.12.00, T.C. No. 202
-
Air starter torsion shaft 1 080.12.00, T.C. No. 204
-
HV wire 2 080.21.00, T.C. No. 201
-
Pressurizing air valve 1 080.21.06, T.C.No.20.1
-
External drive gearbox 1 072.60.00, T.C. No. 204
-
Internal drive gearbox 1 072.60.00, T.C. No. 205
-
Attaching parts, brackets, studs,
gaskets, connections and other small - - -
parts
NOTES: 1. The engine accessories marked with an asterisk (x) are supplied with Certificates.
Designation of the engine accessories marked xx are given in Book 3.
Requirements to be Observed When Carrying Out Engine Approved Repairs
Hew accessories/units may be installed on the engine only when they are provided with
respective certificates or other accompanying documents which confirm their service-
ability
Before proceeding to dismantling the fuel or oil system accessories, drain fuel or oil
respectively from the system

Page 802
Jan 15/86
TB3-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
If the engine fuel system is expected to be left de-fuelled for a period longer than
24 h, inhibit the system (Ref. 073.00.00, Task Card No. 202) and make respective entries
in the certificates of the accessories, following which proceed with removal of the ac-
cessories
When carrying out the removal/installation operations, make use of the tools supplied
with the engine only.
CAUTION: IT IS PROHIBITED TO USE A SCREWDRIVER OR OTHER METALLIC OBJECTS TO DISJOIN AN
ACCESSORY/ASSEMBLY ALONG THE PARTING PLANE.
Do not use any extension or tools not approved for the particular operation
Should the removal of the accessory/assembly present any difficulty, it is allowed to

tap lightly with a mallet over the flange or a stiffening rib of the accessory/assembly
being removed and then to wobble it gently to detach from the engine
Immediately stop off all apertures and flanges exposed in the course of removal with
the blanking covers and plugs rinsed in clean gasoline.
CAUTION: DO NOT FIT RUBBER CAPS AND PLUGS INSIDE CONNECTIONS OR PIPES.
Keep the accessories, assemblies and parts removed from the engine as complete sets,
preserve them in compliance with the respective instructions given in their Certifica-
tes and detailed in the present Manual, and make the corresponding entries in the
Certificates or Service Logs
When fitting new accessories/assemblies to the engine, do not use the old retaining
washers, safety wire, gaskets, and rubber sealing rings.
Use 0.8-mm dia safety wire for locking purposes. To safety el. connectors and the
adjusting elements of the VGV setting angle control rods (L1 and L2), make use of
0.5-mm dia safety wire
Carry out tightening of the accessory attachment nuts by equal amounts, alternatively
in a criss-cross manner
When fitting retaining washers, check to see that the tongues of the washers fit
closely to the surfaces being locked.
The tongues of two-tongue washers may be arranged either on two adjacent edges of
the nut or bolt/screw head, or on the same flat, provided both tongues fit the flat
(Ref. Fig. 801).
Check to see, that the tongues of the retaining washer have no cracks or fractures
in places of bending.
The tongues shall not project above the head of the bolt, but must be bent up onto
the head
Following the replacement of the fuel or oil accessories, effect the air bleed
(Ref. 073.12.05, Task Card No. 303), test their functioning, and, should need be,
carry out their adjustment.
Particular attention must be paid to the leak-tightness of their mounting joints.

Page 803
Jan 15/86
TB3-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
NOTES:
The replacement procedures of the accessories described below provide for
removal of all pipes attached to those accessories. However, it may suffice
in practice to detach the pipe ends at the accessory and to loosen, if
necessary, the attachment of the opposite ends of the pipes in order to
shift them aside. While so doing, no force, which may cause distortion of
the pipe, should be applied to it.
On engines, where attachment of the fuel booster pump, FCU and air starter
is effected by band type clamps, their installation should be carried out
taking into account the following requirements:
- The blocks must be fitted to the flanges of the external drive gearbox
adapter and the engine accessory being installed so that their set Nos
should be facing away from the drive gearbox. The joints of the blocks
should be in vertical plane.
- Secure the blocks with the band type clamp, having ensured equal gaps
at both ends of the block and placed the coupling bolt upwards.
- Carry out tightening of the band type clamp nut with a torque wrench to a
torque of 0.65 to 0.75 kgf-m maintaining equal gaps at the joints of the
blocks (to be checked visually)
When carrying out operations connected with replacement of engine accessories or

trouble shooting in service, it is allowed to make use of the parts included into
the engine individual set of spare parts
On completion of replacement of the fuel and oil systems accessories, assemblies,

etc., it is necessary to check them for leak-tightness and functioning as prescribed
in the respective sections of the present Maintenance Manual (Ref. Removal/Installa-
tion).

Page 804
Jan 15/86
TB3-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(a) Locking of Screws
Blocks
Band Type Clamp
Hut
Locking Wire
Washer
Coupling
Bolt
Cleat
(b) Engine Accessories Attachment Band Type Clamp
For Reference When Replacing Engine Accessories

Figure 801

Pages 805/806
Mar 15/88
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
PAGES
807 to 813/814
PROCEDURE: REPLACEMENT OF PIPES

M.S. ITEM

ACTIONS RV
Removal
CAUTION: PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION OF THE PIPES OF THE FUEL
MAINTENANCE
SYSTEM, ENSURE THAT THE HELICOPTER FUEL SHUTOFF VALVE IS CLOSED.
Before removing a pipe, remove the clips and attachment cleats.

Keep all attaching elements of pipes as complete sets
TB3-117
Unsafety the pipes coupling nuts or pipe flange attachment screws. Do not
attempt to break the safety wire or to unbend the tongues of the retaining
MANUAL
washers by turning the coupling nuts or screws
While turning off a pipe coupling nut, use a second wrench to hold the mating
part of the connection
Having detached the pipe from its mating part, stop off the exposed ends of
the pipe and the mating part of the connection.
Wrap the pipe ends with a polyethylene or PVC film, tie up either with the
safety wire or thread, cover the flanges with pieces of the above mentioned
film and secure them with nuts or screws.
072.00.00
Do not allow any pieces of the film or other foreign objects to get inside the
pipes and passages in the casings and engine accessories
Should need be, the pipes hindering the removal of accessories or other pipes
may be dismantled either partially or completely
Jan 15/86
Page 807
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
When removing pipes of the oil, fuel, or breathing system, drain off the liquid
from the disconnected points into a tray.
Take steps to prevent fuel and oil from getting onto the engine body or engine
accessories.
Any oil spilled onto the engine body or surfaces of accessories must be removed
by wiping with a brush moistened with gasoline or kerosene and then with a dry
cloth piece
Installation
Perform a visual inspection of the pipe to be fitted to the engine.
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
The pipe must be plugged and have a marking.
Ensure that:
TB3-117
The pipes are not twisted and free from traces of corrosion, burrs, rough
scratches and dents.
The faces of the nipples (under the nuts) have no scores, burrs, nicks and
other mechanical damages.
The threaded portions of the coupling nuts and connections are free from
scoring and thread stripping and are not damaged otherwise.
The jointing surfaces of the flanged pipes have no nicks, scratches and
dents
Prior to fitting the pipe to the engine, flush the internal and external sur-
faces of the pipe with clean gasoline, allow it to air dry and then stop off
072.00.00
with approved plugs rinsed in clean gasoline.

CAUTIOUS DO NOT BLOW Off THE PLUGS OR THE INTERIOR OF THE PIPE WITH COMPRESSED
AIR AFTER THEY HAVE BEEN WASHED IN GASOLINE. REMOVE THE PLUGS JUST
BEFORE FITTING THE PIPE TO THE ENGINE.
Jan 15/86
Page 608
When installing the pipe, first attach either end of the pipe to the mating
part, making sure that the coupling nuts or nuts/bolts are finely tightened by
hand and then secure the pipe with the attaching parts (cleats and clips)
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
Table 802
Acceptable Limits of Pipes Mounting Inaccuracies
Minimum Acceptable limits of mounting inaccuracies

Pipe length of
outside unattached When connecting pipe to connection When securing pipe in clip
dia
section of
mm pipe, mm Axial mis- Axial misalignment (off-
alignnent Angular misalignment set), mm Angular misalignment
(offset) ,
mm
6 150 3 Max. 2 deg for outer taper Max. 2 mm when length of Hot more than 1 deg
8 200 joints unattached section is 30 min
10 300 100 mm, min.
12 300
14 350 4 Max. 5 deg for inner taper Max. 1.5 mm when length Not more than 0 deg
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
16 400 joints and faucet joints of unattached section is 20 min
not less than 200 mm
18 450 5
20 500
TB3-117
NOTES: The acceptable limits of angular misalignment of flanged joints are determined by шах. permissible axial and
angular misalignment of the opposite end of the pipe.
If the length of the unattached portion of the pipe is in excess of the values given in the Table, the ac-
ceptable limits of the axial misalignment increases proportionally to the length of the arm, which is deter-
mined as a projection of the distance between the connection and the nearest clip to the axis of the
connection (Ref. Fig. 802, 'P').
072.00.00
Jan 15/86
Page 809
For Reference When Replacing Pipes

Figure 802
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
Check the amount of mounting inaccuracies in the inner and outer taper joints on
the unattached end of the pipe.
The axial and angular misalignment of the pipes with respect to the connections, Bend the pipe as
supports and clips (blocks) within the limits prescribed in fable 802 is con- described in Step 2.7
sidered acceptable, provided the pipes (when the coupling nuts have been screwed
onto the connections fingertight) enter the clips (blocks) at a gentle pressure
of a hand.
CAUTION: WHEN FITTING THE PIPES, MAKE SURE THERE IS HO STRAIHS IH THE PIPE-TO-
CONNECTION JOINTS.
MAINTENANCE
When all mounting inaccuracies are within the acceptance limits, the coupling
nuts of the pipe should run over not less than 2/3 of the threaded portion of
the connection at a hand pressure and the flanges should fit their locating
TB3-117
places
To bring the axial alignment within the acceptable limits and to eliminate
the excessive angular misalignment of the pipes, it is allowed to turn the
MANUAL
swivel connections and to shift the clips and brackets attaching the pipes,
making use of the clearances provided in the holes accomaodating the bolts and
studs and to turn the branch pipes and the engine accessories within the clear-
ances provided at their attachment points.
In order to turn a swivel connection, remove the safety wire, slacken the clip
(having backed it off through not more than 1/4 turn to avoid shearing of the
sealing rings) and turn the swivel connection as required. This done, tighten
up and safety the clip
072.00.00
When it is not practicable to comply with the mounting requirements, the pipe
may be slightly bent either in a special appliance or manually with the use of
tools and special tools (such as a fibre or wooden mandrel, a rubber-faced
hammer or other similar tools capable to ensure bending of pipes without damag-
ing them and without straining the welded and soldered joints). For the bending
Jan 15/86
Page 810
allowances refer to Table 803.

EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
Following the bending of a pipe, thoroughly examine it for absence of cracks

at the points of bending with the aid of an X4 to X7 magnifying glass as well
as check the pipe for the amount of mounting inaccuracies
T a b l e 803
Bending Limits of Pipes
Pipe dia, mm Arm , min. mm Max. permissible amount

of bending, mm
6x1 120 10
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
8x1 and 10x1 150 10
12x1 and 14x1 200 10
16x1 and 18x1 300 8
ТВЗ-117
20x1 and 22x1 500 5
24 and over No bending is allowed
When the mounting inaccuracies are within the acceptable limits, smear the
threaded joint of the pipe with clean oil used in the engine oil system, secure
by hand the unattached end of the pipe, remove the attachment cleats and clips
and tighten the joint.
When tightening the coupling nut of the pipe, hold the mating connection with
another wrench
When mounting a flanged pipe, fit a sealing gasket coated with siloxane enamel
072.00.00
(Ref. Appendix 2) to the mating flange on the engine.

Prior to fitting the bolts attaching the pipes in the hot section of the engine,
coat them with the heat-resistant grease ЖС (Ref. Appendix 2), place the re-
taining washers under the nuts and tighten up
Jan 15/86
Page 811
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
Fit the attaching parts (cleats, clips) to the engine after the final tighten-
ing of the coupling nuts and pipe flanges.
The clamps and clips having special bonding plates (used with the pipes of the
fuel and fire-fighting systems) must be mounted on the surfaces specially
cleaned for bonding
When the pipes have been fitted in place, verify the clearances between the
pipes and the adjacent components, which should be:
- At least 3 mm between the pipes and the fixed components. Carry out bending of
- At least 5 mm between the pipes and the movable components removed pipe as detail
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ed in 2.7
NOTES: Clearances between GV turning rings and passing above them pipelines
(with valves) of fuel, oil and air systems should not be less than
TB3-117
3.5 mm.
Clearances between nuts connecting tubes, blocks and bodies, adja-
cent blocks; between tubes with wound heat-insulation band and en-
gine parts should not be less than 1.5 mm.
When mounting tubes with heat-insulation cover the latter may touch
the engine parts under the condition that the tolerated clearance
between the tube and those parts is available not taking into acco-
unt the heat insulation. The gripping of heat insulation is not per-
missible.
Clearance between the flange of the temperature regulator and the
block attaching the pipeline feeding oil to the third support as-
sembly with the electrical wiring harness should not be less than
072.00.00
1mm
Clearance between the lever indicator of the inlet guide vane and
the nut of pressurization pipeline of the first support assembly
should not be less than 1 mm.
Clearance between the bracket of ignition unit and pipeline feeding
Page 812
Nov 17/93
oil to the oil filter should not be less than 1.5 mm

EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
Safety the pipe joints.

The coupling nut must be safetied to its connection with the safety wire. It
is not allowed to arrange the safety wire straight. It must be arranged at an
angle towards tightening of the nut. For an example of correct tightening
refer to Figure 803.
The wire must be tightened taut and have no marks of twisting, cracking or
fracturing.
The spliced wire should have no gaps between the turns of the wire and there
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
must be 4 to 6 turns per each centimeter of the twisted wire. The loose ends
of the twisted wire (8 to 10 mm) must be bent and pressed towards the engine
body.
The screws and nuts must be locked with retaining washers observing the re-
TB3-117
quirements detailed in Step 2.10
Following replacement of pipes, leak-test the joints in the following

sequence:
- Start the engine, operate it at operational power conditions for a period
of 2 to 3 min and shut down.
- Inspect the joints. If any leakage is detected, tighten up the nuts and
start the engine again.
- Recheck the joints for leakages. If the leakage persists, examine the
mating surfaces of the affected joints. Should need be, lap the flared
portion of the pipe to the connection
072.00.00
Page 813
Nov 17/93
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
For Reference When Locking Nuts and Connections
MAINTENANCE 'MANUAL
Figure 803
TB3-117
Engine tools kit Gasoline

Tray Kerosene
X4 to X7 magnifying glass Polyethylene or PVC film
072.00.00
Safety wire
Engine lube oil
Siloxane enamel
Heat-resistant grease, grade ЖС
Page 814
Nov 17/93
Cotton cloth piece

EFFECTIVITY: ALL
PAGES
PROCEDURE: REPLACEMENT OF AIR CONDUIT SUPPLYING COOLING AIR TO FCU TEMPERATURE-

M.S. ITEM SENSING PROBE

ACTIONS BY
Removal
Unsafety and remove screws (3) (Ref. Fig. 804) attaching the air conduit to
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
flanged casing (14). Remove washers (4)
Unsafety and unscrew nuts (7), remove air conduit (5) complete with casing and
coupling (10) and sealing ring (11) from the flange of temperature-sensing
TB3-117
probe housing (13)
Dismantle flanged casing (14) from air intake flange (18).

NОТЕ: On some engine models (Ref. Book 3), discard Step 1.3 when removing the
air conduit in order to fit the thermometer for measurement of the air
temperature at the temperature-sensing probe inlet.
Installation
CAUTION: INSTALLATION OP THE AIR CONDUIT MUST BE CARRIED OUT AFTER INSTALLATION
OF THE HELICOPTER AIR INTAKE.
Remove plug (12) from FCU temperature-sensing probe housing (13).

072.00.00
Place sealing ring (11) onto the flange of the temperature-sensing probe
housing, sealing ring (9) onto casing with coupling (10), and sealing ring (6)
onto air conduit (5), having coated the sealing rings with a thin coat of the
ПВК grease
Jan 15/86
Page 815
Pit casing with coupling (10) to the FCU flange, slip flat washers (8) onto
the studs, tighten nuts (7) and safety them with wire (19).
ТВЗ-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Plug Plug
Sealing Ring Temperature-Sensing
Screw Probe Housing
Washer Flanged Casing
Air Conduit Air Intake Flange
Sealing Ring Attachment Stud
Nut Nut
Washer Washer
Sealing Ring Air Intake Flange
Casing with Coupling Safety Wire
Sealing Ring Hot Air Supply Connection
Replacement of Conduit Supplying Air to FCU Temperature-Sensing Probe

Figure 804

Page 816
Jan 15/86
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
NOTE: To make the Installation easier it is allowed to turn temperature-sensing
probe housing (13). For this purpose slacken the coupling nut of the tem-
perature-sensing probe housing, holding the housing with the second wrench
After the turn tighten the coupling nut, holding the housing and lock it
with wire.
Mount flange (14) with casing on air intake flange (18) but do not secure the
flange with the nuts.
Flange (14) with casing must be fitted so that the connection (20) supplying
hot air to the intake is on the right side (looking forward) and the hot air
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
exit holes are facing forward
NOTE: On some models of helicopters connection (20) is replaced by the angular
TB3-117
helicopter connection in accordance with the helicopter Maintenance Manual
Coat the surfaces of flange (14) and the flange of air conduit (5) with allo-
xane enamel (Ref. Appendix 2)
Insert air conduit (5) into casing with coupling (10) and, while slightly
wobbling the air conduit, bring It into contact with flange (14). Secure the
flanges with screws (3) having placed flat washers (4) under the screw heads
Check flange (14) for tight fit with the air intake flange, making sure that
the flange fits in place easily and without any strain
Attach air conduit (5) to air intake flange (18)

072.00.00
Check location of sealing ring (6) within casing with coupling (10).
Hake sure the sealing ring does not bear upon chamfer H.
NOTE: Non-uniformity in the clearance along the circumference between the
casing and the air conduit is acceptable.
Page 817
Nov 17/93
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
OPERATIONS AND TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS (T.RJ CORRECTIVE CHECKED
ACTIONS BY
Check the clearance between the nut flat of the centrifugal fuel pump con-
nection and the air conduit which should be at least 3 mm
Secure screws (3) to each other with safety wire (19)
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TB3-117
072.00.00
Open-end wrench, S = 8x10 nm Grease ПВК

Open-end wrench, S = 12x14 nm Safety wire
Page 818
Nov 17/93
Combination pliers Siloxane enamel

EFFECTIVITY: ALL
PAGES
то M.S. TASK CARD No. 803 819 to 827/828
PROCEDURE: REPLACEMENT OF FUEL CONTROL UNIT

MS. ITEM

ACTIONS BY
Removal (Ref. Fig. 805)

CAUTION: DO NOT USE TEMPERATURE-SENSING PROBE (6) FOR SUPPORTING THE FUEL CONTROL
MAINTENANCE
UNIT DURING ITS INSTALLATION/REMOVAL OR CARRYING OVER.
Before proceeding with removal of the fuel control unit, remove the air starter
from the engine (Ref. 080.12.00, Task Card No. 201)
TB3-117
Disconnect the engine control rode from control levers (3), (4) and (5) (on
some engine models control lever (3) is disconnected, Ref. Book 3).
MANUAL
After disconnection of the control rods from control levers (3) and (4), fit
the corrugated washers, bolts and attaching nuts to the control levers
Disconnect all pipes at the FCU. Blank off the exposed ends of the pipes and
connections.
CAUTION: WHEN DISCONNECTING THE PIPES, OBSERVE THE REQUIREMENTS LAID DOWN IN
TASK CARD No. 801.
Disconnect air conduit (7) supplying cooling air to the temperature-sensing

probe at FCU temperature-senaing probe housing (6) (Ref. Task Card No. 802)
072.00.00
Uncouple the el. connectors
Detach the FCU from bracket (1)
Detach and remove spring (2) of feedback lever (26)

Jan 15/86
Page 819
EFFECT1VITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
Detach rod 1 (30) from lever (24) of the VGV control mechanism at point В and
rod H (21) from feedback lever (26) at point A
Unsafety and remove nut (14) of band type clamp (13) attaching the FCU
Remove the FCU
Disconnect and remove rod T (30)
Subject the removed PCU to preservation (Ref. 073.12.05, Task Card No. 302)
Enter in the FCU Certificate the following data:

- The reason for removal, number of operating hours, the date of removal, and
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
the preservation date
Wrap the FCU in two or three layers of paraffined paper, pack it in a card-
TB3-117
board box and then in a wooden transportation case, and enclose the FCU Cer-
tificate along with the removal report
Installation
To verify the VGV setting angles at the stops of the lower hydraulic power Adjust positions of
cylinder (without the FCU), carry out the reversal of the VGV's (Ref. lower hydraulic power
072.30.00, Task Card No. 201). The values of the angles should fall within a cylinder stops (Ref.
range of plus (27+1.5) deg to minus (3+0.5) deg (on some engine models the Task Card No. 814)
VGV opening angle has a different value, Ref. Book 3).
CAUTION: TO AVOID DAMAGING THE FEEDBACK LEVER-FORK, NEVER FORCE THE FEEDBACK
LEVER WHEN EFFECTING REVERSAL OP THE VGV'S.
072.00.00
Remove the FCU from the transportation case and unpack
Verify that the FCU serial number tallies with that recorded in the FCU Cer-
tificate and check to see that the seals and safety wire are intact
Jan 15/86
Page 820
Carry out de-preservation of the FCU (Ref. 073.12.05, Task Card No. 301)
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
Fог Reference When Replacing FCU
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TB3-117
Figure 805
072.00.00
Pages 821/822
Jan 15/86
Drive Bush
Bracket Block
VGV Control Mechanism
Spring Band Type Clamp
Actuating Lever
Nft Control Lever (On some Nut
IDLE (МАЛЫЙ ГАЗ) Stop
engine models this lever is Sealing Ring
Feedback Lever
disconnected, Ref. Book 3) Nft Drive Torsion Shaft
Cotter Pin
Ngg Control Lever Pin
Castellated Nut
Shutdown Valve Control Lever Ngg Drive Torsion Shaft
Washer
Temperature-Sensing Probe Housing Flange
Hydraulic Power Cylinder Control Rod Т
Air Conduit
Stop (26) Tiebolt
Screw Power Rod
Washer Control Rod H
TAKEOFF (ВЗЛЕТ) Stop
Washer External Drive Gearbox Flange
Feedback Lever Dial
ACTIONS BY
Remove the transportation plug from flange (19), check the flange and splines
of drives torsion shafts (16) and (18) for condition (i.e., for freedom from
nicks and for surface finish).
CAUTION: PRESENCE OF THE SLUSHING COMPOUND OH THE SPLINES OF THE DRIVES TORSION
SHAFTS IS NOT ALLOWED.
Check control levers (3) and (4) and shutdown valve control lever (5) . for
smooth and easy travel from one stop to the other (Ref. Step 1.2)
Attach rod Т (30) to power lever (32)
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Install sealing ring (15) on the centralizing collar of flange (19). Make sure Replace sealing
the sealing ring is neither twisted or damaged ring, if found da-
maged
ТВЗ-117
Smear the splines of torsion shafts (16) and (18) with the engine oil. Make
sure the torsion shafts easily enter their respective drive bushes (23) on
the engine. Bring the splines of the outer and inner torsion shafts into en-
gagement by cranking the rotors of the compressor and free turbine (Ref. Task
Card No. 305)
Install the FCU on flange (22) of the external drive gearbox having aligned
pin (17) with the respective hole in the flange
Fit blocks (12) with the identification marks facing the FCU, secure them with
band type clamp (13), having maintained equal gaps at the joints, and tighten
nut (14) to a torque of 0.65 to 0.75 kgf-m. Safety nut (14) with wire
072.00.00
Attach the FCU to bracket (1)
Connect rod Т (30) to VGV control mechanism lever (24); for which purpose,
shift the VGV's to the extreme open position, set accessory lever (32) to
bear upon the stop, and, by varying the length of rod Т (30), line up the
Jan 15/86
Page 823
holes В in the rod-to-control mechanism joint. Insert tiebolt (31) from

below, tighten and safety the nut
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
Manually reverse the VGV's (Ref. 072.30.00, Task Card No. 201) and note the
values of the setting angles at the extreme positions of the dial. The angles
should fall within a range of minus (3+0.5) deg to plus (27+1'5) deg (Ref.
Step 2.1)
Safety and seal rod Т (30)
Adjust hydraulic power cylinder stop (26) (20) of the newly installed FCU with
respect to the stop of the engine lower hydraulic power cylinder. When setting
the VGV'a upon the stop of the engine lower hydraulic power cylinder, bring
stop (26) (20) of the FCU hydraulic power cylinder into contact with the
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
piston of the hydraulic power cylinder (the moment of the contact should be
determined by the first deflection of the VGV position indicator pointer) and
then back off the stop through a half-turn. Safety and seal the stop.
TB3-117
CAUTION: WHEN ADJUSTING THE STOPS OP THE PCU HYDRAULIC POWER CYLINDER, DO NOT
DISTURB THE STOPS OP THE LOWER HYDRAULIC POWER CYLINDER.
Connect rod H (21). With the VGV set to an angle of plus (27+1*5) deg, the If required, perform
position of the feedback lever should correspond to an angle of (26+1) deg adjustment by varying
(as read off the dial) the length of rod H
(21)
Carry out manual reversal of the compressor VGV's to the extreme open position
and connect spring (2) to feedback lever (26). With the VGV's aet to the
extreme open and closed positions, cheek the clearances between feedback lever
(26) and IDLING (МАЛЫЙ ГАЗ) stop (25) and TAKEOFF (ВЗЛЕТ) stop (33), which
should be not less than 0.2 mm. If there is no clearance, reduce the length of
072.00.00
rod H (21)
Connect the pipes and the el. connectors to the PCU and safety*
CAUTION: WHEN ATTACHING THE PIPES, OBSERVE THE REQUIREMENTS DETAILED IN

Jan 15/86
Page 824
TASK CARD No. 801.

EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
Connect and adjust the engine control rods to control levers (3), (4) and
(5) (Ref. Step 1.2, Task Card No. 803, and Step 8.4 (1), Task Card No. 402)
Connect air conduit (7) supplying cooling air to the FCU temperature-sensing
probe (Ref. Task Card Ко. 8О2)
Install the measuring equipment required for adjustment of the engine after
replacement of the FCU (Ref. Task Card No. 511)
Fit back to the engine the air starter removed earlier (Ref. 080.12.00,
Task Card No. 201)
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
De-inhibit the engine fuel system (Ref. Task Card No. 302)
Accomplish the checks following below and, if need be, the adjustments of the
TB3-117
FCU:
Check and adjustment of fuel pressure at wet motoring run (Ref. Task
Card No. 508).
Check and adjustment of gaa generator rotational speed at which shutoff
valve opens (Ref. Task Card No. 509).
Preliminary adjustment of engine starting cycle with the aid of auto
start control air bleeder jet (A) (Ref. 073.12.05, Task Card No. 510).
Check and adjustment of air starter disengagement RPM (Ref. 073.12.05,
Task Card No. 504).
Check and adjustment of gas generator idling rotational speed which
should be within the zone specified in Figure 501. Carry out the check
072.00.00
with the engine throttle set at the deadband idle after warming the
engine for a period of 2 to 3 rain.
Check of compressor VGV angular setting characteristic (Ref. Task Card
No. 512).
Jan 15/86
Page 825
Final check and adjustment of starting cycle (Ref. Task Card No. 510).
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
Check and adjustment of engine partial acceleration time (Ref. Task

Card No. 505).
Check and adjustment of main rotor speed governor setting (Ref. Task
Card No. 516).
Adjustment of maximum rotational speed (Ref. Task Card No. 514).
Functional check of gas temperature controller (Ref. Task Card No. 505).
Checking gas generator rotor for absence of reduction of its RFM by main
rotor speed governor (Ref. Task Card No. 517).
Check of main rotor speed governor adjustment range (Ref. Task Card
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
No. 505).
Check of maximum fuel flow limiter (Ref. Task Card No. 519) (on some
engine models this check is not carried out, Ref. Book 3)•
TB3-117
Check of Ngg limited by FCU at preset band (Ref. Book 3, 072.OO.00, Task
Card No. 515) (on some engine models this check is discarded)
Record the FCU installation data into the engine Log Book and the FCU Certi-
ficate
Accomplish a check flight

072.00.00
Jan 15/86
Page 826
EFFECTIVITY: ALL

Open-end wrench, S = 8x10 nun Engine lube system oil
Open-end wrench, S = 10x12 mm Seal
Box wrench socket, S = 12 mm
Hinged lever
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TB3-117
072.00.00
Pages 827/828
Jan 15/86
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
PAGES
PROCEDURE. REPLACEMENT OF ENGINE ELECTRONIC GOVERNOR/LIMIT POWER CONDITION GOVERNOR

M.S. ITEM

ACTIONS BY
Replacement of Engine Electronic Governor (EEG)
Remove the engine electronic governor in compliance with the Helicopter
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Maintenance Manual, observing the requirements laid down in 073.15.04, Task
Card No. 201, Step 3 (Ref. Book 3)
Install the replacement engine electronic governor following the procedure
TB3-117
described in the Helicopter Maintenance Manual and observing the requirements
described in 073.15.04, Task Card No. 201
Prior to an engine start, perform adjustment of the governor:
Refer to the Aeeg Chart appended to the engine Log Book and note down the
value of Ngg (%) at the OAT equal to 0 °C and, referring to Table 804, con-
vert it to frequency fgg (Hz)
Referring to the EEG Certificate, note down the frequency of the N trans-
ducer signal in the limitation mode at Ramb = 100,00 ohms and Рamb = 1 kgf/cm
(take the frequency from the graph corresponding to the latest test) and
compare it with the frequency obtained in Step 1.3.1. Should it be necessary,
072.00.00
carry out adjustment of the EEG with its adjustment screw with the accuracy
of ±1 Hz to bring it into agreement with the value of frequency obtained in
Step 1.3.1, keeping in mind that one revolution of the adjustment screw
varies the setting by about 1.35 Hz (clockwise rotation increases the fre-
quency, while counterclockwise rotation decreases). Safety and seal the
Jan 15/86
screw and record the adjustment performed in the EEG Certificate.

Page 829
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
OPERATIONS AND TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS CT.R.) CORRECTIVE CHECKED
ACTIONS BY
Check and, if necessary, adjust the maximum Ngg at the takeoff power as pre-
scribed in Task Card No. 514
Check the gas generator circuit for functioning as detailed in Task Card
No. 505
Check the gas temperature controller for functioning as described in Task Card
No. 505
Check the free turbine circuit for functioning as described in Task Card
No. 505
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Replacement of limit power condition governor
Carry out replacement of the limit power condition governor following the pro-
cedure described in the Helicopter Maintenance Manual and observing the re-
ТВЗ-117
quirements laid down in 073.16.04, Task Card No. 201 (Ref. Book 3)
With the engine operating, function test the free turbine circuit as pre-
scribed in 072.00.00, Task Card No. 505
072.00.00
Jan 15/86
Page 830
ТВЗ-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T a b l e 804
Rotational Speed Ngg (%)-to-Prequency Fgg (Hz) Conversion Table
DO
Ngg, % Ngg, %
77.0 800.5 80.3 834.9 83.6 869.2 86.9 903.5 90.2 937.8 93.5 972.1 96.8 1006.4 100.1 1040.7
77.1 801.6 80.4 835.9 83.7 870.2 87.0 904.5 90.3 938.8 93.6 973.1 96.9 1007.4 100.2 1041.7
77.2 802.6 80.5 836.9 83.8 871.2 87.1 905.6 90.4 939.9 93.7 974.2 97.0 1008.5 100.3 1042.8
77.3 803.7 80.6 838.0 83.9 872.3 87.2 906.6 90.5 940.9 93.8 975.2 97.1 1009.5 100.4 1043.8
77.4 804.7 80.7 839.0 84.0 873.3 87.3 907.6 90.6 941.9 93.9 976.2 97.2 1010.6 100.5 1044.9
77.5 805.7 80.8 840.1 84.1 874.4 87.4 908.7 90.7 943.0 94.0 977.3 97.3 1011.6 100.6 1045.9
77.6 806.8 80.9 841.1 84.2 875.4 87.5 909.7 90.8 944.0 94.1 978.3 97.4 1012.6 100.7 1046.9
77.7 807.8 81.0 842.1 84.3 876.4 87.6 910.7 90.9 945.1 94.2 979.4 97.5 1013.7 100.8 1048.0
77.8 808.9 81.1 843.2 84.4 877.5 87.7 911.8 91.0 946.1 94.3 980.4 97.6 1014.7 100.9 1049.0
77. 9 809.9 81.2 844.2 84.5 878.5 87.8 912.8 91.1 947.1 94.4 981.4 97.7 1015.8 101.0 1050.1
78.0 810.9 81.3 845.3 84.6 878.6 87.9 913.9 91.2 948.2 94.5 982.5 97,8 1016.8 101.1 1051.1
78.1 812.0 81.4 846.3 84.7 880.6 88.0 914.9 91.3 949.2 94.6 983. 5 97.9 1017.8 101.2 1052.1
78.2 813.0 81.5 847.3 84.8 881.6 88.1 915.9 91.4 950.3 94.7 984.6 98.0 1018.9 101.3 1053.2
78.3 814.1 81.6 848.4 84.9 882.7 88.2 917.0 91.5 951.3 94.8 985.6 98.1 1019.9 101.4 1054.2
78.4 815.1 81.7 849.4 85.0 883.7 88.3 918.0 91.6 952.3 94.9 986.6 98.2 1021.0 101.5 1055.3
78.5 816.1 81.8 850.4 85.1 884.8 88.4 919.1 91.7 953.4 95.0 987.7 98.3 1022.0 101.6 1056.3
78.6 817.2 81.9 851.5 85.2 885.8 88.5 920.1 91.8 954.4 95.1 988.7 98.4 1023.0 101.7 1057.3
78.7 818.2 82.0 852.5 85.3 886.8 88.6 921.1 91.9 955.9 95.2 989.8 98.5 1024.1 101.8 1058.4
78.8 819.3 82.1 853.6 85.4 887.9 88.7 922.2 92.0 956.5 95.3 990.8 98.6 1025.1 101.9 1059.4
78.9 820.3 82.2 854.6 85.5 888.9 88.8 923.2 92.1 957.5 95.4 991.8 98.7 1026.2 102.0 1060.5
79.0 821.3 82.3 855.6 85.6 890.0 88.9 924.3 92.2 958.5 95.5 992.9 98.8 1027.2 102.1 1061.5
79.1 822.4 82.4 856.7 85.7 891.0 89.0 925.3 92.3 959.6 95.6 993.9 98.9 1028.2 102.2 1062.5
79.2 823.4 82.5 857.7 85.8 892.0 89. 1 926.3 92.4 960.7 95.7 995.0 99.0 1029.3 102.3 1063.6
79.3 824.5 82.6 858.8 85.9 893.1 89.2 927.4 92.5 961.7 95.8 996.0 99.1 1030.3 102.4 1064.6
79.4 825.5 82.7 859.8 86.0 894.1 89.3 928.4 92.6 962.7 95.9 997.0 99.2 1031.4 102.5 1065.7
79.5 826.5 82.8 860.8 86.1 895.2 89.4 929.5 92.7 963.8 96.0 998.1 99.3 1032.4 102.6 1066.7
79.6 827.6 82.9 861.9 86.2 896.2 89.5 930.5 92.8 964.8 96.1 999.1 99.4 1033.4 102.7 1067.7
79.7 828.6 83.0 862.9 86.3 897.2 89.6 931.5 92.9 965.9 96.2 1000.2 99.5 1034.5 102.8 1068.2
79.8 829.7 83.1 864.0 86.4 898.3 89.7 932.6 93.0 966.9 96.3 1001.2 99.6 1035.5 102.9 1069.8
79.9 830.7 83.2 865.0 86.5 899.3 89.8 933.6 93.1 967.9 96.4 1002.2 99.7 1036.5 103.0 1070.9
80.0 831.7 83.3 866.0 86.6 900.4 89.9 934.7 93.2 969.0 96.5 1003.3 99.8 1037.6
80.1 832.8 83.4 867.1 86.7 901.4 90.0 935.7 93.3 970.0 96.6 1004.3 99.9 1038.6
80.2 833.8 83.5 868.1 86.8 902.4 90.1 936.7 93.4 971.0 96.7 1005.4 100.0 1039.7

Pages 831/832
Jan 15/86
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
PAGES
833 to 837/838
PROCEDURE: REPLACEMENT OF IGNITION UNIT

MS. ITEM

ACTIONS BY
Removal
Disconnect, it required, the hot air offtake branch pipe supplying air for
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
heating the pilot compartment at the power plant compartment floor and engine
air offtake flange
Unlock and unscrew two front attachment screws (6) (Ref. Fig. 806) of the
TB3-117
Ignition unit and remove nuts (1), special washers (2), rubber shock mounts
(3) and (4), and special washers (5)
Unsafety and remove screws (15) of the ignition unit rear attachment, remove
nuts (7), washers (8), special washers (11), rubber shock mounts (12) and (13),
washers (14) and remove the unit from the engine.
NOTE: Plate brackets (10) and (9) shall remain secured on the engine.
Installation
Mount the ignition unit in place and secure it temporarily by screws fitted
with packs of shock mounts and special washers as shown in Figure 806.
NOTES: 1. To ensure parallelism of the surfaces of plate (gang) bracket (9) and
072.00.00
mounting bracket (3) (Ref. Fig. 807) of the air bleed valve shroud,
it is allowed to bend up bracket (9) (Ref. Fig. 806) slightly.
2. Bear in mind, that rear attachment screws (15) of the ignition unit
are longer than front attachment screws (6) by 4 mm.
Jan 15/86
Page 833
3. When assembling the shock mount packs, fit special washers (2), (5),
(11) and (14) with their shoulder facing the mounts.
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TB3-117
Nut
Special Washer
Rubber Shock Mount
Rubber Shock Mount
Special Washer
Screw
Nut
Washer
Plate Bracket
Plate Bracket
072.00.00
Special Washer
Rubber Shook Mount
Rubber Shock Mount
Special Washer
Screw
Jan 15/86
Page 634
For Reference When Replacing Ignition Unit

Figure 806
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
Finally tighten the attachment screws of the ignition unit so that the shock
mounts should be compressed to a dimension of (21-1) mm (Ref. Fig. 807). The
compression of the shock mounts to the required dimension (21-1) nun should be
checked on the ignition unit of the RH engine and at the upper attachment
points of the LH engine ignition unit with the aid of vernier calipers. The
compression of the shock mounts at the lower attachment points of the LH
engine ignition unit should be checked by comparing the number of the fillets
of the screw thread projecting above the nut with that of the similar upper
attachment point (measured with the vernier calipers)
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Safety front attachment screws (6) (Ref. Fig. 806) of the ignition unit with
safety wire by locking them individually to the locking holes in bracket (1)
(Ref. Fig. 807)
TB3-117
Screw on the el. connectors of the wires and safety them with wire. The coupl-
ing nuts must be firmly tightened by hand without resorting to the use of any
tool. If the coupling nuts are properly tightened, there should be no sparking
under the nuts in the course of operation of the ignition system
Connect the hot air offtake branch pipe supplying air to heat the pilot's
compartment
Testing
Function test the ignition unit (Ref. 080.21.01, Task Card No. 202)
Test the ignition unit for functioning at engine starting (Ref. Task Card
072.00.00
No. 509)
Jan 15/86
Page 835
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TB3-117
Bracket
Safety Wire
Air Bleed Valve Shroud Mounting Bracket
072.00.00
Jan 15/86
Page 836
For Reference When Replacing Ignition Unit

Figure 807
EFFECTIVITY: ALL

Vernier calipers, L = 150 mm
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TB3-117
072.00.00
Pages 837/838
Jan 15/86
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
PAGES
PROCEDURE: REPLACEMENT OF IGNITION PLUG

MS. ITEM

ACTIONS BY
Removal
WARNING: WHEN REMOVING THE IGNITION PLUG, CHECK TO SEE THAT THERE IS NO POS-
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
SIBILITY OP AN ACCIDENTAL ACTUATION OP THE IGNITION SYSTEM.
Unsafety and remove coupling nut (7) (Ref. Fig. 808) of high-voltage wire (9)
elbow bend (8) and then detach elbow bend (8) from ignition plug (5)
TB3-117
Unsafety and unscrew bolts (6) attaching ignition plug (5) to flange (1) of
the combustion chamber casing
Using a knife, detach the ignition plug flange from the combustion chamber
casing flange (1) and remove ignition plug (5) complete with gaskets (2), (3)
and (4)
Installation
CAUTION: DO NOT INSTALL ON THE ENGINE THE IGNITION PLUG THAT WAS IN A DAMAGED
PACKING, WAS DROPPED OR SUBJECTED TO IMPACTS.
Clean flange (1) of the combustion chamber casing and metallic gasket (3) from
072.00.00
the remnants of paronite gaskets (2) and (4)
Coat both sides of paronite gaskets (2) and (4) with the ВГО-1 sealing com-
pound (Ref. Appendix 2) and fit them to the flange of the ignition plug in
the following order: gasket (2), removed earlier metallic gasket (3) and
gasket (4)
Jan 15/86
Page 839
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TB3-117
Combustion Chamber
Casing Flange
Paronite Gasket
Metallic Gasket
Paronite Gasket
Ignition Plug
Bolts
Coupling Nut
072.00.00
Elbow Bend
High-Voltage Wire
Jan 15/86
Page 640
For Reference When Replacing Ignition Plug

Figure 808
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
Coat bolts (6) attaching the ignition plug with grease ЖС (Ref. Appendix 2)
Mount the ignition plug on flange (1) of the combustion chamber casing and
secure it by screws (6) fingertight
Press the ignition plug in its socket towards the engine exhaust stack and,
holding it in this position, tighten bolts (6) attaching the Ignition plug and
safety them with wire
Screw coupling nut (7) of high-voltage wire (9) elbow bend (8) on the ignition
plug fingertight and tighten coupling nut (7) with the aid of a wrench having
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
an arm not longer than 100 mm and lock it with safety wire
Set the respective selector switches into positions corresponding to engine

starting. Without starting the АИ-9В(АИ-9) engine, depress the START (ЗАПУСК)
TB3-117
button and listen for audible operation (spark formation) of the ignition
plug

072.00.00
Box wrench, S = 10 mm Sealing compound ВГО-1

Pages 841/842
Open-end wrench, S =17x14 mm Heat-resistant grease ЖС

Combination pliers
Jan 15/86
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
PAGES
то M.S. TASK CARD No. 807 843 to 846
PROCEDURE: REPLACEMENT OF HOT AIR VALVE

M.S. ITEM

ACTIONS BY
Removal
Unsafety and disconnect the wiring running from el. connector (7) (Ref.
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 809) to el. actuator (6) of the hot air valve
Unlock and remove screws (1) attaching clamp halves (3) (from both sides of
the valve) and remove the clamps marking both halves of the clamp (either LH
TB3-117
or RH) for reinstallation
Press anti-icing tube (5) towards the exhaust stack and remove the hot air
valve complete with gaskets (4)
Using sliding calipers, measure dimension Б on the removed hot air valve at
both sides and note it down for each side
Installation
Before fitting the hot air valve to the engine, visually examine it for
freedom from mechanical damage and corrosion, for availability of the factory
nameplate and for presence of the safety wire
072.00.00
Select gaskets (4) for each side of the hot air valve to be installed so as to
obtain dimension Б 0.2 mm larger than that obtained in Step 1.4
Place gaskets (4) selected in Step 2.2 on centralizing collars of anti-icing

pipe (5) and elbow (8)
Jan 15/86
Page 843
ТВЗ-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Screw
Spring Washer
Clamp Halves
Sealing Gasket
Anti-Icing Tube
Electric Actuator
El. Connector
For Reference When Replacing Hot Air Valve


Page 844
Jan 15/86
ТВЗ-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Elbow
Plug
For Reference When Replacing Hot Air Valve


Page 845
Jan 15/86
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
Mount the hot air valve so that the arrow marked on its body should be directed
towards elbow (8) and fit the halves of the clamps with their collars A facing
away from the hot air valve.
CAUTIOUN: 1. WHEN INSTALLING THE HOT AIR VALVE, IT IS PROHIBITED TO INSTALL
CLAMP HALVES (3) WITH THEIR COLLARS A FACING PLUG (9).
WHILE MOUNTING THE HOT AIR VALVE, ENSURE A CLEARANCE BETWEEN THE
HOT AIR VALVE AND THE ADJACENT PIPES WITHIN 3 TO 5 mm.
DO NOT PIT THE CLAMP PROM THE LH FLANGE OP THE HOT AIR VALVE TO
THE RH FLANGE.
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Tighten screws (1) attaching clamp halves (3) having placed spring washers (2).
While so doing, make sure that clearance Г is within (3+1 ) mm
Connect the electric wires to el. connector (7) of the hot air valve el.
TB3-117
actuator and safety it with wire
Following the replacement of the hot air valve, carry out its functional test
on an inoperative engine

072.00.00
Sliding calipers, L = 150 mm Safety wire

Page 846
Mar 15/88
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
PAGES
PROCEDURE: REPLACEMENT OF TERMINAL BLOCK

MS. ITEM

ACTIONS BY
Removal
Remove cover (7) (Ref. Fig. 810) attachment screws (10), washers (8) and (9)
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
and cover (7)
Remove nuts (6) attaching conducting wires (5) at the gas temperature control-
ler, temperature indicator and thermocouple harness (11) and remove wires (5)
TB3-117
from the studs
Unsafety and remove screws (4) attaching terminal block (2) and then remove
the terminal block from plate (1)
Installation
Install the terminal block onto plate (1), fit attachment screws (4) and
secure them with safety wire
Put conducting wires (5) onto studs (3) end screw on attachment nuts (6).
CAUTION: CARRY OUT TIGHTENING OF THE NUTS UP TO STOP (THROUGH 30 TO 40 DE-
GREES) OR THROUGH 0.5 TO 0.7 PLAT.
072.00.00
Mount cover (7) and secure it with screws (10), having placed washers (8)
and (9) under the screw heads
Page 847
Jan 15/86
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TB3-117
Plate
Terminal Block
Stud
Attachment Screw
Conducting Wire
Attachment Nut
Cover
072.00.00
Washer
Spring Washer
Sores
Thermocouple
Harness
Jan 15/86
Page 848
For Reference When Replacing Terminal Block

Figure 810
EFFECTIVITY: ALL

Box wrench, S = 7x8 mm
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TB3-117
072.00.00
Pages 849/850
Jan 15/86
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
PAGES
PROCEDURE: REPLACEMENT OF THERMOCOUPLE

MS. ITEM

ACTIONS BY
Removal
Back off nut (1) (Ref. Fig. 811) attaching clamp (2) and shift it aside
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Remove thermocouple safety cap (5)
Remove nuts (6) attaching the wires and remove washers (7) and wires (8) from
TB3-117
thermocouple contact screws (11).
CAUTION: USE BOX WRENCH S = 7x8 mm PROM THE ENGINE TOOLS KIT AND DO NOT APPLY
EXCESS FORCE WHEN UNSCREWING/SCREWING ON NUTS (6). DO NOT USE ANY
OTHER TOOL FOR THIS PURPOSE.
Unlock and unscrew post (3) and screw (9) attaching the thermocouple, remove
washers (4) and (10) and then remove thermocouple (12) from its socket complete
with gasket (13)
Installation
Unpack the replacement thermocouple
Check the completeness of the thermocoupls set againat the thermocouple Certi-
072.00.00
ficate making sure the thermocouple- serial number tallies with that recorded
in its Certificate
Prior to fitting the thermocouple to the engine, prepare it for operation and
measure its parameters (Ref. 077.21.01, Task Card No. 201)
Jan 15/86
Page 851
ТВЗ-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Nut Washer
Clamp Contact Screw
Post Thermocouple
Washer Gasket
Safety Cap Sleeve
Nut Flange
Washer NGV Assembly
Wire Housing
Screw Safety Wire
For Reference When Replacing Thermocouple

Figure 811

Page 852
Jan 15/86
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
Clean flange (15) on NGV assembly housing (16) to remove remnants of the old
gasket and siloxane enamel
Coat new gasket (13) from both sides with silozane enamel (Ref. Appendix 2) and
place it on flange (15).
CAUTION: WHEN PITTING GASKET (13), CHECK TO SEE THAT ITS BEAD IS PACING AWAY
FROM THERMOCOUPLE SLEEVES (14).
Fit thermocouple (12) into its socket so that its lower port should be facing
towards the compressor.
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Pit washers (4) and (10) to post (3) and screw (9), and tighten the screws
attaching the thermocouple, having coated them with grease ЖС (Ref. Appendix 2)
Put wires (8) and washers (7) onto contact screws (11), coat the threaded
TB3-117
portion of the screws with a thin layer of the ВНИИ НП-225 grease and tighten
attachment nuts (6).
While tightening the nuts, observe the requirements described in Step 1.3
Pit back safety cap (5) and clamp (2) and tighten nut (1) attaching the clamp
Test
Measure the thermocouple circuit impedance as prescribed in Step 8.5 of the

Task Card No. 402 (directly at the gas temperature controller) and test the
equipment used for measurement of the gas temperature for serviceability
Start the engine (Ref. Task Card No. 501) and check the gas temperature
072.00.00
throughout the whole operating range of engine power conditions, operating the
engine at each power setting for a minimum of 2 to 3 min before taking a
measurement.
With the engine running, the gaa thermometer and the equipment operating in a If the gas thermometer
Jan 15/66
Page 853
set with the thermocouple, should register the temperature of the gases and fails to register the
ensure normal functioning of the engine temperature of gases,
replace thermocouple
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
Gas temperature measuring Combination pliers Safety wire

equipment Box wrench, S = 7x8 mm Grease ЖC
Open-end wrench, S = 8x10 mm Grease ВНИИ НП-225
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TB3-117
072.00.00
Jan 15/86
Page 854
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
PAGES
то M.S. TASK CARD No. 810 855 to 858
PROCEDURE: REPLACEMENT OF CENTRIFUGAL FUEL PUMP

MS. ITEM

ACTIONS BY
CAUTION: IN THE COURSE OF REMOVAL/INSTALLATION OF THE CENTRIFUGAL FUEL PUMP, TAKE

STEPS TO PREVENT FOREIGN PARTICLES OR ANY FLUID FROM GETTING INSIDE THE
PUMP OR THE DRAIN VALVE.
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Removal
Unsafety and detach the pipe feeding fuel from the tank to the centrifugal fuel
TB3-117
pump from mounting flange (4) (Ref. Fig. 812)
Disconnect pipe (1) delivering fuel to the fine fuel filter
Disconnect drain pipe (2) together with the jet.

CAUTION: WHEN DETACHING THE PIPES, OBSERVE THE REQUIREMENTS DETAILED IN TASK
CARD No. 801.
Disconnect clamp (5) attaching the pump to the external drive gearbox and remove
the centrifugal fuel pump
Inhibit and package the removed pump
Enter the following data into the pump Certificate the reason for removal of
072.00.00
the pump, the hours done by the pump, the date of removal and the date of in-
hibiting of the pump
Installation
Examine sealing ring (6) on the flange of the external drive gearbox. No damage Replace sealing ring
Jan 15/86
Page 855
or twisting of the sealing ring ia acceptable (6) if damaged

EFFECTIVITY: ALL
For Reference When Replacing Centrifugal Fuel Pump
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Figure 812
TB3-117
Pipe Delivering Fuel
to Fine Fuel Filter
Drain Pipe with Jet
Sealing Ring
Centrifugal Fuel Pump
Flange
072.00.00
Clamp
Sealing Ring
Flange
Stud Location Hole
Jan 15/86
Page 656
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
Unpack the centrifugal fuel pump
Remove ring (3), cap (4) and gasket (5) (Ref. 073.11.01, Fig. 2) from the
pump
Unlock and remove screws (1), remove transportation plug (2) from the mounting
flange, and examine sealing ring (10) for condition. Damaged rings must be
rejected.
Remove plugs (8) and (9)
Drain off the excess lubricant from the internal chambers of the pump and
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
wipe the outer surfaces of the centrifugal fuel pump and torsion shaft (11)
with a dry cloth piece to remove the preservation lubricant completely. Do not
carry out de-inhibiting of the pump inner chambers.
TB3-117
CAUTION: TO PREVENT CORROSION, DO NOT LEAVE THE CENTRIFUGAL FUEL PUMP WITHOUT
PRESERVATION OR INHIBITING THE CHAMBERS OF THE PUMP FOR A PERIOD
LONGER THAN 48 HOURS.
Check the attachment screws and nuts for proper tightening and correct locking,
Check to see that the location places are free from nicks
Coat the splines of centrifugal fuel pump torsion shaft (11) with the engine
oil and install the centrifugal pump on flange (7) (Ref. Fig. 812) of the
external drive gearbox, having lined up the register pin provided on the pump
casing with hole (8) drilled in the flange of the external drive gearbox
Mount the halves of the clamping blocks with their matchmarks facing towards
072.00.00
the centrifugal fuel pump, secure them with the band type clamp, maintaining
equal gape at the joints of the blocks, and torque the nut to 0.65 to
0.75 kgf-m. Safety the nut with wire
Attach the following pipes to the centrifugal fuel pump:

Jan 15/86
Page 857
- The pipe delivering fuel to the fine fuel filter.

- The drain pipe along with the jet.
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
- The pipe supplying fuel from the oil tank to the centrifugal fuel pump.
Secure the coupling nuts of the pipes with safety wire.

CAUTION: WHEN ATTACHING THE PIPES, OBSERVE THE REQUIREMENTS DETAILED IN TASK
CARD No. 801.
Test
Start the engine (Ref. Task Card No. 501) and let it idle for 3 to 5 min
Shut down the engine and inspect the pipe attachment points. No fuel leakages
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
are acceptable
TB3-117

072.00.00

Hinged lever
Tommy bar
Jan 15/86
Torque wrench, calibrated to 2 kgf-m

Page 858
(available in a kit containing torque

wrenches)
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
PAGES
PROCEDURE: REPLACEMENT OF FUEL FILTER

MS. ITEM

ACTIONS BY
CAUTION: BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH THE REPLACEMENT, MAKE SURE THAT THE FUEL FIRE SHUT-
OFF VALVE HAS BEEN CLOSED.
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Replacement of Fuel Filter 11ТФЗОСМ-1 (11ТФЗОСТ)
Removal
TB3-117
Unsafety and remove drain plug (12) (Ref. Fig. 813) and drain the fuel from
bowl (11) into a container.
CAUTION: KEEP IN MIND THAT THE PLUG HAS A LH THREAD.
Unsafety and detach fuel supply pipe (5) and pipe (9) supplying fuel to the
FCU at their respective connections.
CAUTION: WHEN DISCONNECTING THE PIPES, OBSERVE THE REQUIREMENTS DESCRIBED
IN TASK CARD No. 801.
Detach suspension clip (13) from bracket (14) and shift the clip aside, hav-
ing marked its position with pencil for re-installation
Remove nuts (8) attaching filter (10) and remove special washers (7), upper
072.00.00
shock mounts (6) and bracket (14)
Remove filter (10) and lower shock mounts (4) with special washers (3) from
studs (2) of first support assembly housing (1)
Carry out preservation of the filter (Ref. 073.11.04, Task Card No. 202)
Jan 15/86
Page 859
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
Рог Reference When Replacing Fuel Filter 11ТФЗОСМ-1 (11ТФЗОСТ)
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Figure 813
TB3-117
First Support Nut
072.00.00
Assembly Housing Pipe Supplying

Studs Fuel to FCU
Special Washer Filter
Lower Shock Mount Bowl
Fuel Supply Pipe Drain Plug
Jan 15/86
Page 860
Upper Shock Mount Suspension Clip

Special Washer Bracket
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
Installation
Unpack the filter and carry out its depreservation (Ref. 073.11.04, Task
Card No. 201)
Pit special washers (3) and lower shock mounts (4) onto studs (2) of first
support assembly housing (1) and install filter (10) taking care not to da-
mage the threaded portion of the studs
Put upper shock mounts (6) and special washers (7) onto the studs, fit
bracket (14) and tighten nuts (8) attaching filter (10).
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CAUTION: WHEN TIGHTENING THE NUTS, CHECK TO SEE THAT THE UPPER SHOCK MOUNTS
(6) HAVE BEEN COMPRESSED BY 1.5 TO 2.5 mm WITH RESPECT TO THEIR
FREE STATE.
TB3-117
Connect fuel supply pipe (5) and pipe (9) delivering fuel to the PCU to the
respective connections and secure them
CAUTION: WHEN ATTACHING THE PIPES, FOLLOW THE REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED IN TASK
CARD No. 801.
Fit back suspension clip (13) and secure it
Test
Bleed air from the fuel system (Ref. 073.12.05, Task Card No. 303)
Start the engine (Ref. Task Card No. 501) and allow it to idle for a period of
3 to 5 min
072.00.00
Shut down the engine and examine the pipes attachment points. No leakages
are acceptable
Replacement of Fuel Filter 8Д2.966.236

Ian 15/86
Page 861
Removal
Unsafety and unscrew el. connector (13) (Ref. Fig. 814) at the switch
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
Unsafety and remove drain plug (12) from the connection
Drain off the fuel from the filter proceeding as follows:

- Attach the air bleed tool.
- Depress the rod of the tool and turn it through 90 deg.
- Direct the rod into the container
Unsafety anid detach fuel supply pipe (5) and pipe (9) delivering fuel to the
FCU from the respective connections.
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CAUTION: WHEN DISCONNECTING THE PIPES, OBSERVE THE REQUIREMENTS LAID DOWN
IN TASK CARD No. 801.
Unscrew nuts (8) attaching the filter, remove special washers (7) and upper
TB3-117
shock mounts (6)
Remove the filter along with lower shock mounts (4) and special washers (3)
from the studs of the first support assembly housing
Carry out preservation of the fuel filter (Ref. 073.11.04, Task Card No. 202)
Installation
Unpack the filter and subject it to depreservation (Ref. 073.11.04, Task

Card No. 201)
Slip special washers (3) and lower shock mounts (4) onto the studs of the
first support assembly housing and then mount filter (10) taking care not to
072.00.00
damage the threads of the studs
Put upper shock mounts (6) and special washers (7) onto the studs and tighten
up filter attachment nuts (8).
CAUTION: WHEN TIGHTENING THE NUTS, CHECK TO SEE THAT THE UPPER SHOCK MOUNTS
Jan 15/86
Page 862
(6) HAVE BEEN COMPRESSED 1.5 to 2.5 mm WITH RESPECT TO THEIR FREE
STATE.
ТВЗ-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
First Support Nut

Assembly Housing Pipe Supplying
Studs Fuel to FCU
Special Washer Filter
Lower Shock Mount Bowl
Fuel Supply Pipe Drain Plug
Upper Shock Mount El. Connector
Special Washer
For Reference When Replacing Fuel Filter 8Д2.966.236

Figure 814
Page 863
Jan 15/86
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
Connect fuel supply pipe (5) and pipe (9) delivering fuel to the FCU to the
respective connections and secure then.
CAUTION: WHEN CONNECTING THE PIPES, OBSERVE THE REQUIREMENTS LAID DOWN IN
TASK CARD Nо. 8О1.
Couple el. connector (13) end safety it with wire
Test
Perform the operations specified in Step 1.3
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TB3-117
072.00.00

Hinged lever
Jan 15/86
Page 864
Air bleed tool

Container
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
PAGES
PROCEDURE: REPLACEMENT OF SHUTDOWN ELECTRIC ACTUATOR

MS. ITEM
OPERATIONS AND TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS (Т.П.) CORRECTIVE CHECKED

ACTONS BY
Removal
Unsafety and remove nuts (4) (Ref. Fig. 815) and (9) attaching the fuel pipes
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Unsafety and uncouple el. connector (10) of el. actuator
Unsafety and remove nuts (1) attaching the el. actuator to mounting plate (7)
TB3-117
Remove el. actuator (11)
Installation
Introduce bolts (8) into the holes in mounting plate (7)
Put cup washers (6) and shock mounts (5) onto bolts (8).
CAUTION: FIT CUP WASHERS (6) AND (2) WITH ТНЕIR COLLARS FACING SHOCK MOUNTS (5)
AND (3).
Install el. actuator (11) onto bolts (8)
Put shock mounts (3) and cup washers (2) onto bolts (8)
072.00.00
Screw on nuts (1) and compress the shock mounts by (2+0.5) mm relative to a
free condition. Lock nuts (1)
Connect the fuel pipes, tighten nuts (4) and (9) and safety them with wire.
CAUTION: IF NEED BE, TURN THE SWIVEL CONNECTION AS REQUIRED.
Jan 15/86
Page 865
Couple el. connector (10) and secure it with wire

EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TB3-117
Attachment Nut
Cup Washer
Shock Mount
Nut
Shock Mount
Washer
Mounting Plate
Bolt
Nut
072.00.00
E1. Connector
El. Actuator
Jan 15/86
Page 866
For Reference When Replacing Shutdown El. Actuator

Figure 815
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
OPERATIONS AND TECHNICAL REOUIREMENTS (T.R.) CORRECTIVE CHECKED
ACTIONS BY
Start the engine (Ref. Task Card No. 501) and check the attachment points for
leak-tightness
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TB3-117
072.00.00

Pages 867/868
Open-end wrench. S = 14x17 mm

Jan 15/86
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
PAGES
PROCEDURE: REPLACEMENT OF GAS GENERATOR ROTOR SPEED INDUCTIVE TRANSDUCER

MS. ITEM

ACTIONS BY
Removal
Uncouple el. connector (5) (Ref. Fig. 816) at the speed transducer
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Remove nuts (4)
Remove cover plate (3)
TB3-117
Remove speed transducer (1) complete with gasket (2)
Installation
Put gasket (2) on the speed transducer
Mount speed transducer (1) complete with gasket (2) into the external drive
gearbox
Put cover plate (3) onto the studs, screw on and safety nuts (4)
Couple el. connector (5) to the speed transducer and safety it with wire
072.00.00

Jan 15/86
Safety wire
Page 869
ТВЗ-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Transducer
Gasket
Cover Plate
Nut
El. Connector
For Reference When Replacing Gas Generator Rotor Speed Inductive Transducer
Figure 816

Page 870
Jan 15/86
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
PAGES
TO MS. TASK CARD No. 814
871 to 877/878
PROCEDURE: REPLACEMENT OF HYDRAULIC POWER CYLINDER

MS. ITEM

ACTONS BY
Preliminary Operations
If necessary, remove the engine from the helicopter
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Remove the LH air bleed valve complete with the shroud (Ref. 075.30.03, Task
Card No. 201)
TB3-117
Removal
Disconnect the high-pressure and low-pressure pipes at the hydraulic power

cylinder.
CAUTION: WHILE REMOVING THE PIPES, FOLLOW THE REQUIREMENTS LAID DOWN IN TASK
CARD No. 801.
Uncotter and detach adjustable rods (4) (Ref. Fig. 817) from slewing rings (7).
CAUTION: DO NOT UNSAFETY AND ADJUST THE LENGTH OF THE RODS.
Unlock tab washers (24) and (34), remove bolts (23) attaching the hydraulic
power cylinder and rear bolts (33) attaching connecting strip (2)
072.00.00
Remove left-hand front bolt (28) and slacken right-hand front bolt (29) secur-
ing connecting strip (2) to bracket (3)
Move the connecting strip aside and remove hydraulic power cylinder (20) along
with sliding block (15)
Jan 15/86
Page 871
To determine the position of the fuel control unit stops (with the hydraulic Carry out adjustment
power cylinder removed), reverse the VGV's manually and check the VGV setting of the FCU lower stop
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
angles (Ref. 072.30.00, Task Card No. 201) which should be within the range with the aid of stop
given in Book 3, 072.00.00, "Engine - Description and Operation" (20) of the FCU hydra-
ulic power cylinder,
and the upper stop of
the FCU by varying the
length of power rod Т
(30) (Ref. 072.00.00,
Fig. 8O5). Following
the adjustment with
the aid of rod Т (30),
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
recheck the angle cor-
responding to the lo-
wer stop
TB3-117
Installation
Unsafety and back off coupling locknuts (18) and (21) of front and rear
adjustment screws (22) and (19) through 1 or 2 flats. While holding the coupl-
ing locknuts, back off front (22) and rear (19) adjustment screws until they
come into contact with the coupling nuts
Apply a small quantity of grease (either grease ПВК or ЦИАТИМ-201) to sphere

(17) of hydraulic power cylinder lever (16).
Pit sliding block (15) to lever (16) of the hydraulic power cylinder and check
it for easy rotation
Insert the sliding block of the hydraulic power cylinder into lever plate (25)
072.00.00
and install the hydraulic power cylinder together with connecting strip (2)
onto pins (10) of compressor casing (12) brackets (11)
Insert distance bushes (13) into the holes made in connecting strip (2) and
secure preliminarily the hydraulic power cylinder front flange with two
Ian 15/86
?age 872
bolts (23).
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
Removal/Installation of Hydraulic Power Cylinder
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Figure 817
TB3-117
072.00.00
Pages 873/874
Jan 15/86
Lever Coupling Locknut

Connecting Strip Rear Adjustment Screw
Bracket Hydraulic Power Cylinder
Adjustable Rod Coupling Locknut
Bracket Front Adjustment Screw
VIGV Slewing Ring Bolt
VGV Slewing Ring Tab Washer
Seal Lever Strip
Safety Wire Self-Locking Nut
Pin Washer
Bracket LH Front Bolt
Compressor Casing RH Front Bolt
Distance Bush Pin
Sliding Block Washer
Lever Cotter Pin
Sphere Rear Bolt
Tab Washer
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
Fit tab washer (24) under the heads of bolts (23). Secure the rear flange of
the hydraulic power cylinder, having fitted distance bushes (13) and tab
washer (24) and screwed on bolts (23)
Attach the rear portion of connecting strip (2) to bracket (11) with bolts (33)
having placed tab washer (34) under the heads of the bolts. Prior to fitting
the washer, check to see that a pin has been fitted into the hole
Secure the forward portion of connecting strip (2) to bracket (3) with bolts
(28) and (29) and self-locking nuts (26), having placed washers (27) under the
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
bolt heads
Set lever (1) on connecting strip (2) to a position at which the hole in the
bearing of adjustable rod (4) is lined up with that in bracket (5) of VIGV
TB3-117
slewing ring (6).
Connect slewing ring (6) of the compressor VIGV assembly to adjustable rod (4)
by means of pin (30). Fit washer (31) to the pin and secure with a cotter pin.
Proceeding in the same way, connect the adjustable rods to the four slewing
rings of the compressor VGV assembly
Finally secure and safety with locking wire the hydraulic power cylinder-to-
strip attachment bolts
Adjustment and Test
By effecting manual reversal of the compressor VGV's, set them to the fully
open position (Ref. 072.30.00, Task Card No. 201) and, while holding coupling
072.00.00
locknut (18) of rear adjustment screw (19)| turn the rear adjustment screw
clockwise until the pointer on the VIGV dial is shifted by 0.5 deg towards the
closed position of the varies. The permissible clockwise adjustment range of the
screw is six turns maximum from the position set in 3.1.
Having shifted the pointer as required, back off rear adjustment screw (19)
Jan 15/86
Page 875
thru half turn counter-clockwise, tighten locknut (.18), safety it with wire (9)
and attach a seal
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
OPERATIONS AND TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS CT.R.) CORRECTIVE CHECKED
ACTIONS BY
Carry out manual reversal of the compressor VGV's and set them to the fully
closed position (fief. 072.30.00, Task Card Ho. 201). While holding coupling
locknut (21) of front adjustment screw (22), turn the front adjustment screw
clockwise until the pointer on the VIGV dial is shifted by 0.5 deg towards
the open position of the vanes.
The permissible clockwise adjustment range of the screw is seven turns from
the position set in Step 3.1. Having shifted the pointer as required, back off
front adjustment screw (22) thru half turn in counter-clockwise direction,
tighten up the locknut, secure with safety wire (9) and attach a seal
Carry out a check manual reversal of the compressor VGV's and make sure the
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
setting angles are within the range specified in Book 3, 072.00.00, "Engine -
Description and Operation"
Check the clearances between feedback lever (26) (Ref. Fig. 805) of the fuel Adjust the length of
TB3-117
control unit and stops (25) IDLE (МАЛЫЙ ГАЗ) and (33) TAKEOFF (ВЗЛЕТ) at the feedback rod H (21)
extreme positions of the VGV's (both closed and open). The clearances shall having slackened the
not be less than 0.2 nm lock-nuts and turned
the turnbuckle as re-
quired. Then tighten
the nuts of the turn-
buokle, safety them
with wire and attach
seals. In oase the
adjustment was done by
means of the feedback
072.00.00
rod, verify the VGV

angular setting chara-
cteristic (Ref. Task
Card No. 512)
Jan 15/86
Page 876
Attach the HP and LP pipes to the hydraulic power cylinder.

EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
CAUTION: WHEN FITTING THE PIPES, OBSERVE THE REQUIRMENTS LAID DOWN IN
TASK CARD No. 801.
Mount the LH air bleed valve complete with the shroud on the engine (Ref.
075.30.00, Task Card No. 201)
Mount the engine in the helicopter
Start the engine (Ref. Task Card No. 501), function test the air bleed valves
and test the engine at operational power conditions for a period of 3 to 5 min
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(Ref. Book 3, Task Card No. 505).
When the engine comes to a standstill, examine it for leak-tightness. If any
joints are found leaky, tighten up the nuts and re-test the joints for tight-
TB3-117
ness

072.00.00
Combination pliers Greaee ПВК or ЦИАТИМ-201

Pagee 877/878

Open-end wrench, S = 14x17 mm Seal
Ian

15/86
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
TO MS. PAGES
TASK CARD NO. 815 879 to 884
MS. ITEM PROCEDURE: REPLACEMENT OF FREE TURBINE SPEED TRANSDUCER
OPERATIONS AND TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS (ТА.) CORRECTIVE CHECKED

ACTIONS BY
Removal
Remove the exhaust stack from the engine (Ref. 072.58.00, Task Card No. 203).
NOTE: Carry out the operations on the engine removed from the helicopter
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Unsafety and remove eight screws (9) (Ref. Fig. 818) attaching transducer co-
ver (7)
Remove the remnants of the siloxane enamel using cloth moistened in gasoline
TB3-117
Unlock and turn off bolts (6) and screws (18) attaching free turbine speed
transducer (4)
Remove hook-up clamp (3) from the transducer electric drive
Disassemble connector (2) of transducers on housing (11) of the fourth and
fifth support assemblies
Cut off the connecting wires of the transducer at protective pipe (12) in the
fourth and fifth support assembly housing. Pull out the cut off wires towards
connector (2).
NOTE: To pull through the wire of a new transducer tie up wire to the wire
pulled out last
Installation
072.00.00
Apply marks "И" to the wires of transducer (4) at a distance of К = 50+3 mm

from the flange of transducer
Powder the transducer wires from outside with talc
Page 879
Nov 17/93
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
Attach the end of wire to the bending of transducer (4) wire and pull the
transducer wire into protective pipe (12) of housing (11) until marks "И"
coinside on the transducer wire with the external contour of the housing
flange.
CAUTION: NEVER PULL WIRES ВУ SPEED TRANSDUCERS (4) TO CORRECT THEIR POSITION
Cut off the wires of transducers at a distance of not more than 60 ram from the
surface of connection flange attaching the connector
Strip the ends of wire on a length of 5 to 6 mm
Apply binding of fibre glasa (15) and fibre-glass thread (16) to the ends of
wires and coat the binding with glue
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Put sleeves (14) on the ends of wires. Remove sleeves from the wires of the
removed transducer
Tin the wire ends and solder them to connectors (2) according to the diagram
TB3-117
of Fig. 818 and taking into account the requirements of Task Card No. 203,
Section 072.03,00. Solder the wire with red marks to the odd-numbered stem
Wash the soldered points with alcohol and cover them with varnish
Move sleeves (14) onto the pins of the connector
Mount connectors (2) on flanges of housing (11), fasten them on the housing
by means of screws (1), lock the screws with wire (10).
NOTE: Coil the transducer wires in the internal chambers of connections of
housing (11).
Arrange the connector keys from the housing axis (View A, Pig. 818)
Fit the transducer with removed shim (17) into the seat, put hook-up clamp
(3) on the wire and fasten the transducer with bolts (6), having placed and
072.00.00
locked washers (5), and in the place of attachment of claaps (3) tighten
screws (18) and lock them with wire (13). Prior to installation lubricate the
threads of bolts end screws with a small amount of grease "ЖC"
Connect in turn the microammeter (tester) to transducers (4) through connec-
Page 880
Nov 17/83
tors (2) according to the diagram (Ref. Аig. 318) and check them for servi-
ТВЗ-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Screw
Connector
Hook-up Clamp
Free Turbine Speed Transducer
Looking Washer
Bolt
Cover
Looking Washer
Screw
Looking Wire
Housing of the Fourth and Fifth
Support Assembly
Protective Pipe
Looking Wire
Sleeve
Fibre Glass
Fibre Glass Thread
Shim
Screw
Tor Reference When Replacing Free Turbine Speed Transducer

Figure 818

Pages 881/882
Nov 17/93
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
ceability: during rotation of the rotor the instrument pointer should make
oscillating Movements.
NOTE: During check the tester should be tuned to measure the smallest currents
and voltages
Apply two layers of siloxane enamel to surface "Б". Then applying the second
layer, put fibre-glass thread (16)
Fasten the cover with acrev/s (9), having placed and locked new washers (8)
under them, lubricate the thread of screws with grease "ЖС"
Mount the exhaust stack on the engine (Ref. 072.00.00, Task Card No. 203)
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TB3-117
072.00.00
Page 883
Nov 17/93
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
Microammeter (tester) Socket wrench Fibre-glass thread

S = 10 mm БС6-34х1хЗ(100) ГОСТ 8325-78
Brush (0607673000-99)
Electric soldering iron Varnished glees fibre
Knife ЛСКЛ1 0,15x10 ГОСТ 10156-78
Scissors (0683648050-99) or tape ЛТ-19
Rule L = 300 Tube 2,5x0,4 Teflon 4Д
ГОСТ 22056-78 (0780899046)
Solder ПСр-2,5 .
Glue BKT-2 ТУ6-10-826-75
(0651016000-89)
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Rosin
Talc
Ethyl alcohol, technical grade
ГОСТ 17299-78
TB3-117
Flux CK
Varnish XB-764 or НЦ-62
Wire 0345123059-99 looking
08-TC12X18H10T
Plug 2РИГД1854Ш5Е2Б (087561041-99)
Siloxane Enamel
072.00.00
Page 884
Nov 17/93
ТВЗ-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ENGINE - STORAGE INSTRUCTIONS
1. General
Before placing the engine in storage clean its surfaces from contamination, eliminate
the revealed corrosion and recondition the paint coating if defective.
The engines stored in the helicopter and the engines removed from the helicopter for
storage in depots or for sending to the repair shall be protected from penetration of
moisture, dust and other aggressive substances from the air resulting in corrosion.
When the engine is stored in the helicopter, the cowls, doors and doors of the engine
nacelle, inlet and exhaust engine gas flow ducts should be closed.
Whеn the engine is stored, its fuel and oil systems should be filled up. If the fuel is
drained from the engine fuel system it should be preserved in time not later than 24 h
after that.
The fuel system of the engines removed from the helicopter for storage should always be
preserved and in case of long storage the oil system should be also preserved.
Storage of Engine Counted in Helicopter
General Requirements
In case of interval in flights of helicopter the following general requirements should

be fulfilled to ensure good condition of the engine:
- Inlet and exhaust engine gas flow ducts should be tightly closed by blanks or covers
made of waterproof fabric.
- Cowls, doors and all doors of the engine nacelle should be closed, the engine fuel
system should be filled up with fuel or preserved with oil.
- The engine oil system should be filled up with oil used for operation of the engine.
- Fire shut-off valve should be closed.
- CAUTION: THE FUEL MAY BE DRAINED FROM THE ENGIHE FUEL SYSTEM FOR NOT MORE THAN
24 HOURS. AFTER THAT TIME THE FUEL SYSTEM MUST BE REFILLED WITH FUEL OR
PRESERVED WITH OIL.
Storage of Engine Mounted in Helicopter with Duration up to 30+5 Days
The storage of engine mounted in helicopter with duration up to 30 days is permissible

without preservation of the fuel and oil systems with the fulfilment of the require-
ments described in 2.1 and accomplishment of the following operations:
After 30 days of storages
(1) Visually inspect the engine in the scope of the post-flight maintenance, elimi-
nate the revealed defects.

Page 901
Nov 17/93
ТВЗ-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(b) Eliminate the appeared corrosion, clean the engine surfaces, units and engine
nacelle and eliminate the faults revealed during inspection. Inspect oil and
main fuel filters.
(c) Perform manual cranking of the TC and FT rotors by 4 - 5 turns.
(d) Perform preparation of the engine for start. Start the engine, warm up and shut
down the engine. Open the cowls and inspect the engine.
(e) Close the cowls, doors, blank the nacelle gas flow duct.
If the engine is brought into service again after the accomplishment of instructions
described in 2.2.1, inspect the fuel and oil filters of the engine and perform ope-
rations in the scope of pre-flight and preliminary preparations. If the condition is
satisfactory the engine is admitted for further use.
If the further storage of the engine mounted in the helicopter is necessary without
preservation of its fuel and oil systems, it is permissible after the accomplishment
of operations described in 2.2.1 to store the engine during next 30 days after the
elapse of which it is necessary to perform operations of 2.2.1.
NОТЕ: It is permissible to store the engine mounted in the helicopter without pre-
servation of its fuel and oil systems during:
30+5 days for conditions of damp tropics, other damp-and-hot zones and air-
fields located in coastal areas of seas and oceans.
3 months +10 days for conditions of the temperature zone, dry tropics and
other dry hot zones with a test every 30+5 days.
3 months +10 days for the conditions of assembly shop or hangar with the ins-
talled blanks and accomplishment of manual cranking of CT and FT rotors every
30+5 days.
Storage of Engine Mounted in Helicopter up to 6+1 Months (in Damp Tropics up to

3 Months +10 Days)
For storage of the engine mounted in the helicopter with duration from 30 days up
to 6 months (in damp tropics up to 3 months +10 days) perform the following opera-
tions:
(a) Perform operations described in 2.2.1 (a), (b).
(b) Preserve the engine fuel and oil systems.
(c) Close cowls, doors, install blanks into the nacelle gas flow duct, cover the
engine nacelle.
The duration of the engine storage depends on the terrain climate conditions. Under
the conditions of the temperate zone, dry tropics, dry hot areas of the Middle Asia,

Page 902
Nov 17/93
TB3-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Transcaucasian and other zones with a dominating relative air humidity up to 80 % the
permissible storage duration is up to 6+1 months; under the conditions of damp tro-
pics, other hot zones (with the dominating relative air humidity exceeding 80%)and
coastal airfields of seas and oceans (closer than 5 km from the sea coast), the per-
missible storage duration is up to 3 months +10 days.
In the course of storage of the engine every 30+5 days in summer time after the ra-
in, and in areas with increased humidity in good weather, remove covers from the en-
gine nacelle, dry them, open blanks and cowls for airing.
Upon the elapse of 6 months (in damp and coastal areas 3 months) of engine storage
in helicopters to renew the use of engines perform the following operations:
(a) Perform operations specified in 2.2.1 (a), (b), (c).
(b) Depreserve the engine fuel system.
(c) Perform operations described in 2.2.1 (d).
(d) Perform operations in the scope of scheduled maintenance operations every

6+1 months.
If the condition of the engine is satisfactory than it is admitted for the further
use.
Storage of Engine Mounted in Helicopter up to 12+1 Months (in Damp and Coastal Areas
up to 6+1 Months)
For storage of the engine mounted in the helicopter froa 30 days to 12 months (in
damp and coastal areas up to 6 months) perform the following operations:
(a) Perform operations described in 2.3.1.
(b) Glue the doors around the contours with tapes (strips) on fabric or film base to
prevent penetration of moisture and dust under the engine cowl space.
(c) Inspect the cover of the engine nacelle, repair the torn, worn and chafed parts
of the cover; thoroughly cover the engine nacelle to prevent penetration of pre-
cipitation under the engine cowl space.
In the course of storage of the engine keep in good condition the cover of the engi-
ne nacelle, completeness and tension of tightening belts. In winter remove snow from
the cover surface.
During transfer to winter and summer service in dry weather, remove the covers and
•examine the condition of the glued clearances. If the tightness is violated and pre-

Page 903
Nov 17/93
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
cipitation can penetrate under the cowl, ореn the cowls for the airing. After the
airing perform operations according to 2.4.1 (b) and (c).
The duration of the engine storage depends on the climatic conditions of the terra-
in: under the conditions of the temperature zone, dry tropics, dry hot areas of the
Middle Asia, Transcaucasus and other zones with the dominating relative air humidi-
ty up to 80 %, the permissible storage duration is up to 12+1 months; under the
conditions of damp tropics, other hot zones (with the dominating relative air humi-
dity exceeding 80 36) and coastal airfields of seas and oceans (closer than 5 km to
the sea coast), the permissible storage duration is up to 6+1 months).
Upon the elapse of 12 months (in damp areas б months) of engine storage in the heli-
copter, perform the following operations to renew the use of the engine:
(a) Perform operations described in 2.2.1 (a), (b), (c).
(b) Depreserve the fuel and oil systems of the engine.
(c) Perform operations described in 2.2.1 (d).
(d) Accomplish operations in the scope of scheduled maintenance operations every

12+1 months.
If the condition of the engine is satisfactory, it is admitted for the further use.
Storage of Engines Mounted in Helicopter up to 24 months (except for damp and coastal
areas).
It is permitted in the composition of helicopters during their long storage at bases

of reserve helicopters. The operations performed on the helicopters before placing in
storage, maintenance during storage, preparation of engine for use after the storage
are carried out according to the Temporary Storage Manual for Helicopters at Reserve
Bases.
Storage of Engines in Depots and Under Airfield Conditions •
Storage in the Supplier's Package
To ensure long storage the engine is supplied with the preserved fuel and oil systems,
packed into a tight film cover and shipping container made of wood.
The storage term of the engine in the Supplier's package is specified in the engine
Log Book and it is ensured in fulfilment of requirements for the storage conditions
and maintenance in the course of storage.

Page 904
Nov 17/93
TB3-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CAUTION; IN CASE OF OPENING OF THE FILM COVER THE STORAGE TERM IS ESTABLISHED UP ТО
12 MONTHS STARTING FROM THE DAY OF OPENING NOT EXCEEDING THE ТОТАL STORAGE
TERM.
The engine in the Supplier's package mау be stored in depots during the whole period
of preservation, on the storage sites provided with sheds and without them - during
periods specified in the engine Log Book.
She storage premises and sites should meet the requirements for the storage places
given in 3.4.
In the course of storage periodically check the air humidity in the tight cover accor-
ding to the state of the humidity indicator, the package for condition, the state of
the storage places.
Storage of Engine Removed from Helicopter
Install the engine removed from the helicopter on the transportation support or on the
dolly, pack it into the film cover or cover it with a cover made of fabric. The stora-
ge duration is determined by the method of preservation, package and climatic condi-
tions.
Storage of Removed Engine up to 30+5 Days
On the engine removed for a temporary storage up to 30 days, under all climatic
conditions, it is recommended to preserve the fuel system.
If it is impossible to preserve the fuel system it is permissible to store the engi-

ne with, the fuel system units filled up with fuel.
For this purpose right after the separation of the pipeline feeding fuel to the
booster pump, close the unit flange with a tight blank.
Prior to placing in storage perform the following operations:

- Clean the surfaces from contaminations.
- Eliminate the defects of the paint coating.
- Cover all places of connection of helicopter lines with blanks or film.
- Close inlet and exhaust ducts of the engine gas flow.
- Pack the engine into the film cover or cover it with a cover made of fabric.
Storage of Removed Engine up to 6+1 Months (in Damp Tropics up to 3±1 Months)
In engines removed from the helicopter for storage up to 6 months (3 months in damp
tropics), the fuel and oil systems should be preserved.
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
072.00.00
Page 905
Nov 17/93
TB3-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Prior to placing in storage perform the following operations, described in 3.2.1.

Pack the engine into the film cover or cover made of fabric.
In the course of storage monthly check the condition of the engine by visual ins-
pection eliminating contaminations and revealed faults.
Storage of Removed Engine up to 12+1 Months (for Damp Tropics up to 6+1 Months)
In engines removed from helicopters for storage up to 12+1 months (in damp tropics
up to 6+1 months), the fuel and oil systems of the engine should be preserved.
Prior to placing in storage perform operations described in 3.2.1.
The engines should be packed into tight PVC covers provided with silica-gel dehydra-
tor and humidity indicator.
Check the condition of the engine every 3 months according to the requirements des-
cribed in 3.5.
Storage of Units
The engine units received from the Suppliers for reserve should be stored in storase
depots in the containers of Suppliers.
The units removed from the engine for storage or sending for repair should be protect-
ed from corrosion.
The electric system units are not subjected to repair. Clean their external surfaces
from contamination, dry them and wrap them in paraffined or capacitor paper, wrap the
connectors in PVC film and tie them with thread or twine.
The units of the oil system do not require any additional internal preservation, close
their connections and flanges with blanks. Clean their external surfaces from contami-
nation, dry them and wrap the unit in paraffined or capacitor paper.
The internal spaces of fuel units and their external surfaces not provided with paint
coating, should be preserved as it is specified in respective subsections of the pre-
sent Maintenance Manual.
Store the units in storage premises on racks.
If it is necessary to send the unit for repair, place the unit wrapped in paraffined
paper in film cover, tie it with twine and pack it in shipping container.
NОТЕ: If the unit is to be sent for repair, use the blanks, film cover and shipping
container from the unit received from the Supplier for replacement.

Page 906
Nov 17/93
ТВЗ-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Requirements for Storage Premises and Sites
The storage premises should have good natural or artificial ventilation. The relati-
ve air humidity in heated depot should not exceed 70 55.
The air temperature in the store room should be within the limits of +10 °G to
+35 °C.
She sites with shed and without shed for engine storage should be organized on dry
not flooded terrains, cleaned from grass and garbage and provided with draining fa-
cilities. The sites should be provided with supports. Their height should not be
less than 0.3 mm.
The containers with engines should be placed on supports taking into account free
access to the inspection hole and ensuring visual inspection of the external condi-
tion of the package.
The distance between the container and shed roof should not be less than 0.5 m.
The shed roof should be provided with a pitch and a tap of water.
The sites should be systematically cleaned from snow, grass and garbage.
Smoke, gas, chlorine, vapors of ammonia, acids and other aggressive substances sho-
uld not penetrate into the storage premises and sites.
Check of Engine Storage
In the course of storage perform check of the engine condition in the Supplier's
package systematically in storage premises - not rarer than every six months; on
sites - not rarer than every three months. At the same time check the container for
integrity and through the inspection hole check the color of silica-gel 1 in humidity
dehydrator.
If the container has no damage (no chinks, punctures, the external coating of the
cover is not damaged), the film cover is tight (the cover fits closely the engine
and it has no visible damage - punctures, breaks) and the silica-gel in the humidity
indicator has dark-blue or dark-blue-light-blue color (that according to the indica-
tor color scale corresponds to the relative, air humidity under the cover not exceed-
ing 50 %) with a presence of a certain number of grains, different in color but not
having the common tone of color, all that indicates that the humidity in the cover
is permissible for the further storage of the engine.
If the container has damage: chinks, punctures, cracks or contamination the container
should be cleaned and repaired.

Page 907
Nov 17/93
TB3-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
If the silica-gel has pink or violet-pink color in the indicator, that means that
the relative air humidity under the cover is above 50 % according to the indicator
color scale and it is necessary to check the integrity of the film cover, repair
it, if it is necessary and replace silica-gel dehydrator and humidity indicators on
the engine.
During each inspection note in the depot register and after the opening of the con-
tainer in the engine Log Book also the date of inspection, the condition of the co-
ver and the color of silica-gel in the humidity indicator, end also the operations
carried out on the engine (replacement of the silica-gel dehydrator end humidity in-
dicators, repair of the covers and so on) and change of the storage conditions.
Replacement of Silica-Gel in Dehydrators and Humidity Indicators
All operations connected with silica-gel replacement in denydrator and humidity indi-
cators on the preserved engine should bе carried out in a clean room at temperatures
of surrounding air from +10 to +35 °C and relative air humidity not exceeding 70 %
The replacement of used bags with silica-gel dehydrator an3 humidity indicators for
conditioned ones should be performed proceeding as follows:
Using scissors cut off the longitudinal seam of the file cover along the whole
length close to the sean.
Carefully roll the film cover on the longitudinal sides of the support.
Remove the paraffined paper and take off all bags with the used silica-gel dehydra-
tor and humidity indicators. The number of bags rad indicators should bе checked
against the List in the accompanying docunents for the engine.
Attach the new conditioned bags with silica-gel dehydrator and humidity indicators
in the same numbers in places of the removed bags and indicators.
All places where the paraffined paper was removed from the engine for replacement of
silica-gel dehydrator and humidity indicator should be wrapped with the same or new
paraffined paper.
Cover the engine with the film cover, seal its seam and pump air out of the cover as
it is specified in 3.3.
All operations of silica-gel replacement should follow one after another without any
interval and as quickly as possible to avoid humidification of silica-gel by the
surrounding air moisture. The time interval between the cutting of the cover before
the replacement of silica-gel and its sealing after the replacement of silica-gel
should not enceed 1 h.

Page 908
Nov 17/93
ТВЗ-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
The bags with silica-gel dehydrator and humidity indicators should be delivered to
the place of replacement in a tight container or in sealed film covers. The humidity
of silica-gel should not exceed 2 %.
Reconditioning of Silica-Gel Which lost Its Properties of Dehydrator and Indicator
The silica-gel having the humidity more than 2 % (new or previously used) is subject
to reconditioning in the following way:
Put silica-gel with a thin layer (not more than 30 mm thick) into aluminium or iron
trays and place the trays into a drying cabinet.
Dry the silica-gel during 3 - 4 hours at a temperature in the drying cabinet from
150 °C to 17C °C with a periodic stirring. The drying during 4 h ensures the decrea-
se of humidity of silica-gel up to the required one, below than 2 %.
Dry the silica-gel in indicator at a temperature of 120+3 °C in the drying cabinet

during 1.5 - 2 h with a periodic stirring. The dark blue color of silica-gel in in-
dicator means that it is completely dried.
Keep the dried silica-gel in a tight package up to its use on the engine.
Put the silica-gel into fabric bags for attachment on the engine only prior to its
use.
CAUTION: THE GREASED SILICA-GEL IS NOT RECONDITONED AND IT IS NOT SUBJECT FOR
FURTHER USE
Sealing of Seams of Film Cover
The sealing of seams of cover (envelope) made of polyethylene and polyvinylchloride

(PVC) films is carried out by means of a board with a batten and an electric iron or
another heating device (Ref. Fig. 901).
All operations of sealing of seams should be performed in a clean heated room at an

air temperature not below than +10 °С.
The sealing of cover is performed on the board with a batten 10 to 20 mm wide covered
by several layers of paper, type parchment, imitation parchment or tracing paper. It
is permissible to use well polished batten without any paper.
Seal the cover made of film proceeding as follows.
Place two panels of the cover folded together on the table along the batten. The
distance from the panel edge to the working part of the batten should be 15 to 20 mm.
Wipe the surfaces of the panels to be sealed, through the whole length at a distance

Page 909
Nov 17/93
TB3-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
of 50 to 60 mm from the edges, with cloth moistened with pure gasoline. Very thoro-
ughly wipe the surfaces from the internal side. Dry up completely the moistened sur-
faces.
To avoid formation of creases on the cover in the course of sealing press tightly
the panel of the film to the side surfaces of the batten with clips, on the upper
surface of the batten the film should be well smoothed out.
Place paper band 50 to 60 mm wide on the film on the batten along the batten. She
paper band may be of parchment, tracing paper or capacitor paper.
Perform sealing of seams thoroughly moving the sealing device (electric iron) along
the batten on the paper at a speed of 0.5 to 0.75 m/s.
The temperature of the device skid (electric iron) should be 130 to 180 °C. Prior to
sealing of the last seam press the cover until it fits closely the engine.
Then the sealing of the seam is completed, carefully tear off the paper band not
welded to the seam, remove the panel of the cover from the working portion of the
table and check the quality of seams.
The sealed sean should be 10 to 20 mm without burnings in sealing places along the
seam and on the film near the seam. Faulty fusions, bulgings and foreign inclusions
are not permissible. The seam should not break up at slight tension of panels with
hands in the direction perpendicular to the seam.
If the adhesion is not sufficient (faulty fusion) or the seam is burnt, check the
temperature mode of the sealing and perform the repeated sealing along the new
seam.
After the sealing of the last seam pump out the air from the cover by means of va-
cuum cleaner through the cover connection up to the slight fitting of the cover to
the engine on the whole surface, disconnect the vacuum cleaner and close the cover
connection used for the air pumping-out.
After 15 min make sure that the engine fits the engine.
If the close fitting of the cover remains, it proves that the cover, sealed seams
and air pumping-out connection are tight.
Putting Patches on Covers
If the cover is not tight, the cover is sagging or the color of silica-gel in humidity
indicator has changed, find the reason. In case of breaks, punctures, cracks, separa-
tion into seams, burn-outs and other damage violating the tightness of the cover,
perform its repair by means of patches.

Page 910
Nov 17/93
ТВЗ-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Board
Betten
Clip
Film
Clip
Paper
Electric Iron
Device for Sealing Film Cover

Figure 901
Page 911
Nov 17/93
TB3-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
The patch dimensions should overlap the place of damage by 15 to 20 mm in all direc-
tions and glued to the cover film.
Perform repair of the polyethylene film cover with an adhesive polyethylene tape.
Thoroughly wipe the daaaged place with cloth moistened with pure gasoline, dry it.
Pit the cover to the engine to evacuate the air. Straighten the cover in the place
of repair on the plane surface and put the patch made of adhesive tape. Thoroughly
straighten and smooth it out with hands to eliminate creases, air blisters from the
surfaces to be glued. After the drying check the fitting of the patch. Separations
and air blisters are not permissible.
During repair of cover made of polyvinylchloride film put patches made of polyvinyl-
chloride film and bond them with polyvinylchloride adhesive (10 to 15 % solution of
polyvinylchloride resin in acetone or dichloroethane).
Thoroughly wipe the patch and the damaged place on the cover with cloth moistened
with gasoline, dry them, apply the adhesive with a brush to the patch on the surface
to be glued and to the damaged place of the cover within the dimensions of the
patch. 1 - 2 min after the application of adhesive put the patch on the damaged pla-
ce of the cover and thoroughly smooth it out with hand. Prior to putting the patch
fit the cover with hands to the engine to evacuate excessive air.
When putting patches the formation of creases, air blisters and separations is not
permissible.
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
072.00.00
Page 912
Nov 17/93
TB3-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ENGINE SHIPMENT
General
The engine may be transported only when it is packaged in a shipping container.
Preparing Engine for Shipment
Check the engine Log Book for correct logging, make sure the serial numbers of the acces-
sories fitted to and supplied with the engine tally with those recorded in the engine
Log Book, check the records of the engine operating time, the reason for its removal
from the helicopter, the date of preservation and the time period within which it is
effective.
CAUTION: 1. DO NOT BREAK THE COMPLETED ENGINE SET (i.e. DO HOT ATTEMPT TO REMOVE ANY
ACCESSORIES OR PIPES FROM THE ENGINE).
2. DO HOT PERFORM PACKAGING OF THE ENGINE IN THE OPEN DURING RAIN OR SNOW
PALL.
Attach the lifting device slings to holes (2) (Ref. Fig. 401) in the engine front flan-
ge and lug (3) located on the fourth support assembly NGV housing. Suspend the engine
in a position convenient for work.
Insert bolts (11) (Ref. Fig. 1001) into the holes in the engine rear flange, mount
rear trunnion (13) onto flange (12), screw on and uniformly tighten nuts (15), having
placed tab washers (14) under the nuts.
Tighten up nuts (23) attaching side trunnions (26) to front mount (25).
Connect front mount (25) to engine front attachment flange (27) as described below:
(a) Pit cover plates (28) at the holes of the engine front flange intended for attach-
ment to the helicopter.
(b) Insert bolts (29) into the holes, screw on nuts (38) having placed washers (37)
under the nuts and the bolt heads.
(c) Tighten nuts (38) and lock them with cotter pins (39).
Spread the prepared engine slip cover over the transportation stand and place 2 or 3
layers of the paraffined paper on the top of the slip cover. Lower the engine suspend-
ing it dust above the stand and wrap the slip cover over the rear and side trunnions
of the front mount.
Fit washer (16), support unit (17) and washer (20) onto the rear trunnion, tighten up
nut (19) and safety with locking wire.

Page 1001
Jan 15/86
ТВЗ-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Container Base
Front Brace
Engine Slip Cover
Humidity Indicator
Dehydrator Bag
Rear Brace
Kit of Spare Parts
Intermediate Support
Tools Kit
Kit of Mounting Parts
For Reference When Installing Engine on Transportation Stand


Page 1002
Jan 15/86
ТВЗ-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Bolt Support Unit

Rear Flange Bolt
Rear Trunnion Nut
Tab Washer Washer
Nut Locknut
Washer Hut
Fоr Reference When Installing Engine on Transportation Stand


Pages 1003/1004
Jan 15/86
TB3-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Nut Nut
Washer Nut
Front Mount Locknut
Side Trunnion Side Support
Front Flange Unit
Cover Plate Washer
Bolt Washer
Bolt Nut
Washer Cotter Pin


Page 1005
Jan 15/86
ТВЗ-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Hut
Clamp
Nut
Bolt

EFFECTVITY: ALL 072.00.00

Page 1006
Jan 15/86
TB3-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fit washers (36) and support units (35) complete with shock mounts onto the side trun-
nions.
Lower the engine onto the stand lining up the holes in the trunnion support units with
those in the transportation stand, insert bolts (18) and (30) into the holes so that
the heads of the bolts are uppermost and tighten them up with nuts (22) and (33) and
locknuts (21) and (34) fitted underneath.
Place washers (3D onto side trunnions (26), tighten up nuts (32) and safety them with
wire.
Wrap the engine with two or three layers of paraffined paper and tie around with a
twine. Wrap up the sharp projections with four or five layers of the paraffined paper
and then wrap the engine with the film sheet and tie around once more with a twine.
To prevent a possible sagging of the engine in transit, fit intermediate supports (8),
located on the container base, to the flange of the engine second support assembly.
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THE PVC STRAPS (ADHESIVE-BONDED TO THE POLYETHYLENE FIlМ SLIP CO-
VER) ARE ARRANGED OPPOSITE TO THE ENGINE FLANGE AGAINST WHICH SUPPORT CLAMPS
(41) ARE RESTING WITH THEIR RUBBER PADS.
Tighten up nuts (40) and locknuts (42) of the intermediate supports.
Close the engine with the cover, bolt down the cover and attach seals.
CAUTION: THE STORAGE TERM OP A PACKAGED ENGINE IS 6 MONTHS.
Paint on a container butt end the serial number of the packaged engine, the preser-
vation date and the period within which it is effective.
Engine Shipment
The engine complete with its accessories packaged in the shipping container (Ref.
Fig. 1002) may be shipped by rail, road, air, and water.
The overall dimensions of the containers are as follows:

- Length 2470 mm
- Width 1610 mm
- Height 1260 mm
The gross mass of the container complete with the engine is 500 kg.
The engine packaged in the container may be transported by a railroad or water trans-
port to any distance.

Page 1007
Jan 15/86
ТВЗ-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Container Cover Place for Marking of Container

Place for Marking of Engine Handling Data , mass (kg)
S1. No., Date of Preservation Lifting (Towing) Shackle
and Period Within Which it is Container Cover-To-Base
Effective Attachment Units
Seal Container Base with Stand
Observation Port Sliding Shut- Handle
ter and Place for Marking Vent Hole
'Accompanying Documents'
Engine Shipping and Storage Container

Figure 1002

Page 1008
Jan 15/86
TB3-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
The engine may be transported by a motor transport at a speed up to 60 km/h on a high-

way with asphalt or concrete covering and at a maximum speed of 20 km/h on a cobble-
stone or earthen road to a distance up to 2000 km.
The apeed of transportation on a rough road (i.e., a road having ruts and ditches) must
not cause sharp impacts or shocks. Hard braking is not allowed. When loading the con-
tainer into the cargo body, ensure location of the centre of gravity of the container
with the engine as close to the driver's cabin as possible.
The engine packaged in an air-tight slip cover and placed in a container may be trans-
ported by air at flight altitudes up to 10,000 m in a non-pressurized airplane compart-
ment.
Pour lifting shackles are provided on the container cover (Ref. Fig. 1002) for the pur-
pose of hoisting the container with the engine during its loading/unloading or lifting
the cover.
In transit, the lifting shackles are used for mooring the container.
CAUTION: DO NOT USE THE LIFTING SHACKLES РОЯ LIFTING THE ENGINE MOUNTED ON THE TRANS-
PORTATION STAND.
When transporting the engine by any kind of transport, the container with the engine
must be reliably secured on a platform of transportation facilities to prevent its
displacement. The method of the container attachment depends on the specific features
of the transportation facilities used.
During loading/unloading of the container, take precautions to avoid shocks. It is pro-

hibited to turn over the containers and to place them in the transit one upon another.
The container with the engine must be in serviceable condition. It must be free from
fissures, cracks and tears of the roofing felt, dents and punctures. If a defect of
the container has been caused by its dropping, the engine kept in this container shall
not be admitted into service.
Shipment of Engine Accessories
The engine accessories packaged by the Supplier may be transported by any transport
means over any distance.
The engine accessories may be transported in:

- Closed railway cars.
- Covered motor cars.
- Sea vessel holds.
- Airplane pressurized compartments (without limitation of flight altitude) and unpres-
surized compartments (up to 10,000 m).

Page 1009
Jan 15/86
TB3-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
The engine accessories packaged for a prolonged storage may be transported in open mo-
tor oars and platforms, provided the transportation cases are covered with canvas.
The transportation cases should be secured ao as to preclude the possibility of their

displacement and shocks.
Loading/unloading of the engine accessories must be carried out carefully, avoiding im-
pacts.

Page 1010
Jan 15/86
ТВЗ-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ENGINE - APPENDICES
A P P E N D I X 1
Engine Tools Kit

(Ref. Fig. 1)
No. Designation Nomenclature Qty Usage
1 7818.0020 Case for tools kit 1 Engine tools kit
2 20-569-057 Drift 1 General purpose
3 7818.0220 Screwdriver 1 Adjustment of FCU adjusting screws
4 7818.0230 Screwdriver 1 Adjustment of FCU adjusting screws
5 7818.0190 Wrench, special socket, 1 Adjustment of FCU

S = 4x3 mm
6 306.2007 Wrench 1 Adjustment of FCU
7 25.19.01.040 Socket, wrench, S = 14 mm 1 FCU connections
8 655.062 Screwdriver, special 1 Adjustment of FCU shut-off valve

jet
9 25.19.01.050 Screwdriver 1 General purpose
10 7818.0120 Tool manual cranking 1 Manual cranking of engine
11 119.965 Hammer 1 General purpose
12 No number Gauge, feeler, No. 3 1 General purpose
13 7818.0130 Hose 1 Preservation/depreservation of

fuel nozzles
14 25.19.01.035 Wrench, open-end, 1 To hold connections against ro-

S = 12x14 mm tation when unscrewing nuts of
fuel, air and oil systems pipes
15 20-569-048 Wrench, open-end, 2 Coupling nuts of fuel, air and

S = 14x17 mm oil systems pipes
16 20-569-045 Wrench, box-end, 1 To hold connections during ad-

S = 14x17 mm justment of FCU and Manual re-
versal of VIGV's
17 20-569-049 Wrench, open-end, 2 Ignition plug attachment nuts.

S =19x22 mm Air starter filter cover
18 20-569-046 Wrench, open-end, 1 Fuel pipes nuts (to be used

S = 30x32 mm during inhibiting and de-inhibit-

Page 1201
Jan 15/86
ТВ3-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Engine Tools Kit

Figure 1

Page 1202
Jan 15/86
ТВЗ-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Но. Designation Nomenclature Qty Usage

ing of FCU). Air starter air fil-
ter casing
19 20-569-043 Wrench, open-end, 2 Fuel pipes-to-FCU attachment nuts

S= 24x27 mm
20 20-569-080 Lever, hinged 1 For use with sockets
21 20-569-081 Bar, handle 1 Por use with box-end wrench

handle
22 7818.0160 Wrench, socket, S = 7x8 nan 1 Thermocouple block attaching nuts
23 25ТЛ. 19.01.213 Wrench, box-end, 1 To hold connections when unscrew-

S = 8x10 mm ing nuts
24 24-69-041 Wrench, box-end 1 To unscrew caps when adjusting

S = 10x12 ran POT free turbine speed governor
25 08-69-107 Pliers, combination 1 General purpose
26 7818.0180 Tool, air bleed 1 To bleed air
27 23У-569-012 Wrench, open-end, 1 Air starter bracket-to-engine

S = 10x12 mm attachment nuts
28 3062.054 Needle 1 To clean air bleed jets in auto

start control and acceleration
time control units of FCU
29 7818.0110 Socket, wrench, S =19 mm 1 Gearbox attachment bolts
30 20-569-047 Wrench, open-end, 1 General purpose

S = 9x11 mm
31 25.19.01.034 Wrench, open -end, 1 Thermocouple bolts and oil pump

S = 8x10 mm block nuts
32 7818.0008 Extractor 1 Removal of flow restrictor
33 25.19.01.060 Screwdriver 1 General purpose
34 20-569-965 Socket, wrench, S ш 17 mm 1 Eod attachment bolts
35 18-69-33 Forceps 1 General purpose
36 7818.0025 Plug 1 Engine and gearbox oil filters
37 20-569-004 Socket, wrench, S = 17 mm 1 General purpose. АИ-9 engine

turbine bearing lube oil supply
pipe attachment nut.
For use with lever (20), during
manual reversal of VIGV's
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
072.00.00
Page 1203
Jan 15/86
ТВЗ-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Во. Designation Nomenclature Qty Usage
38 20-569-234 Socket, wrench., S = 19 mm 1 General purpose
39 7828.0003 Socket, wrench, S = 24 mm 1 Nut of fuel booster pump-to-fil-

ter fuel delivery pipe
40 24-569-001 Socket, wrench, S = 10 mm 1 To install sphere housing of en-

gine-to-gearbox attachment unit
41 119-960 Socket, wrench, S = 9 mm 1 Compressor turbine NGV housing-

to-combustion chamber attachment
nuts
42 24-69-101 Socket, wrench, S = 10 mm 1 Ignition plug flange attachment

bolts
43 24-69-102 Socket, wrench, S = 12 om 1 FCU mounting bracket-to-engine

attachment nuts
44 20-569-054 Wrench, open-end, 1 Attachment nuts of compressor

S = 7x10 nm outer casing, combustion chamber
casing, exhaust stack, starter-
generator, FCU, oil pump block
and air supply valve.
Thermocouple plug attachment bolts
45 20-569-169 Brush, flat 1 General purpose
46 138-42 wrench 1 Nuts of anti-icing system and se-

cond support assembly breather pipe
47 7818.9020 Pliers, cutting 1 General purpose
48 25ТЛ. 19.02.360 Tool 1 To bleed air from fuel system

of АИ-9 engine
49 7818.9030 Wrench 1 Drain valve attachment nuts
50 Ho number Gauge, feeler, Ко. 1 1 General purpose
51 25.19.01.140 Wrench, socket 1 For use with socket 25.19.01.045
52 25.19.01.045 Socket, wrench, 1 Tightening of attachment clamps

S = 12 mm of centrifugal fuel pump, air
starter, FCU
53 8Д4.098.000 Drain connection 1 For fuel drain during replacement

of filtering element
54 3026.875 Special wrench 1 For installation and removal of
fuel control unit auto start con-
trol and acceleration time control
unit air jets

Page 1204
Nov 17/93
TB3-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL,
NOTES The tools specified in Items 6, 8, 28 and 54 are packed in the FCU individual
set of spares.
Tools specified in Items 51 and 52 are packed in a separate container.
The flat brush specified in Item 45 is placed in the tools case without being se-
cured with springs.
The tools specified in Items 2, 9, 11, 14, 15, 17, 19, 22, 23, 25, 33, 35, 37, 43,
44, 45 and 48 may be used with the АИ-9 engines.
The connection specified in Item 53 is packed in the box containing individual set
of spares for fuel filter.
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
072.00.00
Pages 1205/1206
Nov 17/93
ТВЗ-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
A P P E N D I X 2
Preparation and Application of Lubricants and Sealing Compounds
Siloxane Enamel
Preparation
Measure out the required quantity of the ingredients as follows:

KO-815 varnish 27 weight parts
KO-85 varnish 17 weight parts
ПАП-2 aluminium powder 6 weight parts
Mix the varnishes in required quantities, then introduce the aluminium powder and
thoroughly stir the mixture again, thoroughly stir the prepared mixture one more
time and filter it through strainer No. 015.
Application
Using a brush or a cloth piece, thoroughly degrease the surface with the Б-70 gaso-
line, toluene or acetone and then allow it to air dry until the solvent has comple-
tely evaporated.
Thoroughly stir the siloxane enamel.
Apply a thin uniform layer of siloxane enamel to the surface, making sure that no
unpainted places have been left.
To preclude the possibility of the enamel entering the unit when applying it to the
surface, leave a 2 to 5 mm wide area around the chambers and channels unpainted.
Air dry for a minimum period of 5 min.
The engine starting and testing may be conducted not earlier than in two hours after
application of siloxane enamel.
Storage
Keepthe prepared siloxane enamel in glass, plastic, or metallic vessels provided with
closely fitting stoppers or threaded covers.
The shelf life of the prepared siloxane enamel is five days.

Page 1207
Jan 15/86
TB3-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Heat-Resistant Grease ЖС
Preparation
WARRING: WHEN PREPARING THE ЖС GREASE, MAKE USE OP THE FOLLOWING PROTECTIVE MEANS:
- ANTI-DUST BREATHING MASK OP THE ШБ-1 (LEAP-SHAPED) ОR Ф-46К TYPE.
- GLOVES.
- THICK-FABRIC PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
Measure out the required quantity of the ingredients maintaining the following pro-
portion :
- Cylinder oil, grade 52, (Vapor) 2 weight parts
- Lead carbonate 3 weight parts
- Colloidal graphite, grade С or C-1 1 weight part
Thoroughly stir and grind the ingredients until a homogenous compound is obtained.
Application
Wash the surfaces of a threaded joint in gasoline with the aid of a brush and air
dry for a period of 15 to 20 min.
Using a brush, apply a thin coat of the ЖС grease to the bolt thread and assemble
the threaded connection.
Remove the excess lubricant with a clean cloth piece.
NОТЕ: It ia not necessary to use any individual protective means when applying the
ЖС grease.
Storage
The shelf life of the prepared ЖС grease is twelve months in closed containers.
Sealant ВГО-1
Application
Thoroughly degrease the surface in gasoline, toluene, or acetone with the aid of a
brush or a cloth piece and then air dry until the solvent evaporates completely.
Using a brush, apply a 0.5-mm thick coat of the sealant to the surface, making sure
that no places have been left unpainted.
Air dry for a time period not more than 5 to 10 min and assemble the unit. Remove the
excess sealant with a cloth piece moistened in gasoline.
The engine starting and testing may be carried out not earlier than in one hour after
application of the ВГО-1 sealant.
Page 1208
Jan 15/86
ТВЗ-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
A P P E N D I X 3
List of Materials
Name State Standard/Specificati-

on
Fuel T-1, TC-1, and PT ГОСТ 10227-86
Synthetic oil ЛЗ-240 ТУ 38-401579-86
Synthetic oil, grade Б-ЗВ ТУ 38-101295-85
Oil, grade MK-8 ГОСТ 6457-66
Preasure-preaervation oil, grade МС-8П ТУ 38-401114-78
Pressure-preservation oil, grade MC-8PK ОСТ 38-01387-85
Transformer oil, grade TK ГОСТ 982-80
Gun grease, grade ПВК. ГОСТ 19537-83
Preservation grease, grade K-17 ГОСТ 10877-76
Single-pack sealant, grade ВГО-1 ТУ 38-103211-76
Siloxane enamel consisting of:

- Varnish, grade KO-815 ГОСТ 11066-74
- Varnish, grade KO-85 ГОСТ 11066-74
- Aluminium powder, grade ПАП-2 ГОСТ 5494-71
Heat-resistant grease, grade ЖС, consisting of:
- Cylinder oil, grade 52 ГОСТ 6411-76
- Lead carbonate ГОСТ 11840-76
- Colloidal graphite, grade С or C-1 ОСТ 6 08-431-75
Grease, grade ЦИАТИМ-201 ГОСТ 6267-74
Greaae, grade ВНИИ НП-225 ГОСТ 19782-74
Gasoline, NEPRAS (НЕФРАС) type ГОСТ 8505-80
Glass-fibre thread БС6-13х1х8 ГОСТ 8325-78
Locking wire 0,5-TC-12X18H9T; 0,5-TC-12X18H10T; ГОСТ 18143-72

0,8-TC-12X18H9T; 0,8-TC-12X18H10T
Production lubricant, grade СП-3 (59Д) ГОСТ 5702-75
Ethyl alcohol, rectified, commercial ГОСТ 18300-72
Potassium bichromate, industrial grade ГОСТ 2652-78
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
072.00.00
Page 1209
Nov 17/93
ТВЗ-117
MAINTBMNCE MANUAL
Name State Standard/Specifica-

tion
Sodium bichromate, industrial grade ГОСТ 2651-78
Nitric acid ГОСТ 6 03-270-76
Enamel, grade ЭП-140 ГОСТ 24709-81
Primer, grade ЭП-076 ТУ 6-10-755-74
Enamel, grade KO-818K ТУ 6-10-959-75
Tap water ГОСТ 2874-82

Page 1210
Маг 15/88
TB3-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ELECTRIC WIRING - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
General
The purpose of the engine electric wiring is to connect the engine-mounted transmitters
and accessories to each other and to the helicopter electric wiring.
The engine electric wiring comprises an electric wire harness, a free turbine apeed induc-
tive transducers harness, an intermediate cable extending to the gas generator speed trans-
ducer, a thermocouple harness, and an ignition system high-voltage wiring.
The electric wiring is located on the engine and secured in place by means of clips and
brackets.
Coupling of the electric wiring to the transmitters and engine accessories as well as to
the helicopter electrical system is effected by means of el. connectors.
Description
Electric Wire Harness
The purpose of the electric wire harness is to couple the engine-mounted transmitters
and accessories to the helicopter electrical system.
The electric wire harness is a removable assembly and it is secured by clips and brac-
kets to the compressor casing right-hand side, looking forward.
The electric wiring employs conductor (5) (Ref. Fig. 1). The wires are bunched into
looms and placed into pipe - harness conduit (2). Secured to the flange of the harness
conduit via adapter (1) is the master el. connector Ш1.
Harness conduit (2) is fitted with connections (3) providing outlets for the wires to
be connected to the engine transmitters and accessories. Fitted to the ends of the out-
let wires are el. connectors (7). When the wires have been soldered, the inside of the
el. connectors Ш7, Ш8, Ш9 are filled with a sealant, which increases the mechanical re-
liability of the soldered joints and protects them against contact with moisture.
In order to protect against mechanical damage and effect of electrical interferences,

the portions of wires extending from harness conduit (2) to the el. connectors are en-
closed in braided shield (4), wound up with tape (6) and coated with special enamel,
for the electric wire harness schematic diagram refer to Figure 2.
Free Turbine Speed Inductive Transducers Harness
This harness serves to couple the free turbine speed inductive transducer to the heli-
copter electric wiring.
The transducers harness is a removable assembly attached to the engine oil tank breather
pipe and to free turbine NGV assembly flange with the aid of clips.

Page 1
Jan 15/86
ТВЗ-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Master E1. Connector Body

Wire Harness Conduit
Wire Outlet Connection
Braided Shield
Wire
Tape
El. Connector
Electric Wire Harness

Figure 1

Page 2
Jan 15/86
TB3-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
The electric wiring employs conductor (1) (Ref. Fig. 3).
Pitted to the ends of the wires are el. connectors (5). When the wires have been solder-
ed, the inside of the el. connectors are filled with a sealant, which increases the
mechanical reliability of the soldered joints and protects them against contact with
moisture.
The portions of the wires extending from the transducers harness conduit to the el.
connectors are enclosed in braided shield (2), wound up with tape (3) and coated with
a special enamel to protect them against mechanical damage and effect of external elec-
trical interference.
Braided shield (2) is connected to the bodies of the el. connectors by means of termi-
nal lugs (4).
For the transducers harness circuitry refer to Figure 4.
Intermediate Cable
The purpose of the intermediate cable is to connect the gas generator speed inductive
transducer to the helicopter electric wiring.
The intermediate cable is secured by means of clips.
The electric wiring employs conductor (2) (Ref. Fig. 5).
Fitted to the ends of the wires are el. connectors (1). When the wires have been solde-
red, the inside of the el. connectors are filled with a sealant, which ensures the me-
chanical reliability of the soldered joints and protects them against contact with
moisture.
Conductors (2) are enclosed in braided shield (4), wound up with tape (3) and coated
with a special enamel to protect them against mechanical damage and effect of external
electric interference.
Braided shield (4) is connected to bodies of the el. connectors by means of terminal
lugs (5) with a braiding.
For the intermediate cable circuitry refer to Figure 6.
NОТЕ: On some engine versions, the intermediate cable is not connected (Ref. Book 3).
Thermocouple Harness
The thermocouple harness serves to connect the thermocouples mounted in the engine to
the helicopter electric wiring and comprises fourteen thermocouples (5) (Ref. Fig. 7)
connected to each other by compensating leads (13). The compensating leads are placed
in shrouds (2) and (10) and covered with clamping bands (3) and (11) for protecting
from mechanical damages.

Page 3
Jan 15/86
ТВЗ-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Ш1 (2РМ27Б24Ш1В1) Master El. Collector

Ш2 (2РМ14КУН4ПВ1) To Gas Generator Tach Generator
Ш3 (2РМ14КУН4Г1В1) To FCU Panel Cut-Out Transmitter
Ш4 (2РВД18КПН4Г5В1) To Pressure Indicator and Air Starter Limit Speed
Transmitter
Ш5 (2РМД18КШ4Г5В1) To Ignition Unit
Шб (2РТ20У2Ш6-А) To Free Turbine Protection System El. Actuator
Ш7 (2РМД18КУН4Г5В1) . To Air Starter Solenoid Valve
Ш8 (ШПЛМ-3, Series 2) To Oil Pressure Transmitter
Ш9 (ШШМ-2, Series 2) To Low Oil Pressure Indicator
Ш10 (2РВД18КУН4Г5В1) To FCU El. Actuator
Ш17 (2РМ14КУН4ПВ1) To Fuel Pressure Differential Switch
Ш18 (ШШШ-2, Series 2) To Air Pressure Switch
Ш19 (2РВД18КУН4Г5В1) To Acceleration Time Control Unit Adjustment
Valve Solenoid
NОТЕ: On certain engine models some el. connectors are not mounted end
connectors have peculiar differences in wiring (Ref. Book 3).
Electric Wire Harness Circuitry

Figure 2

Page 4
Nov 17/93
ТВЗ-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Conductor
Braided Shield
Tape
Terminal Lug
with Braiding
El. Connector
Free Turbine Speed Inductive Transducers Harness

Figure 3

Page 5
Jan 15/86
ТВЗ-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Ш11(LH) (2РВД18БГПН4Ш5В1) El. Connector to Helicopter Electric

Wiring
Ш12 (RH) (2РМД18БПН4Ш5В1) EI. Connector to Helicopter Electric
Wiring
Ш13 (2РМД18К1ПН4Г5В1) El. Connector to Free Turbine Speed
Inductive Transducers
Ш14 (2РМД18КПН4Г5В1) El. Connector to Free Turbine Speed
Inductive Transducers
Free Turbine Speed Inductive Transducers Harness Circuitry

Figure 4

Page 6
Jan 15/86
ТВЗ-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
El. Connector
Conductor
Tape
Braided Shield
Terminal Lugs
On some models terminal lugs (5) of intermediate cable are missing (Ref.
Book 3, 072.03.00), the grounding of braided shield (4) is accomplished by
a separate wire according to the helicopter documents during installation
of the engine.
Ш15 (2РМД18БПН4Г5В1) - Signal to Engine Electronic Governor

Ш16 (2РМД18КПН4Г5В1) - To Gas Generator Speed Inductive
Transducer
Intermediate Cable Circuitry

Figure б

Page 7
. Nov 17/93
ТВЗ-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Stud Sleeve
Top Shroud Clip
Top Clamping Band Lower Shroud
Bracket Lower Clamping Band
Thermocouple Sleeve
Tape Compensating Lead
Terminal Block Clip
Thermocouple Harness
Figure 7
Page 8
Jan 15/86
TB3-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
The thermocouple harness is mounted on the housing of the compressor turbine NGV assemb-
ly and attached to the flange on the housing with the aid of brackets (4).
The compensating leads terminate in terminal lugs enabling them to be connected to

thermocouples (5) and terminal blocks (7). Insulating sleeves (8) and (12) are put onto
the terminal lugs.
The bunched compensating leads extending from the shrouds to the thermocouples and ter-
minal blocks are ptotected against mechanical damage with tape (6) and secured with
clips (9) and (14).
For the thermocouple harness circuitry refer to Figure 8.
Ignition System High-Voltage Wiring
For the description and operation of the high-voltage wires refer to 080.21.00.
Thermocouple Harness Diagram

Figure 8

Pages 9/10
Jan 15/86
ELECTRIC WIRING - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
PAGES
PROCEDURE: REMOVAL/INSTALLATION OF ELECTRIC WIRE HARNESS

MS. ITEM

ACTIONS BY
Removal
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Unsafety and remove master el. connector (10) (Ref. Fig. 201) and all other
el. connectors of the electric wire harness from the engine accessories
Detach clip (2) attaching the electric wire harness from the accessory drive
TB3-117
gearbox, having removed nut (1)
Unsafety and remove bolt (8) of attachment block (7). Remove attachment block
(7) and sleeve (9) from the electric wire harness and pipe
Detach clips (2) and (6) attaching the electric wire harness to the engine
accessories together with the sleeves and remove the electric wire harness from
the engine
Installation
Secure the electric wire harness to the oil pipe, for which purpose fit sleeve
(9) and attachment block (7) and then screw on and safety bolt (8)
072.03.00
Secure the wire harness to the external drive gearbox with the aid of clip (2)
and screw on nut (1)
Connect master el. connector (10) and the el. connectors to the engine acces-
sories and safety them
Jan 15/86
Page 201
Secure the electric wire harness with the clips, having placed the sleeves
under the clips
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
MAINTENANCE-MANUAL
TB3-117
Nut Attachment Block
Clip Assy Bolt
Sleeve Sleeve
Bolt Master E1. Connector
072.03.00
Self-Locking Nut E1. Connector

Clip
Jan 15/86
Page 202
Electric Wire Harness Removal/Installation

Figure 201
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
Box wrench, S = 8x10 mm

Wrench socket, S = 8 mm
Tommy bar
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TB3-117
072.03.00
Pages 203/204
Jan 15/86
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
PAGES
PROCEDURE: REMOVAL/INSTALLATION OF THERMOCOUPLE HARNESS

MS. ITEM

ACTIONS BY
General
The thermocouple harness may be replaced either as a complete set or each half
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
of the harness may be replaced individually
Removal
ТВЗ-117
Disconnect wires (4) (Ref. Fig. 202) from the thermocouples (Ref. 077.21.01,
Pig. 2) and terminal block (Ref. 077.21.10, Fig, 1)
Remove the pipes attachment blocks at the lower half of the harness
Remove nuts (3) (Ref. Fig. 202) from bolts (1) attaching the thermocouple har-
ness to the engine and remove the thermocouple harness
Installation
Pit the thermocouple to the engine and secure it with bolts (1) and nuts (3),
having placed washers (2) under the nuts
Install the attachment blocks of the pipes on the lower half of the harness
072.03.00
Connect the wires (4) extending to the thermocouples (Ref. 077.21.01, Fig. 2)
to the terminal block (Ref. 077.21.10, Fig. 1)
Test
Jan 15/86
Page 205
Measure the thermocouple circuits impedance (Ref. 072.00.00, Task Card No. 402).
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TB3-117
Bolt
Washer
Hut
Wire
Harness
Upper Half
Harness
Lower Half
072.03.00
Jan 15/86
Page 206
Thermocouple Harness Removal/Installation

Figure 202
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
Start the engine (Ref. 072.00.00, Task Card No. 501) and check the readings
of the gas temperature at various operational power conditions and function
test the gas temperature controller (Ref. Book 3, 072.00.00, Task Card No. 505,
Para 2.18)
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TB3-117
072.03.00
Socket wrench, S = 7x8 mm

Pages 207/208
Box-end wrench, S = 8x10 mm

Ian 15/86
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
TO M.S. PAGES
TASK CARD HO. 203
209 to 212
M.S. ITEM PROCEDURE: TERMINATION AND SOLDERING OF WIRES, WIRING AND MOUNTING OF CONNECTORS

ACTIONS BY
Depending on the type of insulation of electric wires different methods of wire

ends termination are used, which exclude the scoring of conductora and individual
wires.
If an electric stripping (electric stripper) is used, in this сазе local darken-
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ing and fusion of internal insulation of wires are perraiasible
Twist the ends of stranded wires after the removal of insulation. The angle of
twisting should be such that during soldering separate conductors would not lag
TB3-117
behind the main conductor and it is adopted equal to 15 - 30 °C from the wire
axis.
Perform twisting of wires with flat-nosed pliers having the polished jaws
After stripping the tinned wires and the wires with oxidized surfaces should be
dressed bright.
To make the soldering easier and to ensure permanent and reliable electric con-
tact, prior to the soldering the wire ends should be tinned. The silver wires
may be soldered without any preliminary tinning
The wires should go to the contacts of connectors freely, without any tension
and they should be well straightened. The contacts with diameter of 1 mm may be
resoldered once and not more, with diameter above 1.5 mm, not more than two
072.03.00
times
It is recommended to solder the wires in rows, starting from the farthest row
from the erector in the direction from left to right
Page 209
Nov 17/93
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
OPERATIONS AND TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS (TJU CORRECTIVE CHECKED
ACTIONS BY
During termination of braided wires in the connectors it is not permissible

that the braiding of these wires entered into the sleeves put on the connector
contacts
During soldering of wire joints and braidings it is necessary to observe the

following recommendations:
Solder the wires to the connectors with solder ПСр-2,5 ГОСТ 19746-74
Solder the bradings to the ferrules with solder ПОС-40 ГОСТ 1499-70
As a flux during soldering use the solution of rosin in rectified alcohol
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(60 - 80 % of alcohol, 20 - 40 % of rosin by weight).
During soldering never use acid or pastes containing acids
In the course of soldering the temperature of electric iron should be within the
TB3-117
limits of 350 - 380 °C.
The overheating of electric iron is not permissible
The soldering place should be well heated with the soldering iron to ensure
the full spreading of melted solder and exclusion of possible false solderings.
The soldering duration should be minimum, approximately 3 - 5 s
The identification tags have two digits. The first digit indicates the number
of the pin of the main connector to which one end of wire ia soldered. The se-
cond digit indicates the number of the pin of the terminal connector to which
the second end of wire is connected
Perform soldering of wires to the connectors proceeding as follows:

072.03.00
Smear the stripped ends of wires with the solution of rosin in alcohol and tin
them with solder ПСр-2,5 by means of soldering iron or putting the end of wire
into the melted solder
Smear the internal surface of the connector pins with the solution of rosin
Page 210
Nov 17/93
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
OPERATIONS AND TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS (T.R) CORRECTIVE CHECKED
ACTIONS BY
Heat the socket of pins of the connector with the electric iron and fill it
with melted solder by 1/3 of the socket volume
Put the tinned end of wire into the rosin solution and insert it into the pin
jack
Heating the soldered parts with the electric iron perform the final soldering.
In this event hold the connector inclined with pins up. During soldering avoid
burning, the seal should be monolithic, clean, without rolls and cavities.
Concave and convex meniscus of solder, not projecting beyond the external dia-
meter of the connector pin are permissible in the end and side holes of the
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
contact
In the course of soldering wash the soldering places of each row of pins with
alcohol and cover them with varnish X3-784 or НЦ-62
TB3-117
Cool the soldered place not moving the parts
Check the quality of soldering for absence of solder splashes, sharp projec-
tions, remainders of flux and mechanical strength
During termination of wires the following materials are used: varnished glass
fibre (tape), fibre-glass thread, glue, insulating teflon tubes
072.03.00
Page 211
Nov 17/93
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
Electric soldering iron Fibre-glass thread BC6-34x1x3

Pliers with polished Jaws ГОСТ 8325-78
Knife Varnished class fibre ЛСКЛ
Soissors 0,15x10 ГОСТ 10156-78 or
Rule L - 300 tape ЛТ-19
04ibe Teflon 4Д ГОСТ 22056-78
Bolder ПСр-2,5 or ПОС-40
ГОСТ 1499-70
Glue BKT-2 ТУ6-10-826-75
Rosin
Ethyl alcohol, technical Grade
ГОСТ 17299-78
MAINTENANCE
Flux CK
Varnish XB3-764 or НЦ-62
TB3-117
MANUAL
072.03.00
Page 212
Nov 17/93
TB3-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
COMPRESSOR - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
General
The twelve-stage compressor incorporating variable inlet guide vanes (VIGV's) and stag-
es 1 thru 4 variable guide vanes (VGV's) designed to compress the air entering the com-
pressor and to supply it into the engine combustion chamber.
The compressor consists of the following major assemblies: stator (3) (Ref. Fig. 1),
VIGV's (2), rotor (4), first support assembly (1), and second support assembly (5).
Description
The compressor stator comprises a casing, VGV's and outlet guide vane assembly.
The compressor casing consists of four circular casings (1) (Ref. Fig. 2), (2), (3),
and (4), which are basically circular shells flanged at both ends. The casings are
attached to each other by means of flanges and coupled with bolts and self-locking nuts.
The casings are centralized by means of templet bolts.
The flanges of the casings are provided with radial holes, located between the holes
intended for attachment of the casings and acting as sockets accommodating the VGV's
trunnions.
The shell of casing (4) and shroud (6) form an annular chamber which communicates with
the compressor flow duct via the holes provided in the shell wall and the stage 7 VGV
outer ring.
Provided on shroud (6) externally are flange (4) (Ref. Fig. 3) which serves to bleed
air for cooling the free turbine and pressurizing the third support assembly, flange
(5) intended to bleed air for the helicopter's needs, flange (2) (Ref. Fig. 4) and (3)
(Ref. Fig. 3) designed for installation of the air bleed valves, flange (1) providing
access for inspection of the compressor stages 7 and 8 rotor blades, and stand-by flang-
es (2) (Ref. Fig. 3) and (4) (Ref. Fig. 4).
Welded to the compressor casing shell externally are two angular connections, which
serve to provide for the air bleeding through the holes made in the ring of the stage 5
VGV's for pressurizing the seals of the first and fourth support assemblies via con-
nections (1) (Ref. Fig. 4) and (3). respectively.
Each of the stage 1 thru 4 VGV assemblies incorporates VGV's fitted with -their trunni-
ons of special design into the radial holes provided in the flanges of the compressor
casings.
The setting of the VGV's is controlled by means of the levers fitted to the upper trun-
nions of the VGV's. These levers are engaged via spherical bearings with the axles of
the actuating rings. Apart from this, the stages 1 and 2 VGV's are provided with
lower trunnions, that enter the cylindrical sockets made in the split inner rings (13)
(Ref. Fig. 2).
Page 1
Jan 15/86
TB3-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
The compressor outlet guide vane assembly is a load-bearing member of the engine struc-
ture and incorporates outer casing (7) (Ref. Fig. 2), outlet guide vanes rings (11)
and (8), stage 12 VGV's (9), and outlet guide vanes (10) joined in one assembly.
The outer casing of the outlet guide vane assembly is basically a circular shroud
flanged at both ends. Outlet guide vanes ring (11) is made as a flanged circular shroud.
The outlet guide vane casing is bolted down with its front flange to the compressor
casing and with its aft flange to the combustion chamber casing. Bolted to the flange
of ring (11) are the second support assembly housing, the combustion chamber diffuser
inner casing and the labyrinth seal ring.
VIGV assembly (2) (Ref. Pig. 1) comprises separate variable vanes mounted with their
upper and lower trunnions into respective sockets of the first support assembly hous-
ing.
Provided In the lower trunnions of the VIGV's are the holes which serve to pass the
hot air from the annular chamber of the first support assembly to heat the leading edg-
es of the VIGV's.
The drum-and-disc compressor rotor incorporates twelve discs joined together by weld-
ing, except for the disc of the stage 1 rotor wheel, that is attached with bolts (10)
(Ref. Fig. 5) to the spacer ring, welded to the stage 2 rotor wheel disc.
Rotor front trunnion (9) is made integral with the disc of the stage 2 rotor wheel.
Rear trunnion (6) is secured by means of bolts (3) to the stage 9 rotor wheel.
Labyrinth type seals (1) and (4) are fitted at the front and rear of the rotor.
Seal (1) is made integral with the stage 1 disc. Seal (4) is secured to the stage 12
disc with screws (12). Mounted inside the drum are two plugs. Plug (7) isolates the
first support assembly oil chamber from the interior of the drum. Plug (8) serves to
prevent entry of the combustion chamber secondary air into the drum inner space. Pins
(11) serve to prevent displacement of plugs (7) and (8). The purpose of hole 'a' is to
drain the oil if it gets into the inner space of the drum. Shield (5) secured with
bolts (3) to the stage 9 disc is designed to prevent oil from getting into the rotor
interior.
The stages 1, 2 and 3 rotor blades are dovetailed in individual slots. The blades of
the remaining stages are fitted into the circular grooves having a dovetail profile.
The blades are inserted into these grooves through a special port.
The torque is transmitted from the turbine shaft to the compressor rotor via the in-
volute splines provided inside the neck of the rear trunnion.

Page 2
Jan 15/86
ТВЗ-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

VIGV's
Compressor Stator
Compressor Rotor
Compressor
Pages 4/3
Jan 15/86
TB3-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Inlet Fairing Copper Seal Ring

Inlet Fairing Mounting Bracket Pront Support Assembly
Inlet Fairing Attachment Nut Housing Stud
Locking Sleeve Front Cover Attachment Nut
Inlet Pairing Heating Air Retaining Washer
Supply Pipe Washer
Pipe Seal Unit Clamping Nut Seal Ring
Front Cover Pipe Front Cover
Thrust Washer
Compressor
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
072.30.00
Page 5
Jan 15/86
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Compressor Stator
Figure 2
TB3-117
Stage 1 Casing Outlet Guide Vanes
Stage 2 Casing Ring
Stage 3 Casing Guide Vane
Stage 4 Casing Outlet Guide Vane
Wheel Outer Ring Outlet Guide Vanes Ring
Shroud Labyrinth Seal Ring
072.30.00
Outlet Guide Vane Inner Ring

Assembly Outer Casing
Jan 15/86
Page б
ТВЗ-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Stage 7 and 8 Compressor Rotor

Blades Inspection Flange
Stand-By Flange
Air Bleed Valve Mounting
Flange
Flange for Air Offtake for
Cooling Free Turbine and
Pressurizing Third Support
Assembly
Flange for Air Offtake for
Helicopter Services
Air Starter Mounting Bracket
FCU Mounting Bracket
Compressor Stator. Right-Hand View

Figure 3

Page 7
Jan 15/86
ТВЗ-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
First Support Assembly Pressurizing

Air Offtake Connection
Air Bleed Valve Mounting Flange
Fourth Support Assembly Pres-
surizing Air Offtake Connection
Air Offtake Stand-By Flange
Compressor Stator. Left-Hand View

Figure 4

Page 8
Jan 15/86
ТВЗ-ИТ
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Labyrinth Type Seal Plug

Blades Front Trunnion
Bolt Bolt
Labyrinth Type Seal Pin
Shield Screw
Rear Trunnion
Drain hole
Plug
Compressor Rotor
Figure 5
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
072.30.00
Page 9
Jan 15/86
TB3-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
The engine first support assembly acts as a front support assembly for the compressor
rotor and incorporates the following major assemblies and components: housing (4)
(Ref. Pig. 6), inlet fairing (1) (not fitted on some engine versions, Ref. Book 3),
cone (2), front cover (3), aft cover (5), bearing casing (6) with carbon seal unit, and
damper (7).
Support assembly housing (4) is basically a casting incorporating a cast-in manifold of

the anti-icing system. The housing includes an outer and inner shells joined together
by four profiled struts forming the compressor inlet section.
Provided on the outer shell of the support assembly housing above the top strut is a
flange intended for attachment of the external drive gearbox.
Cast below the bottom strut of the support assembly housing is a flange that serves for
mounting of the oil pump block. The right-band horizontal strut is provided with a
flange carrying an adapter of the helicopter anti-icing system valve. The left-hand ho-
rizontal strut is provided with flanges carrying a connection which serves for pres-
surizing the air chamber in front of the carbon seal and heating of the dust-protection
device. Secured to the support assembly housing front outer flange is engine mount
flange (17) carrying four hinged bearings (16) serving for attachment of the engine at-
tachment rods to the helicopter.
The roller bearing outer race is fitted within casing (6) together with damper (7).
The inner race of the roller bearing is fitted onto the rotor front neck with interfe-
rence and pressed to the thrust shoulder of the compressor rotor front neck by means
of nut (15) via ring (14).
The lube oil is fed to the bearing via oil Jet (18) fitted in the internal drive gear-
box casing (Ref. 072.60.00). The oil drains by gravity via the bottom strut into the
chamber of the oil pump. The oil chamber Т of the first support assembly is sealed at
the front with cover (3), the design of which provides for installation of the dust-
protection device, while at the rear it is sealed with a carbon seal.
She carbon seal unit incorporates carbon ring (10), rubber ring (13), seal holder (9),
thrust bushing (12), flat spring (11), and a locator.
The flat spring presses the carbon ring to the face of thrust ring (14), thus ensuring
the sealing of the oil chamber. Rubber ring (13) seals the carbon ring along its inner
diameter, while the locator prevents the possibility of turning of carbon ring (10).
Thrust ring (14) of the first support assembly carbon seal is cooled with the oil sup-
plied via oil jet (19) (Ref. Fig. 6) provided in the bearing casing.
The second support assembly acts as a compressor rotor tail support assembly and in-
cludes support assembly housing (1) (Ref. Fig. 7), bearing sleeve (9), housings (4)
and (15) with carbon seals, labyrinth air seal cover (5), and carbon seal (13) units.
The second support assembly housing is a welded structure provided in its front wall
and aft flange with holes A and Б. Holes A serve to convey the air, passing through

Page 10
Jan 15/86
ТВЗ-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Inlet Fairing
Cone
Front Cover
Support Assembly Housing
Aft Cover
Bearing Casing with
Carbon Seal Unit
Damper
Bearing Housing
Seal Holder
Carbon Ring
Flat Spring
Thrust Bushing
Rubber Ring
Thrust Ring
Nut
Hinged Bearing
Engine Mount Flange
Oil Jet
Oil Jet
Compressor First Support Assembly

Figure 6

Pages 11/12
Jan 15/86
ТВЗ-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Support Assembly Housing Bearing

Oil Supply Pipe Shim
Washer Front Sealing Bushing
Housing with Carbon Seal Carbon Seal
Labyrinth Air Seal Cover Shim
Bushing Housing with Carbon
Rear Sealing Bushing Seal
Oil Scavenge Pipe Oil Jet
Bearing Sleeve Shield
Compressor Second Support Assembly

Figure 7

Page 13
Jan 15/86
TB3-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
the compressor labyrinth typesеal,along the bypass pipes into the exhaust stack.
Hole Б serves to deliver air to the aft carbon seal of the support assembly.
Attached to the second support assembly housing by means of screws is bearing sleeve
(9). The outer race of ball bearing (10) is fitted inside the bearing sleeve. At one
side the outer race rests on the thrust shoulder of the bearing sleeve resisting the
axial load, whereas at the other side there is a clearance obtained by selective fit-
ment of shim (14).
The inner race of the ball bearing is a split one mounted on the compressor rotor rear
neck with interference and pressed via sealing bushings (7) and (12) and shim (11)
to the thrust shoulder of the compressor rotor rear neck.
The oil chamber of the support assembly is separated from the air chamber by means of
the housing with carbon seal (13), front and rear sealing bushings (12) and (7) and
labyrinth type air seal cover (5).
The oil required for lubrication of the bearing and cooling of the front and rear bush-
ings of the carbon seals is force-fed along pipe (2) and then conveyed via the pas-
sages to washer (3) press-fitted into the housing of the support assembly.
The lube oil is supplied to the bearings via three equi-spaced ports in washer (3) in-
to the gap between the bearing cage and the external surface of the bearing inner race.
Rear sealing bushing (7) is cooled with the oil supplied via washer (3), whereas front
sealing bushing (12) is cooled with the oil fed via oil jet (16). The oil is scavenged
from the support assembly along pipe (8).
The interior of the support assembly is protected with shield (17) preventing depositi-
on of carbon.

Page 14
Jan 15/86
COMPRESSOR - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
EFFECTIVTTY: ALL
PAGES
PROCEDURE: INSPECTION OF COMPRESSOR

MS. ITEM

ACTIONS BY
If the engine ±a mounted in the helicopter equipped with the dust-protection
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
device, the inspection of the compressor must be carried out with the fairing
of the duat-protection device removed
Visually examine the inlet section of the compressor to make sure it is free from:
TB3-117
(a) Foreign objects.
(b) Oil leak from the first support assembly.
(c) Nicks, dents and scores on the VIGV'a.
(d) Cracks and fail-out of material from the vane casing.
CAUTION; 1. NICKS AND DENTS WITHOUT TEARS EXTENDING UP TO L = 5 mm AND WITH A
DEPTH NOT EXCEEDING h = 1 mm ARE ACCEPTABLE (Ref. Fig. 201).
A VANE MAY HAVE A MAXIMUM OF FIVE ACCEPTABLE DEFECTS. MEASURE
THE DEPTH OF NICKS WITH THE AID OF PLASTIC MATERIAL (PLASTICINE,
PUTTY, ETC.) BY APPLYING FEELER GAUGES NEAR THE RIDGE ON THE
IMPRINT.
Check the angular setting of the VGV's against the dial (Ref. Fig. 202). The
072.30.00
pointer should register an angle of plus (27+1.5)deg
Visually check the compressor VGV levers for condition and make sure that the
clamp is intact, especially at the point of coupling (Ref. Fig. 203).
CAUTION: NO DISTORTION OF THE LEVERS IS ACCEPTABLE.
Page 201
Mar 15/88
Fit socket (2) of the box wrench (Ref. Fig. 204) provided with hinged handle (3)
(or introduce wrench (4) under the air starter from the right-hand side) over VIGV
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
OPERATIONS AND TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS <T.R.) CORRECTIVE CHECKED
ACTIONS BY
manual reversal nut (1} and in two or three movements reverse the vanes from the
plus (27+1.5) deg position to the minus (6.5±0.5) deg position (or minus
(3+0.5)deg position on some engine versions, ref. Book 3) against theVIGVdial
and examine the compressor rotor stage 1 blades for freedom from:
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TB3-117
Damages
Fall-out of casing material
Crack in casing
072.30.00
Page 202
Mar 15/88
Variable Inlet Guide Vane

Figure 201
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TB3-117
072.30.00
For Reference When Checking VGV Angular Setting Registered by Dial

Jan 15/86
Page 203
Figure 202
EFFECTMTY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TB3-117
072.30.00
Lever
Actuating Ring
Clamp
For Reference When Checking Levers and Actuating Rings

Page 204
Mar 15/88
for Correct Engagement and Clamp for Integrity

Figure 203
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TB3-117
072.30.00
Nut
Box Wrench Socket
Hinged Lever
Box-End Wrench
Jan 15/86
Page 205
For Reference When Manually Reversing VIGV's

Figure 204
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
Table 201
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Acceptance Standards for Damages
to Compressor Stage Rotor Blades
Nature of damage Acceptance standards
TB3-117
Nicks and dents on blade in Up to 0.5 mm in depth (h)
zone I and one nick/dent up to
1.0 mm in depth
Dotted nicks on blade edges Up to 0.4 mm in depth (h)
in zone I and one tear up to 1.0 mm
provided it is dressed to
blend with blade edge
Hicks and dents on blade in Up to 0.3 mm in depth (h)
zone II and three nicks/dents up
to 0.5 mm in depth
072.30.00
Hicks on blade edge in Up to 0.4 mm in depth (h)

zone II
Ian 15/86
Page 206
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
Nicks, dents, tears.

Wear in the leading edge. Should visual inspec-
tion reveal wear in
leading edge of blad-
es, measure the amount
of wear (Ref. Task
Card No. 202)
CAUTION: TO PREVENT DAMAGES, IT IS STRICTLY PROHIBITED TO TURN THE VIGV's (VGV's)
BY THE FEEDBACK LEVER, BY THE ROOTS OP THE VANES, OR BY USING ANY OTHER
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
METHOD DIFFERING PROM THE PRESCRIBED METHOD.
The size of the damaged areas and their distance from the blade root should be
determined visually. See Table 201 for the nature of the acceptable damages.
TB3-117
CAUTION: 1. NO DAMAGES IN THE NEAR-ROOT ZONE III OP THE COMPRESSOR ROTOR STAGE 1
BLADES ARE ACCEPTABLE. .
IP INSPECTION REVEALS ANY NICKS THE SIZE OP WHICH COMES CLOSE TO THE
ACCEPTABLE LIMITS, THE DECISION REGARDING THE ENGINE SERVICEABILITY
MUST BE TAKEN IN CONSULTATION WITH A SUPPLIER'S EXPERT.
WHEN DRESSING THE BLADES, TAKE MEASURES TO PREVENT THE SWARP PROM
GETTING INSIDE THE ENGINE.
Measure the depth and width of the nicks with the aid of plastic material (plas-
ticine, putty, etc.) by applying feeler gauges and a rule near the ridge on the
imprint.
Nicks referred to under Item В of Table 201 and CAUTION of Step 2 shall be
072.30.00
smoothed out in the following sequence:
Thoroughly cover the spaces between the blades with cotton cloth to prevent
abrasive dust and filings from entering the engine gas flow duct
Page 207
Mar 15/88
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
Using a grinding stone (ground, if necessary, so as to match the blade airfoil

in order to ensure more effective cleaning), round off sharp edges and raised
metal on the blade and then clean them with abrasive cloth wound on a holder,
until the edges of the defects blend smoothly into the blade edge flush with
the blade surface.
Finally, smooth out the defects with sandpaper
In inspecting the blades of the compressor stage 1, give special attention to

the defects located in blade zone II, as well as to the areas where nicks hare
already been smoothed out
MAINTENANCE
In inspecting and cleaning the blades, turn the compressor rotor with the aid
of the manual cranking tool (Ref. 072.00.00, Task Card Ко. 305)
TB3-117
MANUAL
Box wrench socket, S = 17 mm Wire

Hinged handle Cotton cloth
Tommy bar Plasticine, putty
Box-end wrench, S = 14x17 mm Abrasive cloth, type 14A 12-6,
Grinding stone, type ГОСТ 5009-82
072.30.00
БКВ 10.150.630 (or 640), Sandpaper, type 630, 640,

5 ПСТ1 or similar to БПкр, M20-M28, ГОСТ 10054-82
БКр, ГОСТ 2456-82
Rule
Page 208
Mar 15/88
Feeler gauge set

EFFECTIVITY: ALL
PAGES
209 to 214
PROCEDURE: MEASUREMENT OF WEAR OF COMPRESSOR ROTOR STAGE 1 BLADES

MS. ITEM

ACTIONS BY
On helicopters equipped with the DPD, the measurement of wear of the compressor
stage 1 rotor blades shall be carried out with the fairing of the DPD removed
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Carry out the operations with the engine compartment uncowled
Check the setting of fixture У6360-2455 intended to measure the wear of the com-
pressor stage 1 rotor blades against the setting templet (Ref. Fig. 205).
TB3-117
To conduct the above check, proceed as follows: depress handwheel with locator
(6) up to stop, turn it thru 90 deg counter-clockwise, open and fix movable jaw
(7) in open position; fit templet-rast (1) between the jaws of the fixture and,
by turning the handwheel with locator thru 90 deg clockwise, clamp the templet-
rest.
The fixture must be adjusted so that the zero line on adjustable dial (4) should
be lined up with the aero line on the vernier of movable rod (5). If the zero
lines fail to align, adjust the fixture by setting the adjustable dial, having
first backed off two adjustment screws at each side.
Secure templet-rest (1) in zone II (for helicopters provided with DPD) or in

zone I (for helicopters not provided with DPD)
072.30.00
Carry out reversal of the compressor VIGV's to the minus (6.5+0.5) deg position
(or to minus (3+0.5) deg position for some engine versions, Ref. Book 3) against
the dial, as described in Task Card No. 201, Step 5
Page 209
Nov 17/93
Remove the plug from the manual cranking drive and fit the gas generator manual
cranking tool
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TB3-117
Templet-Rest
Fixed Jaw
Rod
Adjustable Dial
Movable Rod with Vernier
Handwheel with Locator
Movable Jaw
Templet-Rest Locking Screw
072.30.00
Jan 15/86
Page 210
For Reference When Setting Fixture У6360-2455 with Templet

Figure 205
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
Using a cloth piece, wipe the lower VIGV's and the locating place for the fix-
ture in the lower portion of the first support assembly housing (Ref. Fig. 206)
Using the cranking tool (or turning the rotor manually by the blades) set one
of the compressor stage 1 rotor blades to a position convenient for measurement
Chalk mark the chosen blade and in further count consider this blade as the
first one
Open the jaws of the fixture and lock them in the open position with the aid
of handwheel with locator (6) (Ref. Fig. 205)
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Turn the fixture so that the movable jaw is uppermost and pass the jaws of the
fixture thru the VIGV's (closer to the engine axis), turn the fixture thru 90 deg
clockwise and smoothly shift it towards the compressor until the fixed jaw
TB3-117
comes to touch the leading edge of the stage 1 rotor blade (approx. midway along
the length of the blade)
Lower the fixture, maintaining its contact with the leading edge of the blade
airfoil, until its jaws and templet-rest (1) (Ref. Fig. 207) come into contact
with the inner surface of the first support assembly housing
Turn the handwheel with the locator clockwise, and smoothly lower the movable
jaw until it abuts the trailing edge of the blade.
CAUTION: WHEN THE BLADE HAS BEEN CLAMPED, DO NOT ALLOW THE FIXTURE ROD TO BE
SHIFTED IN THE LATERAL DIRECTION (RELATIVE TO THE ENGINE) SINCE IT MAY
CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE BLADE.
072.30.00
Determine the actual amount of blade wear С (in mm) against the vernier and the
dial
Release the blade by pressing the fixture handwheel with the locator forward
up to stop and turning it counter-clockwise thru 90 deg. Withdraw the jaws of
Jan 15/86
Page 211
the fixture from the V1GV assembly

EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TB3-117
072.30.00
Position of Fixture У636О-2455 During Measurement

Jan 15/86
Page 212
of Blade Wear
Figure 206
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TB3-117
Templet-Rest
Wear Measuring Fixture
First Support Assembly Housing
VIGV
Compressor Rotor Stage 1 Blade
072.30.00
For Reference When Measuring Amount of Wear

of Compressor Rotor Stage 1 Blades
Ian 15/86
Page 213
Figure 207
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
OPERATIONS AND TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS (T.R.)
Turning the compressor rotor by the manual cranking tool (or by hand), measure
in a similar manner the amount of wear in the remaining eleven blades of the
compressor rotor stage 1
Determine the average amount of wear in all twelve blades of the compressor ro-
tor stage 1 by the following formula:
Enter the average value of the blade wear into the engine Log Book. The maximum
acceptable average value of wear of twelve blades of the compressor rotor stage
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
is 2 mm.
NOTE: When the amount of wear is within 1.9 to 2.0 mm and it is necessary to get
a more clear evaluation of the blade wear, carry out the measurement of
TB3-117
the blade wear on all blades and calculate the average amount of wear in
all thirty seven blades.
Withdraw the manual cranking tool and blank off the gas generator manual crank-
ing drive

072.30.00
Fixture У6360-2455
Gas generator manual cranking tool
7818.0120
Jan 15/86
Page 214
Engine tools kit

EFFECTIVITY: ALL
PAGES
215 to 217/218
PROCEDURE: REPLACEMENT OF ENGINE FRONT ATTACHMENT FLANGE

MS. ITEM

ACTIONS BY
Removal
Carry out the replacement of the engine front attachment flange with the DPD
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
and helicopter air inlet duct removed
Fit a temporary support under the casing of the engine lower oil pump block
TB3-117
Detach the engine attachment rods at the front flange and shift them aside.
Unsafety and remove screws (4) (Ref. Fig. 208) attaching front flange (1) to
first support assembly housing (5)
Remove the engine front attachment flange from the first support assembly
housing
Installation
Install a new front flange securing the engine to the helicopter on the first
support assembly housing, having lined up register pins (2)
Pit screws (4) attaching the front flange to the first support assembly housing,
having placed tab washers (3) under the screw heads, and lock the tab washers
072.30.00
Connect the engine attachment rods to the front flange
Remove the temporary support from under the casing of the lower oil pump block
Jan 15/86
Check the alignment of the engine and the main gearbox (Ref. 072.00.00,
Page 215
Task Card No. 606)

EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TB3-117
Engine Front
Attachment Flange
Locating Pin
Tab Washer
072.30.00
Screw
First Support
Assembly Housing
Jan 15/86
Page 216
For Reference When Replacing Engine Front Attachment Flange

Figure 208
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
Test
On completion of mounting of helicopter units and components, function test the

engine at all power conditions for 2 to 3 min so as to detect dangerous vibra-
tions, if any
MAiNTENANCE MANUAL
TB3-117
072.30.00
Open-end wrench, S = 8x10 mm Tab washer

Pages 217/218
Safety wire
Jan 15/86
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
PAGES
PROCEDURE: REPLACEMENT OF FEEDBACK LEVER

MS. ITEM

ACTIONS BY
Operations to be Carried Out on Engine Prior to Replacement of Feedback Lever
Remove the air starter аз laid down in Taak Card No. 201, Section 080.12.00
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Carry out manual reversal of the VGV's as described in Task Card No. 201 and
note down the values of the VGV setting in the extreme closed and open positions.
Leave the VGV's in any extreme position. Unsafety and remove nut Ж (Ref.
TB3-117
Fig. 506) from the rods L1 and L2 attachment bolt of the VGV control mechanism
Remove the FCU as described in Task Card No. 803
Removal
Unsafety and remove two front and two rear screws attaching the upper lever
strip of the VIGV control mechanism to the compressor casing, uncotter and dis-
connect the first control rod from the VIGV ring (Ref. Fig. 209), shift the
lever strip aside to a position convenient for work. While removing the upper
strip, pay attention to the presence of locating pins
Unsafety and back out (or remove) the screw of the clamp on the actuating ring
of the VIGV's, turn the clamp and fit it with the flanged joint against the
072.30.00
feedback lever carrier attachment pin.
It is allowed to shift the clamp on the VIGV ring, taking care to prevent the
lower pins from falling out of the holes in the ring and the VIGV's from turn-
ing.
Jan 15/86
Page 219
CAUTION; WHEN CARRYING OUT THE OPERATIONS ON REPLACEMENT OF THE FEEDBACK LEVER,
HOLD THE VIGV COUPLED TO THE FEEDBACK LEVER BY HAND PROM THE INLET SI-
DE TO PREVENT IT FROM CONTACT WITH OTHER VANES.
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TB3-117
Feedback Lever Feedback Lever
Window-Slot Carrier
Clamp Vane Trunnion
Pin Washer
VIGV Ring Pin
072.30.00
Jan 15/86
Page 220
For Reference When Replacing VIGV Control Mechanism Feedback Lever

Figure 209
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
Remove from the holes in the VIGV ring the feedback lever carrier attachment pin
and six pins attaching the carriers of the vanes on each side of the feedback
lever pin, press the VIGV ring towards the exhaust stack and remove the carrier
of the feedback lever from the window-slot in the VIGV ring.
CAUTION: TAKE STEPS TO ENSURE THAT THE VANES ARE NOT TURNED AND THAT THEY DO
NOT CONTACT EACH OTHER.
Using a flat needle file, file off the flared metal from one side of the pin
on the feedback lever, having placed a wet cloth piece to collect the fillings
and then remove the pin by knocking lightly on the pin with a drift.
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Unscrew the nuts and remove the bracket and the feedback lever attachment flange
with the bearing on the upper accessory drive gearbox. While turning the feed-
TB3-117
back lever from side to side, remove the feedback lever
Installation
Adjust the length of rod L1 within (41+1) mm on the replacement feedback lever
in accordance with the length of the removed rod (measure with a straightedge).
Take the measurement from the centre of the vane trunnion to the centre of the
rod L2 attachment bolt
Pit the replacement feedback lever to the trunnion of the VIGV, insert the feed-
back lever carrier into the window-slot in the VIGV ring, having pressed the
ring towards the exhaust stack, and lock the carrier of the feedback lever in
the ring with the pin.
072.30.00
Check the holes in the feedback lever and trunnion for alignment by inserting
drift У6351-3567 into the hole. In this case, it is allowed to size the hole
in assembly with the aid of reamers У6120-0348 and У6120-0349
Using a feeler gauge, check to see that the clearance between the feedback
Jan 15/86
Page 221
lever and the shim is not more than 0.2 mm. If necessary, ensure the required
clearance by selective fitment of shim 7814-0989
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
Insert the pin into the aligned hole in the feedback lever and the vane trun-
nion. The pin must be fitted in the hole without a clearance (ensured by selec-
tive fitment of the pin taken from the supplied kit). Repeat the measurement
of the clearance between the feedback lever and the shim with the aid of a
feeler gauge
Insert the pins into the holes in the V1GV ring and twelve disconnected carri-
ers of the vanes and secure the clamp of the VIGV ring
Flare the pin by gradually turning fixture У6351-3570 to both sides on the feed-
back lever from both ends. Cracking of the flared portions of the pin on the
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
feedback lever is not acceptable (to be checked visually or with the aid of an
X4 magnifying glass). Fit the flange with the bearing and the bracket to the
feedback lever and secure them on the upper accessory drive gearbox
TB3-117
Connect the first control rod to the VIGV ring and fit the upper lever strip
of the VGV control mechanism.
Function test the assembled unit by reversing the VIGV s with the aid of a
wrench (by turning the nut on the strip).
CAUTION: DO NOT ATTEMPT TO REVERSE THE VIGV'S BY THE FEEDBACK LEVER.
While 30 doing, check to see that the values of the VIGV setting angles at the
extreme closed and open positions are in compliance with those quoted in 1.2
Operations to be Carried Out on Engine after Replacement of Feedback Lever

072.30.00
Install the FCU on the engine as detailed in Task Card No. 803
Fit back the air starter as described in Task Card No. 201, Section 080,12.00
Carry out manual reversal of the VGV's in compliance with Task Card No. 201,
function test and, if necessary, check the adjustment of the feedback lever
Jan 15/86
Page 222
proceeding as follows:
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
Set length L1 within (41+.1) mm (measure the distance from the centre of the
vane trunnion to the centre of the rod L2 attachment bolt with the aid of a
straightedge)
Adjust length L2 so that the VTGV angular setting of (28+0.5) deg should
correspond to the reading of the FCU feedback lever dial equal to (26+1) deg.
NOTE: In the course of the further adjustment this angle may be changed.
By adjusting the length of lever L2 ensure that during manual reversal of the
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
VIGV's to the extreme closed and open positions, there should be at least a
0.2-mm gap between the FCU feedback lever and the IDLE (МАЛЫЙ ГАЗ) and TAKE-
OFF (ВЗЛЕТ) stops
ТВЗ-117
Check the VIGV angular setting characteristic in compliance with Task Card Adjust VGV setting
No. 512 angles as prescribed
in Task Card No. 513
Fixture for flaring of pin on feed- Safety wire

back lever У6351-3570
Drift У6351-3567 (for pin of feed-
back lever)
072.30.00
Reamer 6120-0348
Reamer 6120-0349
Socket wrench, S = 8 mm,
Pages 223/224
У6351-4553-01
Ian 15/86
Marking appliance У6360-2901

Flat needle file, L = 150 mm
TB3-11Z
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
COMBUSTION CHAMBER - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
General
The combustion chamber is designed to convert the chemical energy of the fuel into the
thermal energy by ensuring efficient combustion of the fuel in the air flow supplied
from the compressor.
Description
The engine combustion chamber is a straight-flow, annular-type unit incorporating the

following major assemblies: combustion chamber casing (11) (Ref. Fig. 1) serving as a
diffuser outer casing, diffuser inner casing (17), flame tube (15), and fuel manifold
(4) with twelve fuel nozzles.
Combustion chamber casing (11) incorporates front outer flange (36), section (31), and
rear outer flange (14). The combustion chamber casing is secured with its front flange
to the compressor OGV assembly housing and with its rear flange, to the turbine NGV as-
sembly.
Located in the front portion of the combustion chamber casing are flange (35) drain
connection (32), oil delivery flange (6), two flanges (5) (Ref. Fig. 2) used for at-
tachment of the breather pipes, two flanges (9) (Ref. Fig. 1) intended for mounting
the ignition plugs, three flanges (3) (Ref. Fig. 3) serving for attachment of
mounts (7) (Ref. Fig. 1) carrying the fuel manifold.
Attached to flange (35) are an oil drain pipe and a drain valve (some engine models
are provided with a drain valves unit, ref. Book 3).
The rear portion of the combustion chamber casing includes flange (13) attaching the
pipe tapping air for the anti-icing system.
Inner casing (17) of the diffuser comprises front inner flange (3), section (19), and
rear inner flange (16). The diffuser casing is attached with its flange (3) to the
compressor OGV assembly housing and with its rear flange (16), to the housing of the
compressor turbine NGV's. Shrouds (18), (20), and (22) are welded to section (19).
The flame tube is of an annular type and incorporates outer fairing (33), inner fair-
ing (34), twelve swirlers welded into the inner fairing, two mixer sections (12) and
(25) and two mounting sections (27) and (30).
The outer and inner fairings, mounting sections (27) and (30) are joined together by
means of corrugated rings (23) and (24). Welded to mounting sections are mounting
rings (28) and (29).

Page 1
Jan 15/86
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
Swirler
Bushing
Front Inner Flange
Fuel Manifold
Fuel Nozzle
Oil Delivery Flange
Mount
Nut
Ignition Plug Attachment Flange
Ignition Plug
Combustion Chamber Casing
Combustion Chamber. Longitudinal Section
Mixer Section
Flange
Rear Flange
Flame Tube
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Rear Inner Flange
Diffuser Inner Casing
Figure 1
Shroud
Inner Diffuser Section
TB3-117
Shroud
Floating Ring
Shroud
Corrugated Ring
Corrugated Ring
Mixer Inner Section
Mounting Section
Mounting Ring
Mounting Ring
Mounting Section
072.40.00
Section
Drain Connection
Outer Fairing
Inner Fairing
Flange
Jan 15/86
Front Outer Flange

Page 2
Outer annular duct Pipe Delivering Fuel to

Inner annular duct Fuel Manifold
ТВЗ-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

Diffuser Inner Casing
Anti-Icing System Air
Offtake Flange
Flange for Air Offtake
for Helicopter Services
Breather Pipe Attachment
Flange
Combustion Chamber
Figure 2
Page 3
Jan 15/86
ТВЗ-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Ignition Plug Mounting Flange

Connection for Air Offtake
to Auto Start Control and
Acceleration Time Control
Unit of FCU
Flame Tube Mount Attachment Flange
to FCU Power Synchronizer
to Ejector
Second Support Assembly Pipes
Attachment Flange
Drain Valve/Drain Valves Unit
to EPR Indicator Set
Combustion Chamber
Figure 3

Page 4
Jan 15/86
TB3-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
The tall portion of the flame tube rests with its mounting rings upon the compressor
turbine NGV inner and outer rings. The outer fairing of the flame tube carries nine
bushings used for installing the flame tube mounts which secure the flame tube to the
combustion chamber casing. Fitted into four mounts are air offtake connections (2)
(Ref. Fig. 3), (4), (5), and (8).
Ihe air is supplied into the combustion zone of the flame tube through the holes pro-
vided in the outer fairing as well as via twelve swirlers. The swirlers are fitted with
floating rings (21) (Ref. Fig. 1) that serve to compensate for thermal expansion of the
flame tube.
Operation
The compressed air is supplied from the compressor into the front portion of the annu-
lar diffuser, wherein the air flow is divided into two flows: the primary one, enter-
ing the combustion zone of the flame tube, and the secondary one, used for cooling the
flame tube and the turbine. The secondary air flow, admitted into the annular ducts Б
(Ref. Fig. 1) and B, formed by the outer and inner fairings of the flame tube and the
outer and inner casings of the diffuser, passes over the walls of the flame tube as well
as flows through the slots and holes made in the sections into the flame tube.
An intensive combustion of fuel takes place in the swirled air flow in the front por-
tion of the flame tube.
In the rear portion of the flame tube, the hot gases are diluted by the incoming se-
condary air and, as the result, the gas temperature level is reduced.
Fuel is fed into the fuel manifold along pipes (37). The fuel atomized by the fuel noz-
zles burns in the swirled air flow and the resulting hot gases enter the mixing zone
wherein they are diluted by the secondary air admitted through the holes provided in
outer section (12) and inner section (25). The secondary air, entering the flame tube
through the outer and inner slots formed by the corrugated rings, provides for effici-
ent cooling of the flame tube walls. The number and the size of the holes and slots
in the flame tube are selected so that they ensure thorough mixing of gases, high com-
bustion efficiency and a uniform temperature field of the hot gases in front of the
compressor turbine NGV's.
The operation of the fuel manifold and fuel nozzles in the fuel system is described in
Sections 073.00.00 and 073.12.00.
During the wet motoring runs, the unburnt fuel is drained through the drain connection
overboard.

Pages 5/6
Jan 15/86
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
COMBUSTION CHAMBER - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
PAGES
PROCEDURE: INSPECTION OF COMBUSTION CHAMBER CASING

MS. ITEM
OPERATIONS AND TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS (Т.П.) CORRECTIVE CHECKED

ACTIONS BY
Visually examine the combustion chamber casing for freedom from:
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Cracks, especially in places where flanges and connections are welded to the
combustion chamber casing.
NOTE: When suspecting a crack, inspect with the aid of a magnifying glass.
TB3-117
Overheated spots.
Warpages, swells.
CAUTION: CRACKS, SPOTS OF OVERHEATING, WARPAGES OR SWELLS ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE
ON THE COMBUSTION CHAMBER CASING.

072.40.00
Magnifying glass
Pages 201/202
Jan 15/86
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
PAGES
PROCEDURE: REPLACEMENT OF FLAME TUBE MOUNTS

MS. ITEM

ACTIONS BY
CAUTION; WHEN REPLACING MORE THAN ONE FLAME TUBE MOUNT, CARRY OUT THE REPLACEMENT IN
A SEQUENCE, ONE AT A TIME, SO AS NOT TO DISTURB THE ALIGNMENT OP THE FLAME
TUBE.
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Removal
Unsafety and unscrew pipe coupling nut (2) (Ref. Fig. 201).
TBЗ-117
Unsafety and slacken the pipe in the clamping blocks (clips), ease the tighten-
ing of the nut at the opposite end of the pipe and turn the pipe aside
Remove connection (1)
Drive the M5 screw into flame tube mount (5) hole (3) finger-tight and holding
the screw head by pliers, remove the mount
Installation
Using a brush and acetone or gasoline, degrease the mating faces of the flame
tube mount and combustion chamber flange as well as the mating threaded porti-
ons of connection (1) and combustion chamber flange.
072.40.00
On completion of the degreasing, allow the parts to air dry for 5 to 10 min
Apply the ВГО-1 sealing compound to flame tube mount end face (4) (Ref.
072.00.00, Appendix 2).
CAUTION: TO PREVENT BLOCKING OF THE AIR OFFTAKE PORT, SPREAD THE SEALING COM-
Jan 15/86
Page 203
POUND OVER THE FACE OF THE FLAME TUBE MOUNT IN A THIN COAT.
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTONS BY
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TB3-117
Connection
Nut
Threaded Hole for Bolt M5
Pace of Flame Tube Mount
Flame Tube Mount
Screw M5
072.40.00
Swivel Connection
Blind Hut
Jan 15/86
Page 204
For Reference When Replacing Flame Tube Mount Having Air Offtake System
Figure 201
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
Apply the ЖС grease to the threaded portion of connection (1)
Drive the M5 screw into flame tube mount (5) hole (3)
Insert the flame tube mount into the port in the combuation chamber
Remove the M5 screw from the mount
Screw connection (1) into the combustion chamber casing
Pit swivel connection (7) with sealing rings. Turn on pipe coupling nut (2)
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
fingertight, tighten nut (8) and, the coupling nuts of the pipe and safety
them with wire.
Secure the pipe in the clamping blocks (clips).
TB3-117
CAUTION; TO PREVENT DISTORTION OF THE CONNECTION, USE AN OPEN-END WRENCH TO
HOLD THE CONNECTION BY ITS PLATS WHEN TIGHTENING THE PIPE COUPLING
NUTS.
Test
Not earlier than in one hour after installation of the flame tube mount, func-
tion test the engine at the idle power for a period of 3 to 5 min. On shutdown,
examine the pipe and the flame tube mount attachment connection for leaks
072.40.00
Jan 15/86
Page 205
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
Open-end wrench, S = 8x10 mm Gasoline or acetone

Open-end wrench, S = 14x17 mm Sealing compound ВГО-1
Fliers Grease ЖС
Nut M5 Safety wire
Screw M5 Cotton cloth piece
Brush
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TB3-117
072.40.00
Jan 15/86
Page 206
ТВЗ-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL,
TURBINE ASSEMBLY - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
General
The engine comprises two mechanically independent turbines: a compressor turbine design-
ed to drive the compressor and engine accessories and a free (power) turbine intended to
drive the helicopters rotors via the rotor drive system and main gearbox as well as the
accessories of the main gearbox.

Pages 1/2
Jan 15/86
ТВЗ-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
COMPRESSOR TURBINE - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
1. General
The compressor turbine is a two-stage axial-flow unit designed to rotate the compressor
and the engine accessories.
The compressor turbine includes the following major assemblies:

- Compressor turbine NGV's housing.
- Stage 1 NGV assembly.
- Stage 2 NGV assembly.
- Rotor.
- Engine third support assembly.
Description
Compressor turbine NGV'g housing (2) (Ref. Fig. 1), common for the stages 1 and 2 NGV's,
is a welded structure attached with its front flange to the flange of combustion cham-
ber casing (1), and with its rear flange to housing (8) of the free turbine NGV assembly.
Provided eternally on the housing are fourteen mounting pads for attachment of thermo-
couples (3).
The housing accommodates shroud ring (6) with seal (7) located over the fins of the laby-
rinth seal of compressor turbine stage 1 rotor wheel.
The compressor turbine stage 1 MGV assembly incorporates outer ring (5), a set of NGV's
(12), inner ring (13), and flange (24).
Outer ring (5) is attached at the front to the inner flange of housing (2) with bolts
(2?) and alide blocks (26), ensuring radial displacement of outer ring (5) with res-
pect to housing (2) without disturbing the alignment; whereas at the rear the outer
ring is secured and aligned by ring (4) which is locked against displacement in axial
direction with the aid of ring (6).
Provided in the outer ring are slots intended to receive NGV's (12) and fourteen holes
for thermocouples.
Inner ring (13) is bolted to flange (24) through which it is secured to the inner cas-
ing of combustion chamber diffuser (22). Riveted to the conical portion of flange (24)
is labyrinth seal housing (18) and welded to the same conical portion is labyrinth seal
housing (20) with seals (19) and (21).
Inner ring (13) is provided with shaped slots designed to receive NGV's (12).

Page 1
Jan 15/86
ТВЗ-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

Compressor Turbine NGV's
Housing
Thermocouple
Ring
Outer Ring
Shroud Ring
Seal
Free Turbine NGV Housing
Pin
Stage 2 NGV
NGV Labyrinth Seal Housing
NGV Seal
Inner Ring Combustion Chamber
Inner Shroud Inner Diffuser
Diaphragm Ring
Labyrinth Seal Housing Flange
Honeycomb Type Seal Bushing
Labyrinth Seal Housing Slide Block
Seal Bolt
Compressor Turbine NGV
EFFECTIVITY: ALL Figure 1 072.51.00
Page 2
Jan 15/86
TB3-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
NGV'a (12) are hollow castings cooled by the secondary air delivered from the combus-
tion chamber via bushings (25) into the vanes. Passing via the ports (punched holes)
in the vane trailing edge, the air is discharged into the engine gas flow duct.
Bushing (25) is retained by ring (23) from falling out.
The stage 2 NGV assembly is a cast unit provided with hollow NGV's (11).
NGV assembly (10) is fitted with the front flange of the outer ring to ring (6) of
housing (2) and centralized in the rear flange of housing (2) with the aid of pins (9)
provided in the rear flange. Secured to the inner ring is diaphragm (15) with laby-
rinth seal housing (16) and seal (17) operating in conjunction with the air labyrinth-
type seal fins of the compressor turbine stage 1 rotor wheel rear covering disc.
The compressor turbine rotor incorporates shaft (26) (Ref. Fig. 2), two discs (25)
and (24) (of the stages 1 and 2, respectively) with rotor blades (8) and (9), and four
covering discs - first disc (7), second disc (6), third disc (10), and fourth disc (11).
The shaft and the stages 1 and 2 discs are centralized, coupled to each other by means
of the face splines, and tightened up by coupling bolts (14).
The covering discs are centralized by resting upon the respective collars provided in
the stages 1 and 2 discs. The first covering disc is locked against turning with res-
pect to the rotor by pins (5), the second and third covering discs by stops (12), and
the fourth covering disc by coupling bolts (14). The shaft and the stages 1 thru 4 co-
vering discs are provided with fins (4 collars in all) which in conjunction with the
adjoining components of the stator form air labyrinth-type seals.
The blades are secured in the discs by means of fir-tree attachments.
The tips of the blades feature platforms that form an annular shroud around the peri-
phery of the rotor wheel. The platforms are provided with external fins that form an
annular gas labyrinth seal around the periphery of the rotor wheel.
The torque is conveyed from the turbine to the compressor via involute splines machined
on the end of the turbine shaft.
The turbine and compressor rotors are joined by coupling bushing (29) secured in posi-
tion by lock (2).
Hut (17) serves to tighten the inner race of the third support assembly bearing and is
secured with cupped locking ring (16). The butt end projections of the locking ring
enter the slots made in the face of the stage 2 disc journal.
The compressor turbine rotor rests upon two support assemblies. The rear journal of
the compressor together with the second support assembly ball bearing act as a front
support. The rear support is provided by the roller bearing of the engine third support
assembly. The rotor rests upon the roller bearing by the journal provided on stage 2
disc (24).

Page 3
Jan 15/86
TB3-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
The engine third support assembly (which is the tail support assembly of the compressor
turbine) is secured to the inner ring of the stage 3 NGV assembly and includes bearing
housing (5) (Ref. Fig. 3), front carbon seal (1), seal bushing (9), roller bearing (4),
distance bushing (8), shim (3) and damper (7).
A system of passages made in the housing provides for the oil supply to roller bearing
(4) and aeal bushing (9) for the purposes of lubrication and cooling.
The bearing outer ring is fitted into bearing housing (5). The required amount of axial
displacement of the outer ring is achieved by selective fitment of shim (3). Sandwiched
between the conjugated cylindrical surfaces of the outer ring and the bearing housing
is a resilient element.
Cooling of Compressor Turbine
The engine employs an air cooling system of the turbine. For the compressor turbine cool-
ing diagram refer to Figure 4.
The secondary air Б is supplied for cooling of the compressor turbine casings via the
holes in the NGV assembly housing.
The secondary air flow В is divided into two flows.
A portion of the air is supplied to cool the turbine stage 1 NGV's.
The other portion of the secondary air В passes via the holes provided in the wall of
NGV inner ring (3) and enters the space formed by combustion chamber inner diffuser (1)
and compressor turbine shaft (10), wherefrom it branches out into two flows:
(a) The first airflow passes via labyrinth seals (2) and (4), enters the chamber bound
by covering disc (5) and NGV inner ring (3), cools them and flows into the flow duct
upstream of the stage 1 rotor wheel.
(b) The second airflow passes via holes specially provided in shaft (10) and enters the
chamber Д of the compressor turbine rotor. From there, a portion of the air passes
via holes specially provided in the disc cylindrical collar and enters the chamber
bound by covering disc (5) and the stage 1 disc, cools the front face of the disc,
the roots and footings of the turbine stage 1 blades and then flows into the flow
duct via the gaps at the blade inner platforms and roots as well as via the holes
provided for this purpose around the periphery of rear covering disc (6).
The remainder of this airflow enters the compressor turbine chamber E, wherefrom, pas-
sing through the truncated face splines, it flows:
- Via the holes in the hub of covering disc (6) into the chamber bound by the turbine
stage 1 disc and covering disc (6), cools the rear side of the turbine stage 1 disc
and flows into the flow duct through the peripheral holes provided in covering
disc (6).

Page 4
Jan 15/86
ТВЗ-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Locator Spring
Locator
Bearing Washer
Pin
Pin
Second Covering Disc
First Covering Disc
Stage 1 Rotor Blade
Stage 2 Rotor Blade
Third Covering Disc
Fourth Covering Disc
Stop
Nut
Coupling Bolt
Third Support
Assembly Bearing
Retaining Ring
Nut
Ring
Bushing
Blade Retainer
Nut
Ring
Sealing Bushing
Stage 2 Disc
Stage 1 Disc
Shaft
Balance Weight
Spacer Ring
Coupling Bushing
Compressor Turbine Rotor

Figure 2

Pages 5/6
Jan 15/86
ТВЗ-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Front Seal Unit

Labyrinth Seal Housing
Shim
Roller Bearing
Bearing Housing
Bearing Sleeve
Damper
Distance Bushing
Seal Bushing
Turbine Rotor Journal
Compressor Turbine Third Support Assembly

Figure 3

Page 7
Jan 15/86
TB3-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Via the holes provided, in the hub of covering disc (7) into chamber bound by the tur-
bine stage 2 disc and covering disc (7), cools the front face of the disc, the roots
and the footings of the turbine stage 2 rotor blades and is finally discharged into
the engine flow duct through the gaps at the inner platforms and roots of the blades
as well as via holes specially provided around the periphery of covering disc (8).
Along the flats made in the coupling bolts and the grooves milled in the locating
collars of the stage 2 disc and covering disc (8) towards the aft side of the turbi-
ne stage 2 disc, cools it and is discharged through the peripheral holes in covering
disc (8) into the flow duct.
Combustion Chamber
Inner Diffuser
Labyrinth Seal
NGV Inner Ring
Labyrinth Seal
Covering Disc
Covering Disc
Covering Disc
Covering Disc
Labyrinth Seal
Compressor
Turbine Shaft
Compressor Turbine Cooling Diagram

Figure 4

Page 8
Jan 15/86
TB3-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FREE TURBINE - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
General
The two-stage, axial-flow free turbine serves to produce power conveyed via the rotor
drive system and the main gearbox to drive the helicopter rotors and main gearbox acces-
sories.
The free turbine includes the following major assemblies:

Housings of turbine stages 3 and 4 NGV's.
Free turbine rotor.
Engine fourth and fifth support assemblies.
Description
Free Turbine NGV's
NGV housing (9) (Ref. Fig. 1) is secured with its front flange to the flange of com-
pressor turbine NGV housing (8) and with its rear flange, to the flange of stage 2 NGV
housing (15).
A detachable joint provided between the housings of the stages 1 and 2 NGV's ensures
the modular conception of the free turbine assembly.
Mounted inside the housing is NGV (11). The NGV is secured with its front portion of
the outer ring in recesses provided in the housing. The rear portion of the outer ring
features pins (12) used for centralizing NGV (11) within housing (9).
The NGV assembly is a single-piece casting incorporating an outer and inner rings
joined together by three struts and the NGV's.
Welded to the inner ring of the NGV's are rear wall (5)s front wall (4) and third sup-
port assembly housing (1), which together with three struts and the NGV's constitute
a rigid support for engine third support assembly bearing (27).
Air labyrinth seal housing (3) with sealing coating (2) is bolted to the front flange
of support assembly housing (1).
Together with the compressor turbine stage 2 covering disc it forms a labyrinth-type
seal.
Housing (9) carries two connections. Connection (33) located at the upper side of the
housing serves to supply oil to the third support assembly. This connection communica-
tes with the third support assembly oil chamber via a pipe running through the strut
of the turbine stage 3 NGV assembly. Second connection (37) located at the lowest point
of the housing is used to drain the oil from the oil chamber of the engine third sup-
port assembly.

Page 1
Jan 15/86
ТВЗ-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Third Support
Assembly Housing
Cermet Coating
Labyrinth Seal
Housing
Front Wall
Rear Wall
Honeycomb Seal
Shroud Ring
Compressor Turbine
NGV Housing
Turbine Stage 3
NGV Housing
Sealing Ring
NGV's
Pin
Honeycomb Seal
Shroud Ring
Turbine Stage 4
NGV Housing
NGV's
Pin
Fourth and Fifth
Support Assemblies
Housing
Shroud Ring
Honeycomb Seal
NGV
Labyrinth Seal
Housing
Cermet Coating
Diaphragm
Labyrinth Seal
Housing
Honeycomb Seal
Third Support
Assembly Bearing
Drain Hole
Drain Hole
Drain Hole
Free Turbine NGV's

EFFECTIVITY: ALL
072.53.00
Page 2
Jan 15/86
ТВЗ-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Cooling Air Delivery Screw

Flange Oil Drain Connection
Oil Inlet Connection Inspection Hole
Inspection Hole Cover Inspection Hole Cover
Inspection Hole Screw
Free Turbine NGV's

Page 3
Jan 15/86
TB3-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Housing (9) is provided with flange (32) intended to deliver the cooling air.
Housing (9) is also provided with inspection hole (35) that permits to carry out inspec-
tion of the engine flow duct.
The inspection hole is blanked off with cover (34) secured with screws (36).
The front flange provided in the lower part of housing (9) has drain holes (28) through
which the unburnt fuel flows into chamber A, whereform it passes holes (29) and (30)
and enters chamber Б in housing (15) of the turbine stage 4 NGV assembly and then it
is expelled into the exhaust stack.
The front portion of housing (9) provides accommodation to shroud ring (7) with seal
(6).
Shroud ring (7) is positioned over the compressor turbine stage 2 rotor wheel and in
conjunction with the fins of the rotor blades outer platforms forms a gas labyrinth-
type seal.
Housing (15) of the free turbine stage 2 NGV assembly is secured with its front flange
to the rear flange of free turbine stage 1 NGV housing (9) and with its rear flange
to the front flange of engine fourth and fifth support assemblies housing (18). Pitted
within housing (15) is NGV assembly (16).
Stage 4 NGV assembly (16) is a casting comprising NGV's (21) and outer and inner rings.
Secured to the inner ring of the NGV assembly are diaphragm (24) and labyrinth seal
housing (25) together with seal (26) which in conjunction with discs of free turbine
stages 1 and 2 form an air labyrinth-type seal.
NGV assembly (16) is secured at the front to shroud ring (14) whereas at the rear it
is aligned with the aid of pins (17) within housing (15) of the free turbine stage
2 NGV.
Mounted in the front portion of the housing is shroud ring (14) with seal (13). Shroud
ring (14) is locked with respect to housing (15) by a pin.
Mounted in housing (18) of the fourth and fifth support assemblies is shroud ring (19)
with seal (20).
Shroud rings (14) and (19) with the seals are positioned over the rotor wheels of the
free turbine, thus forming a gas labyrinth-type seal in conjunction with the fins of
the rotor blades outer platforms.
Housing (15) has inspection hole (38) permitting to carry out inspection of the flow
duct.
The inspection hole is closed with cover (39) secured by screws (40).
The free turbine rotor is a cantilever unit running in two support assemblies. The
first support assembly (acting as the engine fourth support assembly) is ball bear-

Page 4
Jan 15/86
ТВЗ-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Labyrinth Seal Housing

Housing with Seal
Bearing Housing (for
Version II - Support
Assembly Housing with
Drive)
Ball Bearing
Damper
Bearing Sleeve
Driven Gear
Drive Ball Bearings
Cover
Driving Gear
Drive Ball Bearings
Gear
Free Turbine Speed
Governor Drive Casing
Nut
Transducers Housing (for
Version II - Labyrinth
Seal Housing)
Housing of Support Assembly
with Seal
Seal Bushing
Engine Fifth Support
Assembly Roller Bearing
Driving Gear
Bushing
Tree Turbine Support Assemblies

Figure 3

Page 6
Mar 15/88
ТВЗ-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Tab Washer Labyrinth Seal Shim

Nut Coupling Bolt Engine Fifth
Free Turbine Stage Fourth Support Support Assembly
1 Disc Assembly Ball Bearing Roller Bearing
Stage 1 Rotor Blade Retaining Ring Retaining Ring
Retaining Ring Nut Special Nut
Stage 2 Rotor Blade Bearing Sleeve Torsion Shaft
Retaining Ring Free Turbine Stage Sealing Ring
Pin 2 Disc
Free Turbine Rotor

Figure 2

Page 5
Jan 15/86
TB3-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ing (11) (Ref. Fig. 2) whereas the tail support assembly (acting аз the engine fifth
support assembly) is roller bearing (17).
The free turbine rotor includes discs (3) and (15) and rotor blades (4) and (6).
The turbine discs are aligned and meshed to each other by means of face splines and
tightened together by bolts (10).
The design and attachment of the rotor blades in the disc is identical to that of the
compressor turbine rotor blades.
To prevent axial displacement, the blades are locked in the discs with the aid of cut
retaining rings (5) and (7).
Labyrinth seal (9) and the stages 1 and 2 discs feature fin-shaped collars which in
conjunction with the adjoining parts of the stator form air labyrinth-type seals. La-
byrinth seal (9) is secured to the stage 2 disc with bolts (10).
The turbine power is conveyed via the splines provided on the extension of the stage 2
disc as well as via torsion shaft (20). Fitted to the torsion shaft is rubber sealing
ring (21) which serves to seal the oil chamber of the main gearbox. The torsion shaft
is positioned axially by means of shim (16).
Free Turbine Support Assemblies
The free turbine front support assembly (acting as the engine fourth support assembly)
is attached to the inner flange of the housing of the engine fourth and fifth support
assemblies and incorporates bearing housing (3) (Ref. Fig. 3), housing (2) with a seal
unit, labyrinth seal housing (1), parts of damper (5), bearing sleeve (6), radial
thrust ball bearing (4) mounted on bushing (20) and comprising inner split half-rings.
Damper (5) is fitted in between the outer race of ball bearing (4) and the location
surface of the engine fourth and fifth support assemblies housing with the aim of re-
ducing the engine vibration level.
The free turbine tail support assembly (acting as the engine fifth support assembly)
is attached to the inner rear flange of the engine fourth and fifth support assembli-
es housing and includes fifth support assembly housing (16) with a seal, transducers
housing (15) with a labyrinth-type seal, seal bushing (17), and roller bearing (18).
The oil chamber is common for the fourth and fifth support assemblies. Mounted inside
the oil chamber is a free turbine speed governor drive, which is a two-stage reduction
gear used to transmit the torque from the free turbine rotor to the governor (on the
engines manufactured up to January 1, 1981, the free turbine speed governor drive is
designed as illustrated in Figure 3, version II).
The free turbine speed governor drive is attached to four bosses A on the housing of the
fourth and fifth support assemblies, and includes drive casing (13), cover (9), gears
(7) and (10), driven gear (12) secured with nut (14), and ball bearings (8) and (11).

Page 7
Mar 15/88
ТВЗ-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Driving gear (19) is mounted on the free turbine shaft.
Lubrication of bearings (4), (8), (11) and (18) as well as cooling of carbon seal bush-
ings (17) and (20) ia effected via the oil jet manifold secured to the housing of the
fourth end fifth support assemblies and via the system of oil supply passages.
The oil chamber is bound from the front and rear sides by carbon seals that are identi-
cal in design to the seals of the second and third support assemblies.
To preclude oil from draining from the chambers of the engine support assemblies and
to prevent penetration of hot gases into the support assemblies, the air tapped from
compressor stage 7 is supplied via the system of ports in the housing of the fourth and
fifth support assemblies into the air chambers Б and B.
Transducers housing (15) carries four flanges intended for installation of free turbine
speed transducers.
Cooling of Free Turbine
Airflow Б (Ref. Fig. 4) tapped from the seventh stage of the compressor is delivered
into chamber В of the free turbine casing, wherefrom a proportion of it is directed to
cool the interior of the free turbine casing and then it is discharged into the engine
flow duct via the holes provided in the wall of the exhaust stack.
The other portion of the air passes via the struts and hollow vanes of the free turbi-
ne stage 1 NGV assembly and enters chamber Г of the third support assembly. Prom cham-
ber Г a portion of the air flows via the holes in the third support assembly bearing
housing to pressurize the labyrinth seal. Then the air flows into the space bound by
the third support assembly housing and the covering disc thus preventing the inflow of
hot gases into this space, and escapes into the engine flow duct aft of the compressor
turbine. The air leaves chamber Г also through the holes made in the support assembly
housing and flows into a bushing inserted into a hole provided in the hub of the free
turbine stage 1 disc.
A portion of this air passes through a circular slot between the bushing and the hub
of the disc, finds its way into chamber Ж formed by the third support assembly housing
and the free turbine stage 1 disc, cools the front face of the disc and escapes into
the turbine flow path aft of the free turbine stage 1 NGV assembly.
The other portion of this air flows via the hub of the free turbine stage 1 disc into
the hollow of the turbine rotor.
Then the air passes through the truncated face splines and flows to pressurize laby-
rinth seal housing (1). After that, it enters the void between the stage 1 disc and
the free turbine stage 2 NGV assembly as well as the chamber formed between the
stage 2 disc and the same NGV assembly thus cooling the free turbine discs, and final-
ly escapes into the engine flow duct.

Page 8
Jan 15/86
ТВЗ-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Free Turbine Labyrinth Seal

Free Turbine Labyrinth Seal
Free Turbine Shaft
Free Turbine Cooling Diagram

Figure 4

Pages 9/10
Jan 15/86
FREE TURBINE - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
PAGES
PROCEDURE: INSPECTION OF FREE TURBINE AND HOUSING OF FOURTH AND FIFTH SUPPORT ASSEMBLIES
M.S. ITEM

ACTIONS BY
Visually examine the free turbine and the housing of the fourth and fifth support
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
assemblies in accessible places to make sure they are free from cracks, nicks
and warpage.
No cracks, nicks and warpages are permitted on the free turbine blades.
TB3-117
CAUTION: THE HOUSING OF THE FOURTH AND FIFTH SUPPORT ASSEMBLIES MAY HAVE UP TO
FIVE CRACKS NOT LONGER THAN 200 mm WITH THE CUMULATIVE LENGTH OF CRACKS
NOT EXCEEDING 450 mm, WHICH IS ACCEPTABLE.
Stop-drill the ends of the crack with a 1.5 to 2.0-mm dia drill.
NOTE: If the stop-drilling has been done incorrectly or the crack is propagating
in another direction, it is allowed to repeat the stop-drilling of the ends
of the crack, provided the total length of the crack does not exceed 220 mm.
No cracks are acceptable in the area of the attachment flanges of the fourth
and fifth support assemblies housing (zone A, Ref. Fig. 201) as well as cracks
tending to form a closed contour in zone B.
072.53.00
Jan 15/86
Page 201
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TB3-117
072.53.00
For Reference When Inspecting Fourth and Fifth Support Assemblies Housing
Jan
Page 202
Figure 201
15/86
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
Bit brace Cotton cloth piece

Drill, dia 1.5 to 2.0 mm
Straight-edge
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TB3-117
072.53.00
Pages 203/204
Jan 15/86
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
PAGES
PROCEDURE: INSPECTION OF ENGINE-TO-MAIN GEARBOX TORSION SHAFT

M.S. ITEM

ACTIONS BY
Examine the torsion shaft to ascertain that the involute surfaces of the splines
are not chipped and the torsion shaft is not twisted or damaged otherwise
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Examine the sealing ring (3) (Ref. Fig. 202)
If any parts are found defective, replace them (Ref. Task Card No. 203),
TB3-117
CAUTION: 1. CARRY OUT INSPECTION OF THE TORSION SHAFT SPLINES AND SEALING RING
WHEN TRANSFERRING THE ENGINE FROM ONE HELICOPTER TO ANOTHER OR WHEN
REPLACING THE MAIN GEARBOX.
TO PREVENT THE POSSIBILITY OF MISALIGNMENT OF SHIM (1), DO NOT SHIFT
THE TORSION SHAFT.
072.53.00
Jan 15/86
Page 205
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
Shim
Torsion Shaft
Sealing Ring
Butt End
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TB3-117
072.53.00
Jan 15/86
Page 206
Fоr Reference When Inspecting Engine-To-Main Gearbox Torsion Shaft

Figure 202
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
PAGES
PROCEDURE: REPLACEMENT OF ENGINE-TO-MAIN GEARBOX TORSION SHAFT

M.S. ITEM

ACTIONS BY
Removal
Remove torsion shaft (2) (Ref. Fig. 202) from the shaft of the free turbine.
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CAUTION: IF SHIM (1) GOT STUCK TO THE TORSION SHAFT BUTT END 'T', IT MAY COME
OUT TOGETHER WITH THE TORSION SHAFT. IN THIS CASE, FIT THE SHIM BACK
WHEN MOUNTING A NEW TORSION SHAFT.
TB3-117
Installation
Smear the splines of the torsion shaft, mating with those of the free turbine
shaft, with a thin layer of the engine oil
If shim (1) is removed together with the torsion shaft, smear it with a thin
layer of grease ПВК and stick it to the butt end Т of the torsion shaft
Enter the torsion shaft into the free turbine shaft splines as far as it will go
Measure the amount of the torsion shaft projection over the butt end of the
engine load-bearing cone (Ref. Fig. 203, dimension A).
072.53.00
Dimension A must be within (40.8+0.2) mm Replace shim

Page 207
Nov 17/93
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Engine
Load-Bearing Cone
TB3-117
Torsion Shaft
For Reference When Measuring Amount of Projection

of Torsion Shaft Over Engine Load-Bearing Cone Butt End
Figure 203
072.53.00
Depth gauge or calliper Engine lube oil

Page 208
Nov 17/93
Grease ПВК
Shim
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
PAGES
PROCEDURE: REPLACEMENT OF FREE TURBINE ASSEMBLY

M.S. ITEM

ACTIONS BY
Removal
Remove the engine from the helicopter (Ref. 072.00.00, Task Card No. 403, ex-
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
cepting Steps 1.1 and 3.2 thru 3.7), install it on the mounting trolley or
transportation stand, remove the torsion shaft and the shim (Ref. Task Card
No. 203), remove the exhaust stack (Ref. 072.58.00, Task Card No. 202), fit the
engine inlet blank and the protective band to the air starter.
TB3-117
CAUTION: WHEN INSTALLING THE ENGINE ON THE MOUNTING TROLLEY OR TRANSPORTATION
STAND, TAKE PARTICULAR CARE TO ENSURE PROPER BEDDING OP THE ENGINE TO
THE SUPPORTING POINTS (CLAMPS) IN THE AREA OP THE ENGINE SECOND SUP-
PORT ASSEMBLY.
Detach all pipes and el. connectors at the fourth support assembly proceeding
as follows:
Detach the clips securing the pipes and cables in the area of the third
and fourth support assemblies.
Unsafety and remove nut (17) (Ref. Fig. 204) of pipe (18) returning the
072.53.00
oil from the fourth support assembly.
Unsafety and remove bolts (19) of ejector pipe (20) and remove gasket (21).
Unsafety and remove nut (10) of air supply pipe (9).

Jan 15/86
Page 209
Unsafety and remove bolts (15) of second support assembly air relief pipe
(14) and then remove gasket (16).
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
Unsafety and remove bolts (4) of breather system pipe (5) and then remove
gaaket (6).
Unsafety and unscrew coupling nut (2) of pipe (1) supplying oil to the
fourth and fifth support assemblies.
Stop off all detached pipea and their mating elements on the housing of
the fourth and fifth support assemblies by means of plugs or polyethylene
film.
CAUTION: WHEN UNSCREWING THE COUPLING NUTS, HOLD THE MATING CONNECTIONS
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
WITH A WRENCH.
Unsafety and uncouple the el, connectors and stop off them with plugs or
polyethylene film.
TB3-117
Disconnect the mounting brackets of the cables and then remove the cables.
Remove the outer horizontal shaft in accordance with Steps 2.1 to 2.5, Task
Card No. 201. Section 072.60.00
Attach the device used for hoisting the free turbine assembly to the engine
mount attachment eye-lugs, located on the flange of the housing of the fourth
and fifth support assemblies, and take up the slack (Ref. 072.00.00, Task Card
No. 402)
Detach the rear support (6) (Ref. Fig. 206) from the transportation stand and
072.53.00
rear trunnion (4) from rear flange (1)
Unscrew nuts (3) (Ref. Pig. 205) from tho bolts attaching the free turbine
stage 2 NGV housing, keeping in mind that the nut of the uppermost bolt (in
vertical direction) must be removed last
Page 210
Nov 17/93
ТВЗ-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Free Turbine
Stage 2 Disc
Bolt
Nut
Free Turbine
Stage 1 Disc
End Piece
Free Turbine
Stage 1 NGV Housing
Free Turbine Stage
2 NGV Housing
Bracket
But
Free Turbine Speed
Governor Drive
Vertical Flexible
Shaft
Vertical Flexible
Shaft Pipe
Fourth Support
Assembly Gear Reducer
Washer
Free Turbine
Stage 1 NGV Housing
Rear Flange
Fibreglass Thread
Free Turbine
Stage 2 NGV Housing
Front Flange
For Reference When Replacing Free Turbine Assembly

Figure 205

Page 212
Jan 15/86
ТВЗ-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Pipe Supplying Oil

to Fourth and Fifth
Support Assemblies
Coupling Nut
El. Connector
Bolt
Oil Tank Breather
System Pipe
Gasket
Connection
El. Connector
Air Supply Pipe
Coupling Nut
Connection
El. Connector
Connection
Second Support
Assembly Air
Relief Pipe
Bolt
Gasket
Coupling Nut
Pipe Returning Oil
from Fourth and Fifth
Support Assemblies
Bolt
Ejector Pipe
Gasket
El. Connector
Free Turbine Speed
Governor Drive

Figure 204

Page 211
Jan 15/86
EFFECTIVITY; ALL
ACTIONS BY
Exercising care, pull the free turbine assembly back until end piece (6) comes
out clear off the plane of the free turbine stage 2 NGV front flange.
CAUTION; PROTECT THE INTERIOR OF THE GAS GENERATOR AMD FREE TURBINE ASSEMBLY
FROM ENTRY OF FOREIGN MATTER.
Installation
Using a cloth piece moistened in toluene or gasoline, wipe the mating flanges
of the free turbine stages 1 and 2 NGV housings and coat them with the siloxane
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
enamel. Place a fibreglass thread in the joint of the free turbine stages 1
and 2 NGV housings
Fit three guide pins into the holes provided in the front flange of the free
TB3-117
turbine stage 2 NGV housing
Attach the slings of the hoisting device to the eye-lugs (Ref. 072.00.00, Task
Card No. 402) and offer the free turbine assembly to the gas generator
Exercising care and maintaining axial alignment, joint the free turbine as-
sembly and the gas generator by means of the guide pins and secure them with
bolts (2) (Ref. Fig. 205) and nuts (3). Coat the twenty lower bolts with the
siloxane enamel. Install the exhaust stack (Ref. 072.58.00, Task Card No. 202)
Insert bolts (3) (Ref. Fig. 206) into the holes in the engine aft flange and
mount rear trunnion (4) on the flange
Pit tab washers to nuts (2), screw on and evenly tighten the nuts. Fit washer
072.53.00
(5), support (6) and washer (7) to the trunnion, tighten nut (8) and safety
it with wire.
Attach rear support (6) to stand (9).
Tighten nuts (3) (Ref. Fig. 205) in a criss-cross manner in clockwise direction
Jan 15/86
Page 213
(looking from the entry side) in two or three stages

EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TB3-117
Engine Rear Flange Rear Support
Nut Washer
Bolt Nut
Rear Trunnion Strut
Washer
072.53.00
Jan 15/86
Page 214

Figure 206
ТВЗ-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Vertical Flexible
Shaft Pipe
Gasket
Flexible Shaft
Flange
Bolt
Oil Jet
For Reference When Installing Vertical Flexible Shaft

Figure 207
Page 215
Jan 15/86
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
Remove the governor drive installed by temporary assembly on the free turbine
to be mounted
Degrease the surfaces of the diffuser flange and pipe flange with acetone or
gasoline, smear the surfaces and the lower gasket with siloxane enamel, in-
stall the gasket on the flange.
CAUTION: DO NOT CONFUSE THE UPPER AND THE LOWER GASKETS (REP. STEP 2.4,TASK
CARD No. 203, SECTION 072.60.00)
Install pipe (housing) up to the tight setting of the flange to the gasket on
the diffuser flange. Preliminarily install on the flange the upper gasket,
without smearing it with siloxane enamel. Install (sink) new vertical shaft
into the housing of diffuser.
MAINTENANCE-MANUAL
Determine the clearance H as follows:
H = M - (A + Б) (Ref. Fig. 208)
TB3-117
where
A is a distance from the butt end of the hub of the bevel gear to the jointing
flange of the free turbine speed governor drive housing (without gasket).
Б is the amount of projection of the flexible shaft above the flange of the
housing of the fourth and fifth support assemblies with installed gasket.
M is a depth of shaft (2) location hole in the hub of the governor drive bevel
gear.
Clearance H should be within the limits of 1 to 3 mm. Select shim (1)

if required.
072.53.00
Install the governor drive on the engine according to Steps 2.1 to 2.8, Task
Card No. 208 of Section 072.60.00. Install horizontal flexible shaft accord-
ing to Steps 3.1 to 3.19 (except for Step 3.6), Task Card No. 201 of Secti-
on 072.60.00.
Page 216
Attach oil and air pipes (1), (5), (9), (14), and (20) (Ref. Fig. 204) to the
Nov 17/93
housing of the fourth and fifth support assemblies.

EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
Mounting vertical Mounting vertical

flexible shaft in flexible shaft in
speed governor free turbine gear
drive of free turbine reducer
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TB3-117
Shim Fourth and Fifth
Flexible Shaft Support Assemblies
Gasket Housing Flange
Speed Governor Gear Reducer Bevel Gear
Drive Housing Bushing (Since 01.02.89)
Speed Governor
Drive Bevel Pinion
072.53.00
Page 217
Nov 17/93
For Reference When Replacing Vertical Flexible Shaft

Figure 208
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
OPERATIONS AND TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS (T.R.) CORRECTVE CHECKED
ACTIONS BY
CAUTION PRIOR TO ATTACHMENT OF ALL PIPES TO THE HOUSING OF THE FOURTH

AND FIFTH SUPPORT ASSEMBLIES, WIPE ALL JOINTING SURFACES WITH A
CLOTH PIECE DIPPED IN TOLUENE OR GASOLINE.
BEFORE ATTACHING PIPES (5) (REF. FIG. 204), (14) AND (20), COAT
THE JOINTING SURFACES AND NEW GASKETS (6), (16), AND (21) WITH THE
SILOXANE ENAMEL.
Install the brackets securing the el. connectors and cables
Couple and safety the el. connectors and secure the cables in the brackets.
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
NOTE: On engines manufactured since Aug 01, 1985, the marking of the el. con-
nectors Ш11 and Ш12 of the ДТА-10 speed inductive transducers wire har-
ness has been changed to LH (ЛЕВ) and RH (ПРАВ), respectively. On the
ТВЗ-1Т7
left-hand engines, couple the LH (ЛЕВ) el. connector to the connector
pin socket marked Ш11 and couple the RH (ПРАВ) el. connector to the
connector pin socket marked Ш12. On the right-hand engines, couple the
RH (ПРАВ) el. connector to the Ш11 connector pin socket and the LH (ЛЕВ)
el. connector to the Ш12 connector pin socket.
Enter the replacement of the free turbine assembly into the engine Log Book
Test run the engine and, if necessary, adjust its accessories (Ref. 072.00.00,
Task Card No. 505)
072.53.00
Jan 15/86
Page 218
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
Torque wrench У5353-0111 Shim 7829.167 to 7829.0167-03 (set

Socket У6359-1078 for torque wrench of 4 size groups)
У5353-0111 Gasket 7862.0418
Socket У6350-8872 for torque wrench Gasket 7857.0695
У5353-0111
Sealing ring 2267A-16-2 (2 pc)
Torque wrench У5353-0109
Tab washer 3464Л-6 (2 pc)
Socket У6350-2087 for torque wrench
Spring washer 6,1 Кд ОСТ 1 11532-74
У5353-0109
(3 pc)
Box wrench У6351-4553-01
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Tab washer 9K52-1501 (24 pc)
Box wrench У6351-4553-06 Fibreglass thread
Engine tools kit 7818.0010 Safety wire
TB3-117
Free turbine hoist sling Siloxane enamel
2CK-04/T-04/K-032/500
Grease ПВК
Guide pins У6351-5169 (3 pc)
Depth gauge
072.53.00
Pages 219/220
Jan 15/86
TB3-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EXHAUST SECTION - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
1. General
The exhaust section is intended to expel the engine exhaust gas overboard either to the
right or to the left of the engine, upwards at an angle of 75 or 105 deg relative to the
horizontal plane or vertically downwards depending on whether the engine is aasembled
in a right-hand or left-hand layout version.
The exhaust section incorporates the following major assemblies:

- A housing of the fourth and fifth support assemblies.
- An exhaust stack.
- A coupling clamp.
Description
The fourth and fifth support assemblies housing consists of front flange (2) (Ref.
Fig. 1), rear flange (21), outer flange (4), cones (5) and (9), struts (7), inner hous-
ing (8), flange (11), and baffle (10).
The bearing casings of the fourth and fifth support assemblies are secured to the
flanges of inner housing (8). Flanges (21) and (11) serve for attachment of the ex-
haust stack, while flange (12) carries the casing of the helicopter main gearbox
sphere. Cone (9) is provided with access holes used for mounting the free turbine ro-
tor speed inductive transducers.
The fourth and fifth support assemblies housing is bolted at its flange (2) to rear
flange (1) of the free turbine stage 2 NGV housing.
The outer flange of the housing carries flanges designed for attachment of two pipes
(18) (Ref. Section H-H) venting the interior of the second support assembly, ejector
(20) (Ref. Section П-П) and pipes (19) (Ref. Section Л-Л) which effects venting of the
oil tank.
Cone (5) is joined to inner housing (8) with four hollow struts (7).
Exhaust stack (6) incorporates three flanges (22), (23), and (14) and a shaped wall.
The exhaust stack is secured with its front flange (22) to rear flange (21) of the
fourth and fifth support assemblies housing and with flange (23) to cone flange (11).
The wall of the exhaust stack terminates in stamped flange (14) which serves for at-
tachment of the helicopter's tail pipe.
Coupling clamp (15) comprises two halves and serves for attachment of helicopter's
tail pipe (17) to flange (14) of the exhaust stack.
The coupling clamp halves are joined together with two screws (13).
Pages 1/2
Jan 15/86
ТВЗ-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Turbine Stage Clamp

4 NGV Housing Rear Sealing Cord
Flange Tail Pipe
Fourth and Fifth Drain Pipe
Support Assemblies Pipe
Housing Front Flange Ejector
Ring Fourth and Fifth
Cone Support Assemblies
Exhaust Stack Housing Rear Flange
Strut Exhaust Stack
Housing Front Flange
Cone Flange Attaching
Shield Exhaust Stack to
Flange Fourth and Fifth
Exhaust Section Flange Support Assemblies
Figure 1 Coupling Screw Housing Cone Flange
Flange for Air Inlet Connection
EFFECTIVITY: ALL 072.58.00 Attachment of from Behind Compres-
Pages 3/4 Tail Pipe sor Stage 5
Nov 17/93
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
EXHAUST SECTION - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
PAGES
PROCEDURE: INSPECTION OF EXHAUST STACK

MS. ITEM

ACTIONS BY
Examine the exhaust stack in accessible places to ascertain it is free from cracks
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
A maximum of five cracks is acceptable including two cracks in the area of the
flange used for attachment of the helicopter's tail pipe extending up to 200 mm,
provided the cumulative length of the cracks does not exceed 450 mm.
TB3-117
Stop-drill the ends of the cracks with a 1.5 to 2.0-mm drill.
NOTE: If the ends of a crack have been stop-drilled in a wrong way or the crack
has progressed in another direction, the crack may be stop-drilled once
more, provided its total length is within 220 mm.
No cracks are acceptable in the area of exhaust stack attachment flange (zone A, When acceptable li-
ref. Pig. 201) aa well as cracks tending to form a closed contour in zone Б mits are exceeded,
replace exhaust stack
(Ref. Task Card
No. 202)

072.58.00
MATERIALS
Bit brace
Drill, 1.5 to 2.0-mm dia
Jan 15/86
Page 201
Straight-edge
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TB3-117
072.58.00
Jan 15/86
Page 202
Рог Reference When Inspecting Exhaust Stack

Figure 201
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
PAGES
PROCEDURE: REPLACEMENT OF EXHAUST STACK

MS. ITEM

ACTIONS BY
CAUTION: CARRY OUT REPLACEMENT OF THE EXHAUST STACK ON THE REMOVED ENGINE.
Removal
MAINTENANCE * MANUAL
Install the engine on a mounting trolley or a transportation stand (Ref.
072.00.00, Fig. 1001), but do not fit the rear trunnion to the engine.
TB3-117
CAUTION: IN ORDER TO PREVENT SAGGING OP THE ENGINE, PIT THE MIDDLE SUPPORTS TO
THE FLANGE OP THE SECOND SUPPORT ASSEMBLY.
NOTE: The replacement of the exhaust stack may be carried out on the engine
mounted on the hoisting device in a position convenient for work.
Unsafety and remove twelve screws (1) (Ref. Fig. 202) securing the exhaust stack
to the flange of cone (4)
Remove clamping segments (3) from flange (5) of the exhaust stack.
Unscrew self-locking nuts (6) and remove bolts (11) attaching the exhaust stack
to flange (7) of the fourth and fifth support assemblies housing, leaving a bolt
in one of the upper holes to prevent the exhaust stack from falling down during
072.58.00
its removal
Gently wobbling the exhaust stack, shift it a little, remove the remaining bolt
and withdraw the exhaust stack from the engine.
NОТЕ: Remove shim (8), if it was fitted between cone flange (12) and exhaust
Jan 15/86
Page 203
stack flange (5).

EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
Screw
Tab Washer
Clamping Segments
Cone
Exhaust Stack Flange
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TB3-117
072.58.00
Jan 15/86
Page 204
For Reference When Replacing Exhaust Stack

EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TB3-117
Nut Fibreglass Thread
Fourth and Fifth Support Exhaust Stack Flange
Assemblies Housing Flange Bolt
072.58.00
Shim Housing Flange

Jan 15/86
Page 205

EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TB3-117
Exhaust Stack flange
072.58.00
Cone Flange
Jan 15/86
Page 206

EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
Remove fibreglass thread (9) fitted between flange (7) of the fourth and fifth
support assemblies housing and exhaust stack flange (10)
Remove the remnants of the siloxane enamel from the faces of flanges (12) and
(7) and wash them with gasoline and then either with thinner P-5 or acetone
Installation
Wash flanges (5) and (10) of a new exhaust stack with gasoline and air-dry for
a period of 15 to 20 min
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fit the new exhaust stack to the housing of the fourth and fifth support as-
semblies.
NОТЕ: If shim (8) was fitted earlier, fit the exhaust stack together with the
TB3-117
same shim.
Attach the exhaust stack at flanges (7) and (10) with the aid of six to ten
bolts (11) and tighten the nuts
Using a feeler gauge, check the amount of clearance between flanges (12) and (5)
from the inside of the exhaust stack.
CAUTION: ENSURE THE CLEARANCE WITHIN THE LIMITS OF 0.02 TO 0.4 mm BY SELECTIVE
FITMENT OF SHIM (8) (AVAILABLE IN THREE SIZE GROUPS: 0.5, 0.8, AND
1.0 mm THICK). IT IS ALLOWED TO FIT UP TO TWO SHIMS.
Remove the exhaust stack attachment bolts

072.58.00
Dismantle the exhaust stack from the engine
Using a brush, apply a thin coat of the siloxane enamel to flanges (5), (7),
(10), and (12) and air-dry for a period of 15 to 20 min at room temperature
Fit new fibreglass thread (9) to flange (7) of the fourth and fifth support
Jan 15/86
Page 207
assemblies housing
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
Fit the exhaust stack to the engine together with shim (8) (if necessary),
having aligned marks 'O' or the lines on flange (10) of the exhaust stack and
flange (7) of the fourth and fifth support assemblies housing
Attach the exhaust stack at the flange by means of four bolts (11) and at
flange (5) by means of two screws (1), having first fitted clamping segments
(3) and tab washers (2) to flange (5) and coated the bolts and the screws
with grease ЖС
Smear the threaded portions of remaining bolts (11) with grease ЖС, insert
the bolts into the holes in flange (10) of the exhaust stack and screw on
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
self-locking nuts (6)
Uniformly tighten nuts (6) in a criss-cross manner proceeding in the clockwise

direction
TB3-117
Screw in screws (1) and lock them with tab washers (2). Tighten the screws in
a criss-cross manner proceeding in the clockwise direction
Remove the excess siloxane enamel from the jointing flanges of the exhaust
stack and engine
Air-dry the assembled unit for a period of 2 hours.
CAUTION: DO NOT ATTEMPT TO START THE ENGINE WITHIN A TIME PERIOD OF TWO HOURS
AFTER INSTALLATION OF THE EXHAUST STACK.
072.58.00
Jan 15/86
Page 208
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
Socket wrench, S = 10 mm Siloxane enamel

Socket wrench, S = 8 mm Thinner P-5 or acetone
Brush Gasoline
Cotton cloth pieces
Fibreglass thread БС6-13х1x8
Tab washer 3464A-6 (available in
set of spare parts)
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TB3-117
072.58.00
Pagea 209/210
Jan 15/86
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
PAGES
PROCEDURE: TURNING OF EXHAUST STACK

MS. ITEM

ACTIONS BY
CAUTION: THE OPERATION OF TURNING THE EXHAUST STACK TO ALTERNATIVE POSITION MUST BE
CARRIED OUT WITH THE ENGINE REMOVED FROM THE HELICOPTER.
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Removal
Effect Steps 1.1 thru 1.7 (Ref. Task Card No. 202)
TB3-117
Installation
Using a brush, apply a thin coat of the ailoxane enamel to flanges (5) (Ref.
Fig. 202), (7), (10), and (12) and air-dry for a period of 15 to 20 min at
room temperature
Pit new fibreglass thread (9) to flange (7)
Turn the exhaust stack to the required position aligning the respective correla-
tion marks (lines) on flanges (10) (Ref. Fig. 202) and (7).
CAUTION: IF SHIM (8) WAS FITTED EARLIER, MOUNT THE EXHAUST STACK TOGETHER WITH
THE REMOVED SHIM.
072.58.00
Fit the exhaust stack to the engine
Effect Steps 2.10 thru 2.15 (Ref. Task Card No. 202)
Couple the el. connectors as outlined in Step 2.14 of Sub-Section 072.53.00

Jan 15/86
Page 211
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
Socket wrench, S = 10 ram Siloxane enamel

Socket wrench, S = 8 mm Thinner F-5 or acetone
Brush Gasoline
Cotton cloth pieces
Fibreglase thread БС6-13х1х18
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TB3-117
072.58.00
Page 212
Jan 15/86
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
PAGES
PROCEDURE: REPLACEMENT OF TAIL PIPE ATTACHMENT COUPLING CLAMP

MS. ITEM

ACTIONS BY
Removal
Unsafely and remove coupling screws (1) (Ref. Fig. 203) of the clamp halves,
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
turning off the screws gradually, by equal amounts, alternatively at both sides
Remove the halves of the clamps, the tail pipe and sealing cord (3).
TB3-117
CAUTION: DO NOT ATTEMPT TO REMOVE THE CLAMP BY REMOVING A SCREW AT ONE SIDE AND
TURNING ASIDE THE CLAMP JOINT ENDS.
Examine both halves of the clamp for absence of peening along rib Л.
CAUTION: 1. IF TRACES OF PEENING ARE DETECTED, EXAMINE THE SURPACE NEAR THE
FLANGE OF THE TAIL PIPE FOR PRESENCE OF EXCESSIVE WELD METAL. NO
EXCESSIVE WELD METAL IS ACCEPTABLE.
CHECK THE EXHAUST STACK AND THE FLANGE OF THE HELICOPTER TAIL PIPE
FOR FLATNESS, WHICH SHOULD BE WITHIN 0.8 mm.
Installation
Soak new sealing cord (3) in the siloxane enamel

072.58.00
Fit sealing cord (3) to flange (4) of the exhaust stack, joining the ends of
the cord in front of the clamp joint
Joint the helicopter tail pipe with the flange of the exhaust stack and secure
Page 213
it with the clamp, having tightened the coupling screws at both sides finger-
Nov 17/93
tight. The screws should be preliminarily coated with grease ЖС.

EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
Coupling Screw
Clamp Half
Sealing Cord
Exhaust Stack Flange
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TB3-117
072.58.00
Jan 15/86
Page 214
For Reference When Replacing Tail Pipe Attachment Clamp

Figure 203
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
lighten the coupling screws of the clamp at both sides to a torque of 0.4
to 0.5 kgf-m, gently tapping the clamp with a mallet to ensure a uniform bedding
Slacken the tightening of the clamp and then finally tighten the coupling
screws to a torque of 0.35 to 0.40 kgf-m uniformely at both sides, maintaining
visually the equal gaps between the flanges of the clamp at both sides.
CAUTION: WHEN THE CLAMP IS FINALLY TIGHTENED, THERE MUST BE NO CONTACT BETWEEN
RIB «Л» OF THE CLAMP AND THE SURFACE OF THE TAIL PIPE.
Remove the excess siloxane enamel pressed out during tightening of the clamp
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Lock the coupling screws with safety wire.
NOTE: Starting from June 1, 1987, the clamps are manufactured from steel in-
TB3-117
stead of titanium. The clamps are interchangeable
Torque wrench (from helicopter's tools Safety wire

kit)
072.58.00
Siloxane enamel
Mallet Cotton cloth pieces
Gasoline
Pages 215/216
Sealing cord (from set of spares)

Nov 17/93
Grease ЖC
TB3-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ACCESSORY DRIVES - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
General
The purpose of the accessory drives is to convey a torque from the gas generator shaft
and the free turbine shaft to the engine accessories.
The accessory drives comprise the following:

- An internal drive gearbox.
- An external drive gearbox.
- A free turbine speed governor drive.
Description and Operation
The internal drive gearbox includes housing (10) (Ref. Fig. 1), driving gear (26),
driven gears (5) and (13)f bearing housings (2), (16), (22), and bearings (3), (7),
(9), (11), (15), and (24).
The housing of the internal drive gearbox is attached with its front flange to the
first support assembly housing.
Attached to the rear flange of the internal drive gearbox housing by means of studs and
nuts are central bearing housing (22) and flange (20).
Lower and upper bearing housings (2) and (16) are fitted, respectively, to the lower
and upper flanges of the internal drive gearbox housing by means of studs and nuts.
Driving gear (26) of the internal drive gearbox has two stems: the forward stem and the
aft stem carrying ball bearings (9) and (24) secured to the gear stems with nuts (8)
and (23).
Front bearing (9) is mounted with its outer race in the housing press-fitted into the
internal drive gearbox housing, while rear bearing (24) is fitted into the inner bore
in central housing (22). The gear is provided with internal splines for engagement
with torsion shaft (19).
Oil pump block driven gear (5) is supported by two ball bearings (3) and (7).
The outer race of the upper bearing is fitted in the housing press-fitted into the in-
ternal drive gearbox housing, while the outer race of the lower bearing is mounted in
the inner bore of lower bearing housing (2). The gear is provided with internal
splines for engagement with the splines of oil pump block torsion shaft (1).
External drive gearbox driven gear (13) is supported by ball bearings (11) and (15),
whose outer races are fitted, respectively, in the lower bearing housing press-fitted
in the internal drive gearbox housing and in the inner bore of upper bearing hous-
ing (16).

Page 1
Jan 15/86
TВЗ-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
The gear is provided with internal splines for engagement with the splines of external
drive gearbox torsion shaft (17).
The torque from the gas generator rotor is transmitted to driving gear (26) via torsion
shaft (19). The rear splines of the torsion shaft are engaged with the internal splines
of the compressor front trunnion, while the front splines are meshed with the internal
splines of the driving gear. The torque is conveyed from the driving gear via gear (13)
and torsion shaft (17) to the external drive gearbox and via gear (5) and tors'ion
shaft (1), to the oil pump block.
The lubrication and cooling of the friction surfaces of the internal drive gearbox is
effected by the oil supplied from the external drive gearbox via pipe (18) into upper
bearing housing (16) through hole H (Ref. Fig. 2). Then the oil flows along drillings
in the upper and lower bearing housings and internal drive gearbox housing to jet holes
A and П for lubrication of the ball bearings of the external drive gearbox driven gear,
to jet holes Г and Д for lubrication of the ball bearings of the oil pump block driven
gear and to jet holes К and Ж for lubrication of the ball bearings of the driving
gear. Besides, the oil is supplied to jet hole Л to lubricate the external drive gear-
box torsion shaft splines, to jets Б and В to lubricate the splines of the driving gear
and torsion shaft. The oil passing through jet holes E lubricates the front bearing of
the compressor, and through jet hole M the oil is delivered via an oil-bypass bushing
to lubricate the damper of the compressor rotor front support assembly. Jet hole И
serves to supply lube oil to the bevel gear meshing zone.
The used oil is returned by gravity via the holes in the lower housing to the scaveng-
ing section of the oil pump block.
The external drive gearbox is designed for arrangement of the engine accessories and
their drives.
It is secured with studs to the upper flange of the first support assembly housing.
Fitted into the groove in the external drive gearbox housing at its joint with the
first support assembly is sealing ring (14) (Ref Fig. 3).
The external drive gearbox includes a housing, a system of bevel and spur gears sup-
ported by ball bearings and adapters for attachment of the engine accessories.
The external drive gearbox provides drive to the following engine accessories:
- The air starter.
- The FCU.
- The centrifugal fuel pump.
- The external drive gearbox oil scavenge pump.
- The gas generator speed transducer.
The external drive gearbox oil scavenge pump and the gas generator rotor speed trans-
ducer (18) are secured with studs to the gearbox housing. The remaining engine acces-
sories are secured to the adapters by means of quick-release clamps.

Page 2
Jan 15/86
ТВЗ-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Oil Pump Block Accessories

Torsion Shaft Drive Torsion
Lower Bearing Shaft
Housing Oil Supply Pipe
Bearing Torsion Shaft
Shim
Flange
Gear
Shim Gasket
Bearing Central
Hut Bearing Housing
Bearing Nut
Housing Bearing
Bearing Shim
Shim Gear
Gear Shim
Shim Shim
Bearing Shim
Shim
Upper Bearing
Housing Shim
Gasket
Internal Drive Gearbox

Figure 1

Pages 3/4
Jan 15/86.
TB3-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Lube Oil Supply Points in Internal Drive Gearbox

Figure 2
Page 5
Jan 15/86
TB3-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fitted in the left upper portion of the external drive gearbox front wall is a connec-
tion intended to measure the pressure inside the gearbox. Arranged in the lower portion
of the external drive gearbox is an oil filter secured with studs. Fitted to the oil
filter attachment wall are jet (38) and an oil-bypass bushing intended to supply oil to
the external drive gearbox chamber. Rotation to the external drive gearbox components
is conveyed from the free turbine and the gas generator.
The free turbine torque is conveyed via the speed transducer drive and the flexible
shaft to gear (5) supported by two bearings, one of which mounted in the housing press-
fitted into the bore in the external drive gearbox, and the other into the inner bore
in adapter (6). The splines of the flexible shaft are in mesh with the internal splines
of gear (5). The flexible shaft shroud is secured to the threaded end of adapter (6)
with a coupling nut. To prevent a seepage of oil inside the flexible shaft shroud from
the external drive gearbox chamber, a carbon face seal is sandwiched between gear (5)
and adapter (6). The latter is secured to the external drive gearbox with studs and
nuts. The adapter-to-external drive gearbox housing joint is sealed with a rubber seal-
ing ring.
Rotation of gear (5) is conveyed to idle gear (16) running in two ball bearings fitted
onto an axle press-fitted into the holes provided in the external drive gearbox housing.
Further, rotation is transmitted from idle gear (16) to gear (36) mounted on the splines
of layshaft (30).
The shaft is supported by two ball bearings fitted in housings press-fitted in the ex-
ternal drive gearbox housing. The extension of the FCU speed governor torsion shaft is
inserted into a square-shaped hole of the internal chamber of layahaft (30).
The torque of the gas generator rotor is transmitted to external drive gearbox driving
gear (12) via the internal drive gearbox and the splined torsion shaft. Тле driving
gear of the external drive gearbox rotates in two ball bearings fitted in the bearing
housing.
The ball bearing housing is attached to the lower flange of the external drive gearbox
housing with studs and nuts. Oil-bypass bushing (10) sandwiched between the ball bearing
housing and the external drive gearbox housing provides for supply of the lube oil to
the ball bearings of the driving gear.
Rotation of driving gear (12) is conveyed to bevel gear (3) press-fitted onto shaft (1)
and secured on it with a pin. Shaft (1) rotates in two bearings, the front one fitted
in the inner bore in the adapter attached to the external drive gearbox with nuts and
studs, and the rear one mounted in the housing press-fitted into the bore in the ex-
ternal gearbox housing.
The horizontal shaft torque is then transmitted by the splines to spur gears (8) and
(9) attached to the shaft.

Page 6
Jan 15/86
ТВЗ-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Shaft Shim
Shim Bevel Gear
Bevel Gear Sealing Ring
Shim Shim
Gear Speed Governor
Flexible Shaft Pipe Drive Gear
Attachment Connection Oil Jet
Shim Gas Generator
Gear Speed Inductive
Gear Transducer
Bushing


Page 7
Jan 15/86
ТВЗ-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Oil Jet
Oil Jet
Overrunning Clutch
Shaft
Oil Scavenge Pump
Drive Gear
Gear
Adapter
Jaw Clutch
Gear
Layshaft
FCU Driving Gear
Cover
Bushing
Centrifugal Fuel
Pump Drive Gear
Adapter
Gear
Oil Jet
Scavenge Oil Pump
Drive Gear
Gas Generator Speed
Inductive Transducer
Inductor Gear
FCU Adapter
Nut


Page 8
Jan 15/86.
TB3-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Spur gear (8) drives FCU driving gear (310 supported by two bearings, the front bear-
ing mounted in a housing press-fitted into a bore in the external drive gearbox, and the
rear one fitted into the inner bore in the FCU attachment adapter. Adapter (41) is se-
cured to the external drive gearbox by means of studs and nuts. The FCU is attached to
the flange of adapter (41) with a quick-release clamp.
The external drive gearbox-to-adapter and adapter-to-FCU joints are sealed with rubber
sealing rings.
Gear (31) conveys rotation to centrifugal fuel pump driving gear (34) running in two
bearings, the front bearing mounted in the inner bore in centrifugal fuel pump attach-
ment adapter (35). and the rear one in the housing press-fitted into the bore in the
external drive gearbox.
Installed on the external splines of gear (34) is inductor (40) of the gas generator
rotor speed inductive transducer. The internal splines of gear (34) are meshed with
those of the centrifugal fuel pump shaft extension attached to adapter (35) with a
quick-release clamp. Adapter (35) is secured to the external drive gearbox with studs
and nuts. The adapter (35)-to-external drive gearbox joint is sealed by a rubber seal-
ing ring, while a carbon face seal is mounted between adapter (35) and gear (34).
Press-fitted into the aft journal of gear (34) is bushing (33) provided with a square-
shaped hole intended for manual cranking of the gas generator rotor. In working posi-
tion, the manual cranking bushing is blanked off with cover (32).
Gear (9) fitted to horizontal shaft (1) serves to convey rotation to gear (29) press-
fitted onto the casing of jaw clutch (28). The jaw clutch casing runs in two bearings
fitted to the shaft of overrunning clutch (22). Since the shaft of overrunning clutch
(22) and the casing of jaw clutch (28) on a running engine are not coupled mechanical-
ly, gear (29) serves to convey rotation to gear (24) only.
The shaft of overruning clutch (22) is supported by two bearings.
The front bearing is mounted in a housing press-fitted into the bore in the external
drive gearbox, while the rear one is fitted in the inner bore in air starter attach-
ment adapter (26).
The front flange of adapter (26) is secured with studs and nuts to the external drive
gearbox, while the rear adapter flange attaches the air starter by means of a quick-
release clamp.
The external drive gearbox-to-adapter and adapter-to-air starter joints are sealed with
the aid of rubber sealing rings.
At an engine starting, when the shaft of overrunning clutch (22) and the casing of jaw
clutch (28) are rigidly connected to each other, the rotation is transmitted from the
air starter to the gas generator rotor via the train of gears (29), (9), (3), and (12).

Page 9
Jan 15/86
TB3-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Gear (24) is splined to gear-stem (23). Gear-stem (23) is supported by two ball bearings
mounted in the housings press-fitted in the bores in the external drive gearbox housing.
The rotation is then conveyed from gear (23) to gear (39) running in two ball bearings.
The rear ball bearing is fitted in a housing press-fitted into a bore in the housing of
the external drive gearbox, while the front one is fitted in a housing press-fitted in-
to the housing of the oil pump scavenging oil from the external drive gearbox. The stem
of the oil pump gear enters the square-shaped hole in gear (39).
The oil pump is attached to the external drive gearbox with the aid of studs and nuts.
The oil pump-to-external drive gearbox joint is sealed with a paronite gasket.
The lubrication of the bearings and gears of the external drive gearbox is carried out
by means of the pressure-splash method.
The oil is fed into the inner chamber of the external drive gearbox through oil jets
(17), (21) and (20) mounted in the housing of the driving gear bearings and in the ex-
ternal drive gearbox housing.
The used oil is drained by gravity via holes provided in the lower flange of the exter-
nal drive gearbox into the first support assembly housing, wherefrom it is pumped out
by the oil pump scavenging oil from the external drive gearbox.
The free turbine (main rotor) speed governor drive is intended to transmit rotation
from the vertical flexible shaft extending from the reduction gear of the fourth sup-
port assembly, to the flexible shaft connected with the external drive gearbox.
The drive unit is basically a gearbox including a couple of straight-tooth bevel gears
installed in a separate housing.
Strive housing (13) (Ref. Fig. 4) locates on the flange of the fourth and fifth support
assemblies bousing and is attached to it with four screws.
Bevel gears (1) and (3) are running in anti-friction bearings located in the respective
bores.
Bearing housing (6) is attached to drive housing (13) with three screws. Attached to
drive housing (13) with four studs is bearing housing (7).
The joint of the drive with the flange of the fourth and fifth support assemblies hous-
ing is sealed with paronite gasket (5). The bearing housing (7)-to-drive housing (13)
and the adapter (lO)-to-drive housing (13) Joints are sealed by means of rubber seal-
ing rings. The joint of the horizontal flexible shaft with the drive is sealed with a
carbon face seal mounted in adapter (10). The tightness of the carbon face seal is en-
sured by selective fitment of shims (9).
The oil is supplied into the drive via connection (12). Metering jet (11) is fitted to
the connection. The gearing and three bearings are provided with a pressurized jet
lubrication system, while the fourth bearing is lubricated with splashed oil. The used

Page 10
Jan 15/86
TB3-117
MAJNTOIANCE MANUAL
oil is drained by gravity via special holes provided in the casing and then via the
vertical strut into the chamber of the gearbox.
Bevel Gear Shim

Shin Shim
Bevel Gear Adapter
Shim Oil Jet
Gasket Oil Supply
Bearing Housing Connection
Bearing Housing Housing
Free Turbine (Main Rotor) Speed Governor Drive

Figure 4
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
072.60.00
Pages 11/12
Jan 15/86
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
TO MS. PAGES
TASK CARD No. 201 201 to 214
MS. ITEM PROCEDURE: REPLACEMENT OF MODIFIED OUTER SPLIT HORIZONTAL FLEXIBLE SHAFT OF MAIN ROTOR
(FREETURBINE)SPEEDGOVERNORDRIVE

ACTIONS BY
The modified outer split horizontal flexible shafts (OHSh) with carbon fluoroplas
tic bushings and steel housing are authorized to be installed on engines of all
models instead of split and one-piece outer horizontal flexible shafts. The re-
verse replacement is not permissible.
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
NOTE: When installing modified outer split shafts on engines up to No. Н78933С34,
Series 3, Nо. Н78MT933СС8, Nо. K78M933001 and Nо. H73MTЗЗ005 install the
TB3-117
repair front shaft
Removal
Remove claups (5), (10) and (25) (Ref. Pig. 201) attaching outer flexible ho-
rizontal shaft to the brackets: of air starter, V-shaped and rear supporting.
NOTE: If it is necessary remоvе the clamp from the bracket attaching the fire
extinguishant manifold, turn or move it aside
Unlock and unsorew front coupling nut (4).
Put cloth under the place of shaft removal to prevent the loosing of retaining
rings (26).
072.60.00
More back nipple (3) from adapter (1) of the drive gearbox up to the appearance
of two sealing rings
Page 201
Nov 17/93
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
Uncouple the outer flexible shaft connector proceeding as followss

- Set open special wrench У6351-9509 or any other open wrench S = 10 mm on
flats (35) of bushing (27). Turning the bushing with the wrench shift the
bushing backward to the turbine by alight and frequent tappings with hammer
against the wrench up to the appearance of the first retaining ring (26);
- Using scriber, screwdriver or knife shift the retaining ring along shaft (28)
forward to the side of drive gearbox up to the stop against the shaft shoul-
der;
- Set special wrench У6351-9509 or any other open wrench S = 10 mm on the flats
of bushing, turning the bushing with the wrench, shift the bushing forward
slightly and frequently tapping the bushing with the hammer up to the opening
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
of the joint of shafts;
- Detach front shaft (28) with the flexible shaft, remove front shaft.
TB3-117
When removing the shaft see that shims (29) do not fall out.
NOTES: 1. On engines provided with one-piece horizontal flexible shafts (the

distinguishing feature is the length of the front nippel end of
40 mm) to remove the horizontal flexible shaft without removing of
the speed governor drive, ahift the nippel backward, put wet cloth
under it to collect chips and saw the cable of flexible shaft with a
hack-saw.
On the engines provided with split horizontal flexible shafts (the
distinguishing feature is the length of the front aippel end of
70 mm) shift the nippel backward, put wet cloth under it to prevent
the loosing of the retaining ring, install support У6358-7451 on the
072.60.00
shaft neck and using open wrench S=8 mm, shift the bushing backward
up to the coming of retaining ring, reaove it with a scriber; move
the bushing forward and separate the flexible shaft. If the joint
cannot be disassembled, saw the flexible shaft with a hack-saw
Page 202
Nov 17/93
ТВЗ-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Adapter of Drive Gearbox Screw Washer Clamp

Flexible Shaft Strap Nut Retaining Ring Washer
Nippel Coupling Nut Gasket Locking Bushing Fluoroplastic Bushing
Coupling Nut Nippel Bolt Front Shaft with Pin Bracket of Air Starter
Clamp Flexible Shaft Housing Nut Shim Bracket
Screw Governor Drive Washer Feeler Gauge Bolt
Gasket Flat Washer Suspension Nut Sealing Ring
Gasket Rubber Ring Bracket Bolt
Replacement of Outer Horizontal Flexible Shaft

with Fluoroplastic Bushings
Figure 201 (Shee- 1 of 2)

Page 203
Nov 17/93
ТВЗ-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Bushing 0780299051-02 end Retaining Ring 0830562208 Flat

Structural Variants-of Bushing (27) Wrench S=10 or У6351-9509
Shaft 0780299270-01 (since Bushing
and Shaft (28) Locking:
01.02.89) Front Shaft with Pin
Bushing 0780299051 and
Adapter of Drive Gearbox Shim
Shaft 07802992270
Nippel Flexible Shaft
Bushing 0780299051-01
Coupling Nut Sealing Ring
(since 15.11.88) and
Flexible Shaft Housing Bushing
Shaft 0780299270
Peculiarities of Removal/Installation of Outer Split

Horizontal Flexible Shaft Joint

Page 204
Nov 17/93
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
Bring outer flexible shaft (2) out of engagement with governor drive (14)
having moved it forward
Unlock and unscrew rear coupling nut (11), remove flexible shaft (30) with hous
ing (13)
Visually inspect fluoroplastic gaskets on supporting brackets for absence of

wear.
Visually inspect:
- Clamps of outer flexible shaft for absence of cracks in places of their at-
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
tachment to the brackets;
- Rear supporting bracket for absence of cracks in places of its attachment
to the engine;
TB3-117
- V-shaped bracket for absence of cracks in places of its attachment to the en-
gine and mounting of claraps. When a fault is revealed, replace the defective
part
Wipe the splines of the front shaft and the pin with cloth and check their
condition.
If the wear of splines is visually revealed (visible shoulder due to wear)

replace the gear of the gear drive box according to Task Card No. 204, Section
072.60.00.
Wipe with cloth the rear splines of the flexible shaft and check their condi-
tions if wear of splines is visually revealed (visible shoulder due to wear)
replace the speed governor drive according to Task Card No. 208, Section
072.60.00
072.60.00.
If shims are available, remove all shims by means of pin-remover У6351-9040

from the gear of the drive gearbox and from the speed governor drive (on some
engines 2 shims may be installed)
Page 205
Nov 17/93
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
Eliminate the products of wear by cleaning with a scourer and washing with
kerosene the spline spaces of gears of drive gearbox and apeed governor drive
by means of rubber squirt or syringe
Check with gauge У6063-2786-02 the wear of internal splines of gears of drive
gearbox and speed governor drive. The gauge ensures the check of wear of
splines not more than 0.1 mm. For checking insert the gauge into the spline
joint in several positions with an effort of approximately 1.5 to 2 kgf. The
gauge should not pass through. If the gauge passes through completely or
partially into the spline joint (if the gauge is turned, it is felt that the
gauge touches the splines) replace the gear (Task Card No. 204) or speed go-
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
vernor drive (Task Card No. 208)
Installation
TB3-117
The modified horizontal flexible shaft with a steel housing is supplied for use
in assembly completed with a front shaft of size steps 02, lubricated with
grease ВНИИ НП-225 blanked from two sides.
Shaft (28) is connected with flexible shaft (30) only by a pin connection, the
bushing is not fixed by the retaining ring. Bushing (27) is displaced to the
side of splines up to the stop against the shaft shoulder. The first retaining
ring (26) is installed on the shaft and displaced to the side of splines up to
the stop. Thе second retaining ring (26) is sunk in its groove
Inspect housing of horizontal flexible shaft in the condition of delivery

for absence of rough nicks, dents, cracks
When required, if the bushing and retaining rings are not installed on
072.60.00
shaft (28) and also in case of replacement, perform their installation pro-
ceeding as follows:
- Put on shaft two new retaining rings from the side of pin;
- Move the first retaining ring along the shaft up to the stop against the
Page 206
Nov 17/93
shoulder}
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
- Install the second retaining ring into a deeper groove;

- Install fixing bushing on shaft with internal cone directed to the retain-
ing rings, install the shaft with bushing on the wooden support and turn-
ing the bushing shift the bushing by slight frequent tapping of the hammer,
to the stop against the shaft shoulder.
Remove blanks from horizontal flexible shaft. Shift the nippel with the big
nut to the side of housing. Remove the front shaft and measure its length which
should be 97 mm (shaft of size steps 02). If the horizontal flexible shaft is
equipped with a shaft of another length (size steps), replace the shaft for
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
size steps 02.
On engines specified in Note to Step 1, the horizontal flexible shaft should

be equipped with a shaft of size steps 92 with the length of 90 ram. During
TB3-117
repair of the specified engines the gear may be replaced. In this case, install
shaft of size steps 02. The peculiar feature of the old or new gear is the
projection of shaft of size steps 02 relative to the end of connections with
the old (repair) gear the projection is approximately 46 mm, with the new one,
40 mm
On the engines manufactured and repaired before 01.02.89, prior to installation

of modified horizontal flexible shaft, replace the supporting rear bracket with
new bracket 0780049270-03 and the bracket of the air starter with new bracket
07800850890-03.
On engines manufactured up to No. H78113080, No. H78MT113072, No. 7087853103451

and repaired before 01.05.82 on which the horizontal flexible shafts are instal-
led with the nonstraightened line, replace V-shaped bracket with new bracket
072.60.00
0780299038 with the shortened lugs
Prior to installation of horizontal flexible shaft perform the following opera-

tions:
Page 20?
Nov 17/93
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
Make sure that operations according to Steps 2.6 through 2.10 are accomplish-
ed
Use rubber squirt or syringe to grease (syringe) with oil used in the engine
the spline spaces of gears of the drive gearbox and the speed governor drive.
Grease the splines and the centering band of the front shaft
Install the front shaft into the spline connection up to the stop with a for-
ce approximately 1.0 kgf
Check the entry of new front shaft splines into the gear of the drive gearbox.
Check the entry by measuring the projection value of the shaft installed up to
the stop in the gear relative to the end of the connection. The shaft of size
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
steps 02 (main) should project approximately by 40 mm, the shaft of size steps
04, approximately by 37 ram, the shaft of size steps 03, approximately by 43 mm.
TB3-117
NОТЕ: On engines specified in Note to Step 1, the projection should be: for re-
pair shaft 92 size steps (main) - approximately 46 mm, for shaft 94 aize
steps - approximately 43 mm, for shaft 93 size steps - approximately
49 ram.
The tolerance for the projection of end should be +2 mm.
During repair the gear may be replaced by a gear with extended splines
(Ref. Step 3.2)
Remove the flexible shaft from the housing for a length approximately of 8 to
10 carbon fluoroplastic bushings and check the presence of grease on the exter-
nal surfaces of bushings. Shift several bushings to the side of joint and check
the presence of grease on the surface of wires of the flexible shaft.
072.60.00
If the grease is not available, lubricate the surface of the flexible shaft and
the external surface of the bushing proceeding as follows»
- Apply approximately 1 сm3 of grease ВНИИ НП-225 to a portion of flexible
shaft with a length of approximately 160 mm (for 15 bushings with an overlap
Page 208
of the greased portion by 5 to 10 mm).

Nov 17/93
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
- Put bushings on the greased portion.

- Grease another portion and so on up to the installation of all 95 bushings.
- Using brush apply evenly grease to the external surface of bushings from 4 to
5 cm3.
- Insert the assembled flexible shaft with the bushings by the Joint end with
the pin into the housing from the side of small nut and carefully insert the
flexible shaft up to the end; moving the flexible shaft by hand check the
absence of seizure of the shaft in the housing
Pill up oil, used in the engine, into the housing of the flexible shaft in qu-
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
antity of 9 to 10 cm . For this purpose do the following!
- Put the flexible shaft into the vertical position with the rear nut on the
cowl.
TB3-117
- Move out flexible shaft with bushings from the housing from the side of big
nut approximately by half, having left in the housing the other half of the
shaft.
- Using measuring sleeve uniforraly pour on bushings by 9 - 10 cm3 of oil with
the simultaneous insertion of the flexible shaft with the bushings into the
housing.
- Check the flexible shaft for free rotation by hand and displacement in the
flexible shaft housing. Seizure in the bushings is not permissible; in case
of seizure replace bushings or horizontal flexible shaft assembly.
- Grease with oil used in the engine the front and rear spline shaft ends and
the centering surfaces near the splines.
072.60.00
- Holding flexible shaft in housing, install it on the engine.

- To prevent flowing out of oil, quickly turn in manually at first rear and
then front nuts
Page 209
Nov 17/93
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
Install in the place of the smallest clearance between the fuel control unit
and housing of the shaft any plastic, wooden, aluminium or copper strip 1.5
to 2.0 mm thick.
Tighten at first the front and then the rear nut. Remove the strip between
housing and fuel control unit. Using locking wire 0.8 mm preliminarily for pas-
sage check the presence of clearances between the housing, brackets and units.
Install clamps with gaskets on the housing. Check the setting of the housing
with clamps on the brackets. The misalignment (clearance) between the housing,
brackets and places of clanps attachment is permissible not more than 2 mm.
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
In case of necessity it is permissible to bend the housing up to 12 mm in radi-
us not less than 500 mm by means of two wooden mandrels.
Hicks and dents after the bending are not permissible.
TB3-117
Using the calliper measure the housing diameter in the plane of bending which
should not be less than 15 mm.
After the bending undo the front nut, shift the nippel and check the flexible
shaft for free movement in housing by hand. Seizure of the shaft in housing is
not permissible.
In case of seizure replace bushings or horizontal flexible shafts assembly.
After the preliminary tightening of the front and rear nuts attach the housing
to the brackets. Use locking wire 0.5 mm in dia. for passage to check the pre-
sence of clearances between the housing and units. Check the clearance between
072.60.00
the housing and thermocouple probe wiring harness that should be not less than
2 mm
Undo rear nut (11), check the alignment of nippel with connection that should
be not more than 2 mm. In case of necessity take the flexible shaft out of the
Page 210
spline joint of the speed governor drive and perform the bending of the hous-
Nov 17/93
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
ing according to the requirements of Step 3.3. Tighten preliminarily the rear
coupling nut
Love nippel (3) to the connection of adapter and check its alignment with the
connection that should not be mоrе than 2 mm. In case of necessity loosen the
damps and perform the bending according to the requirements of Step 3.8
Check the arrangement of housing and fix it finally on the brackets. Use lock-
ing wire 0.5 mm in dia. for passage to check the presence of clearances betwe-
en the housing and units as well as the clearance between the housing and
thermocouple probe wiring harness
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Shift the nippel backward to the side of turbine. Check the entry of the fle-
xible shaft into the splines of the speed governor drive. For this purpose,
with a force of approximately 1.0 kgf by hand move the shaft back to the stop
TB3-117
and measure with the rule the projection of the shaft relative to the end of
the housing which should be 18+_2 mm. Shift the front shaft forward and measu-
re preliminarily the value of the horizontal flexible shaft axial travel - the
distance between the pin and the hole for the pin of shafts.
Connect the shaft with flexible shaft (30), partially lock the joint by moving
bushing (27) approximately up to the pin
Measure the axial travel of the flexible shaft, for this purpose:
Move the flexible shaft by hand up to the stop forward with a force appro-
ximately of 1.0 kgf. Make a mark with a pencil (K) on the shaft in the plane
of the connection end of the drive gearbox.
CAUTION: 1. IF THE SHIFTING OF SHAFT BY HAND IS DIFFICULT, T0 IMPROVE THE

072.60.00
CENTERING PERFORM REINSTALLATION OF THE HOUSING OR THE BENDING

OF THE HOUSING TAKING INTO ACCOUNT THE REQUIREMENTS OF STEP 3.8,
THE SHIFTING 0F THE SHAFT BY MEANS OF PLIERS IS NОТ PERMISSIBLE
Page 211
Nov 17/93
EFFECTIVtTY: ALL
OPERATIONS AND TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS <TJ»J CORRECTIVE CHECKED
ACTIONS BY
Shift the flexible shaft by hand up to the stop backward with an effort of
approximately 1.0 kgf
Using the feeler gauge measure the distance (travel H) between the mark and
the connection end. Flexible shaft travel (H) should be 2 to 4 mm
Depending on the initially measured travel H according to 3.14.3 (with the

installed base shafts of size steps 02 or 92) set the respective size steps of
shafts and if required the washer only of 2 mm into the speed governor drive
according to Tables No. 1 and No. 2
TABLE No. 1
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
For Engines with Base Shaft 97 mm Long, Size Steps 02
Initial measurement Install Final travel H mm

H mm ace. to 3.14.3 (acc. to TR 2 to 4 mm)
ТВЗ-117
washer 2 mm shaft of size steps
6 to 5 03 2 to 3
4.9 to 4 2 02 2 to 2.9
3.9 to 2 02 2 to 3.9
1.9 to 1.1 2 04 2.1 to 2.9
1 to 0 04 3 to 4
TABLE No. 2
For Engines with Base Repair Shaft 90 mm Long, Size Steps 92
072.60.00

H mm ace. to 3.14.3 (ace. to TR 2 to 4 ram)
6 to 5 93 2 to 3
4.9 to 4 2 92 2 to 2.9
Page 212
Nov 17/93
3.9 to 2 92 2 to 3.9
ТВЗ-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
External Drive Gearbox Washer

Adapter Nut
Flexible Shaft Gasket
Nipple Bolt
Coupling Nut Nut
Clamp Washer
Bolt Mount Nut
Gasket Bracket
Gasket Clamp
Bolt Sealing Ring
Clamp Shaft with Pin
Coupling Nut Shim
Nipple Combustion Chamber Bracket
For Reference When Replacing Split Horizontal Flexible Shaft Flexible Shaft Shroud Feeler Gauge
Figure 202 Speed Governor Drive Retaining Ring
EFFECTIVITY: ALL 072.60.00 Plain Washer
Rubber Ring
Bushing
Ring
Pages 212a/212b
Mar 15/88
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY

H mm acc. to 3.14.3 (acc. to TR 2 to 4 mm)
1.9 to 1.1 04 2.1 to 2.9
1 to 0 04 3 to 4
Fix finally the pin connection of the horizontal flexible shaft joint by
shifting with the help of special wrench and hammer locking bushing (27) back
to the side of turbine up to the stop against the shoulder of the flexible
shaft (up to the opening of the groove for the firat retaining ring). Moving
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
the retaining ring along the shaft with the screwdriver or knife, place the
retaining ring in the groove. Move bushing (27) by means of special wrench
and hammer to the side of the drive gearbox up to the installation of the se-
cond retaining ring in the grooves of the shaft and bushing (up to a peculiar
TB3-117
click). After the peculiar click turn the bushing by hand in different direc-
tions to set the retaining ring into the groove.
By hand forward and backward make sure that the bushing is reliably fixed by
the retaining rings.
CAUTION: IF THE PECULIAR CLICK IS NOT PRODUCED DURING FIXATION OF THE BUSHING
OR DURING MOVEMENT OF THE BUSHING FORWARD AND BACKWARD BY HAND,
REPLACE THE RETAINING RINGS BY NEW ONES. THE RETAINING RINGS ARE OF
SINGLE USE. WHEN REPLACING INTRODUCE THE RETAINING RINGS FROM THE
SIDE OF THE SHAFT PIN. THE PUTTING OF THE RINGS FROM THE SIDE ON THE
SHAFT IS NOT PERMISSIBLE.
072.60.00
Check travel H again according to Step 3.14. After the check of the travel
move the shaft to the side of the FT speed governor drive up to the stop
Grease two retaining rings (31) on the housing of flexible shaft with oil used
in the engine, shift nippel (3) forward up to the stop against the connection
Page 213
of the drive gearbox. Tighten at first front (big) nut (4)

Nov 17/93
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
Check finally with looking wire 0.5 mm in dia. for passage the presence of
clearance between the housing of the horizontal flexible shaft and the unite
Tighten finally front nut (4) with a calibrated torque of 10 to 11 kgf.m, rear
nut (11) with a torque of 5 to 6 kgf.m. Lock the nuts with wire 0.8 mm
Start the engine and test its operation at power conditions up to cruise II
power condition
Make an entry in the engine Log Book, at the same time with the writing about
the replacement of the horizontal flexible shaft, of the travel value, shaft
size steps, installation of washer 2 mm into the speed governor drive (if ins-
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
talled)
TB3-117
Stop У6358-7451 Shims 0780290167 to 0780290167-04

Torque wrench У5353-0111 (set)
Sockets У6359-1078 and У6350-8872 Fluoroplastic gasket 0872557150
Saw blade (1 pc)
Scriber (awl) Sealing ring 0800980017 for flexib-
072.60.00
Oil lubricator or rubber squirt le shaft housing (2 pos)

Rubber hammer Looking wire 9 0.8 mm
Wooden mandrel Grease ВНИИ НП-225 (10 cm3)
Pin-remover У6351-9040 Cloth
Gauge У6063-2786-02 Engine oil
Page 214
Nov 17/93
Feeler gauge У6018-0761-03 Paper, technical grade (old new-

Magnifying glass spapers) (1.5 m)
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ТО MS. PAGES
TASK CARD No. 202 215 to 216.2
MS. ITEM PROCEDURE: CHECK OF MODIFIED OUTER HORIZONTAL FLEXIBLE SHAFT WITH CARBON FLUOROPLASTIC
BUSHINGS FOR OPERATIONAL STATUS

ACTIONS BY
Remove horizontal flexible shaft according to Steps 2.1 through 2.5, Task
Card No. 201, Section 072.60.00.
When removing and carrying the flexible shaft do not allow flexible ahaft with
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
bushing to drop out of the housing
Put the flexible shaft on the even surface (bench, table, board and so on), hav-
ing placed under it polyethylene film or paper along its full length
TB3-117
Visually inspect the fluoroplastic gaskets on the supporting brackets for absence
of wear
Visually inspect:
- Brackets attaching horizontal flexible shafts for absence of cracks in places
of their attachment to the brackets.
- Rear supporting bracket for absence of cracks in the places of its attachment
to the engine.
- V-shaped bracket for absence of cracks in places of its attachment to the engi-
ne and clamps mounting
Wipe with cloth the splines of the front shaft with the pin and check their con-
072.60.00
dition: if the wear of splines is visually revealed (visible step due to wear)
replace the front shaft and the gear of the drive gearbox according to Task
Card No. 204
Page 215
Nov 17/93
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
Wipe rear splines of the flexible shaft with cloth and check their condition: if
the wear of splines is visually revealed (visible step due to wear) replace the
flexible shaft and the speed governor drive according to Task Card No. 208
Using pin-remover У6351-9040 take off the washers from the speed governor drive
and the washers of the drive gearbox (if available)
Remove products of wear by means of scourer and washing with kerosene of spline
sрасеs of gears of the drive gearbox and speed governor drive by means of rubber
squirt or syringe
Using feeler gauge У6063-2786-02 check the near of internal splines of gears of
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
the drive gearbox and speed governor drive. The gauge ensures the check of wear
of splines not more than 0.1 mm (Ref. Step 2.10, Task Card No. 201).
For checking insert the gauge into the spline connection in several positions
TB3-117
with a force of approximately equal to 1.5 - 2 kgf. The gauge should not pass
through. If the gauge passes into the spline connection completely or partially
(when the gauge is turned it is felt that the gauge is seizing the splines),
replace the gear (Task Card No. 204) or the speed governor drive (Task Card
No. 208)
Remove locking bushing and two retaining rings according to Step 2.3, Task
Card No. 201
Install two new retaining rings and removed locking bushing on the shaft in
compliance with Step 3.1, Task Card No. 201
Check the flexible shaft for free rotation and uovement by hand in housing of
072.60.00
horizontal flexible shaft. Seizure along the bushings in the housing is not
permissible
Carefully remove the flexible shaft with the bushings from the housing and pla-
ce it near the housing on the table, board or other surface, having placed paper
Page 216
Nov 17/93
under the horizontal flexible shaft

EFFECTIVITY: ALL
OPERATIONS AND TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS (ТЛ) CORRECTIVE CHECKED
ACTIONS BY
Wash the housing inside surface with gasoline (kerosene) or wipe it with wet
cloth, pulled through the housing of the flexible ahaft with the help of locking
wire to eliminate the products of wear of the turning couple
Remove 95 carbon fluoroplastic bushings from the flexible shaft to the side of
the detachable joint. Check the bushings for absence of cracks, chippings and
wear of the internal surfaces, especially of the extreme bushings. If the faults
are detected, replace the bushings
Wipe the flexible shaft with cloth and inspect the condition of the wire layer,
the termination places of the flexible shaft in the end fitting, condition of
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
the spline connection. Cracks, breaks and damaged wires are not permissible
If the wear of the wire layer is visually detected along the whole length or in
some places by means of 3X - 5X magnifying glass, determine the place of the
TB3-117
maximum wear, and in this сазе, pay attention to the presence of wear of indivi-
dual projecting wires on the shaft. Measure the value of wear on 8 - 10 coils
one after another in the place of maximum wear.
Measure the wear by applying gauge У6018-0761-03 to the worn out bands of wires.
The width of the worn out band should not exceed the width of gauge
0.75+0.0.1 mm (Ref. Fig. 201)
Inspect the termination places of the wire layer in the end fitting using
3X - 5X magnifying glass. Damage (strain hardening), cracks, breaks of wires
in the places of termination in the end fitting are not permissible.
By hand check the absence of axial and radial clearances in the places of ter-
mination of the end fittings relative to the flexible shaft. The termination of
072.60.00
the flexible shaft in the end fittings should be tight without clearances
Shift the nippel of the flexible shaft housing up to the appearance of sealing
rings
Page 216.1
Nov 17/93
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
Inspect sealing rings, replace damaged rings and grease the rings with the engi-
ne oil.
Inspect the flexible shaft housing. Cracks, deep nicks, tint are not permissible
Lubricate the flexible shaft with grease ВНИИ НП-225 according to Step 3.6,
Task Card No. 201
Insert the assembled flexible shaft with the bushings into the housing of the
flexible shaft.
Pour engine oil into the housing of the flexible shaft according to Step 3.7,
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Task Card No. 201
When faults are detected according to Steps 3, 4, 12, 16, 17, 18, 20 replace
flexible shaft according to Task Card No. 201
TB3-117
Install flexible shaft on the engine in accordance with Task Card No. 201
Stop У6358-7451 Shims 0780290167 to 0780290167-04

Torque wrench У5353-0111 (set)
Sockets У6359-1078 and У6350-8872 Fluoroplastic gasket 08725557150
Saw blade (1 pc)
Scriber (awl) Sealing ring 0800980017 on flexib-
072.60.00
Oil lubricator or rubber squirt le shaft housing (2 pcs)

Rubber hammer Locking wire d 0.8 mm
Wooden mandrel Grease ВНИИ НП-225 (10 cm3)
Pin-remover У6351-9040 Cloth
Page
Gauge У6063-2786-02 Engine oil

Nov 17/93
Feeler gauge У6018-0761-03 Paper, technical grade (old new-

216.2
Magnifying glass spapers) (1.5 m)

EFFECTIVITY: ALL
TO M.S. PAGES
TASK CARD NO. 203
21? to 218a/218b
M.S. ITEM PROCEDURE: INSPECTION OF OUTER SPLIT HORIZONTAL FLEXIBLE SHAFT FOR CONDITION

ACTIONS BY
Remove the split flexible shaft as described in Task Card No. 202.
When removing and carrying the shaft, see that it does not fall out of the
shroud
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Inspect the front shaft splines. If the splines are found to be worn, measure If wear is in excess
«rear with the aid of a vernier caliper. Determine wear as the difference in of 0.2 mm, replace
TB3-117
dimensions of two splines measured on the worn and sound surfaces. Wear must free turbine (main
not exceed 0.2 mm rotor) speed gover-
nor driving gear as
instructed in Task
Card No. 204
3. Inspect visually the fluoroplaatic gaskets on the supporting brackets to make If some wear or
sure they are free of wear. Examine the attachment clamps and the brackets on cracks are detected,
the flexible shaft. No cracks are acceptable replace defective
parts and flexible
shaft (without
shroud) as instructed
in Task Card No. 202
072.60.00
Place the flexible shaft with shroud onto an even surface (bench, table, board,
etc.), having covered the surface with a cloth or paper
Carefully withdraw the flexible shaft from the shroud and arrange it near the
latter. Examine the winding outer layer of the flexible shaft and the splined
Page 217
Mar 15/88
shaft end for wear and damaged wire. Make sure the shaft is free of damage and
cracks. See that no broken wires show up, where the flexible shaft is terminated
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
OPERATIONS AND TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS <TJO CORRECTIVE CHECKED
ACTIONS BY
in the end fittings. Inspect the respective points through a lens. Shift the
end fittings by hand and make sure they are free of axial and radial play re-
lative to the flexible shaft.
If necessary, wipe the worn surfaces on the flexible shaft and on the splined
shaft end with a cloth.
NOTE: No kerosene or gasoline shall be used for washing the flexible shaft to
avoid removing lubricant trapped between the wire turns.
If the visual inspection reveals wear on the shaft end splines, measure wear If wear is in excess
with a slide gauge. Determine wear as the difference in dimensions of two of 0.2 mm, replace
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
splines measured on the worn and sound surfaces. Wear must not exceed 0,2 mm flexible shaft (with-
out shroud) and free
turbine (main rotor)
TB3-117
speed governor drive
as instructed in
Task Card No. 208
If the winding layer is found to be worn on the entire length or in some places,
measure maximum wear, making use of a 3X to 5X lens and feeler gauge
У6018-0761 (Ref. Fig. 202). To measure wear, apply the feeler gauge end to the
worn wire strip and inspect the respective area through the lens. The width of
the worn strip must not exceed 0.7 mm, which corresponds to feeler gauge thick-
ness
Inspect the flexible shaft shroud. No cracks, rough nicks, or temper colors are
acceptable
072.60.00
Inspect the sealing rings. Replace the damaged rings. Lubricate the rings with
engine oil. Thoroughly smear the surface of the flexible shaft with grease
ВНИИ НП-225 in quantity of 5 to 6 cm , approx.
Insert the flexible shaft into the shroud, for which purpose introduce the
Page 218
Mar 15/88
split end of the shaft into the shroud from the email nut end. Transfer the
shroud with the flexible shaft to the engine.
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
NOTE: It is not allowed to bend the flexible shaft or to coil it up into a

ring when installing or carrying it.
Insert the flexible shaft splined end into the speed governor drive and tighten
the rear nut preliminarily.
From the front, fill the shroud of the flexible shaft with 3 to 5 cm of engine
oil with the aid of a lubrication fitting or a rubber squirt
Measure axial travel H and install the outer flexible shaft in place as ins-
tructed in Task Card No. 202
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TB3-117
Vernier caliper Feeler gauge У6018-0761 Gasoline, kerosene

Set of feeler gauges Engine oil
Sockets У6359-1078 and У6350-8872 for Grease ВНИИ НП-225
torque wrench Piece of paper, 1.5x0.5 m
Torque wrench У5353-0111 Cloth
Marking awl
072.60.00
Retaining ring 0830562208

Pages 218a/218b
Stop У6358-7451 Safety wire, 0.8 mm

31 to 5X lens
Open-end wrench, S = 8 mm
Mar 15/88
Lubrication fitting
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
PAGES
PROCEDURE: REPLACEMENT OF FREE (POWER) TURBINE (MAIN ROTOR) SPEED GOVERNOR DRIVING
M.S. ITEM GEAR IN EXTERNAL DRIVE GEARBOX

ACTIONS BY
General
The replacement of the speed governor driving gear is carried out with
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
the horizontal flexible shaft removed
Removal
TB3-117
Mount the collet device У6351-4056 onto gear (1) (Ref. Fig. 203) and lock gear
(1) in adapter (10)
Remove five nuts attaching adapter (10) to the external drive gearbox housing,
remove the spring washers.
If necessary, remove the electric wire harness attachment clip in the area of
adapter (10) and unsafety and unscrew the el. connector of the FCU el. actuator
Fit two M6 screws into the threaded holes in the flange of adapter (10) and,
while uniformly driving them in, remove the adapter complete with the assembled
gear and shim (2).
CAUTION: IN THE COURSE OF THE REMOVAL, EXERCISE CARE TO PREVENT SHIM (2) FROM
072.60.00
PALLING INTO THE EXTERNAL DRIVE GEARBOX. BUT SHOULD THIS HAPPEN, IT
IS NECESSARY TO REMOVE THE FREE DRIVE ADAPTER IN ORDER TO REMOVE THE
SHIM. FOR THIS PURPOSE, REMOVE THE NUTS ATTACHING THE ADAPTER TO THE
EXTERNAL DRIVE GEARBOX HOUSING, DRIVE IN TWO М6 SCREWS, AND, WHILE
UNIFORMLY SCREWING THEM IN, REMOVE THE ADAPTER. WHEN INSTALLING THE
Jan 15/86
Page 219
ADAPTER,PAY PARTICULAR ATTENTION TO THE PRESENCE OF THE SHIM OF THE

BEVEL GEAR BEARING, WHICH IS FITTED IN THE FRONT BEARING HOUSING.
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TB3-117
Gear 0780629270-00-01 Bushing
Assembled with Bearing Sealing Ring 2267A-165
Shim Adapter
Locator Sealing Ring 2267A-162-2
Spring Bushing
072.60.00
Bushing Bushing
Back-Up Ring Bearing Housing
Sealing Ring 2267A-20-2
For Reference When Installing Free Turbine Speed

Jan 15/86
Page 220
Governor Driving Gear

Figure 203
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
Remove fixture У6351-4056, holding gear (1) to prevent it from being 'ejected',
and remove the gear complete with the bearings, back-up ring (6) with bushing
(5), spring (4), bushing (13) with bushing (12), and locator (3)
Examine the active surface of the carbon ring in bushing (8). If any scratches
or chipping of the carbon is found, replace bushing (8) together with sealing
ring (7)
Replace sealing rings (7), (9), and (11), having first coated rings (7) and
(11) with the ПВК grease and ring (9) with grease ЦИАТИМ-221
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Installation
CAUTION: IT IS ALLOWED TO REPLACE GEAR 7862.2030 BY GEAR 0780629270-00-01 AND
TB3-117
GEAR 0780629270-00-01 BY GEAR 0780629270-00-01 ONLY.
Install new gear (1) assembled with the bearings into adapter (10). Measure
dimension H1 from the flange of adapter (10) to the face of the front bearing
outer race
Measure dimension H2 from the flange of the external drive gearbox housing
to the internal face in bearing housing (14)
Determine clearance H3 = Н2 - H1 and select shim (2) of such thickness, that

the axial clearance A = H3 - H is within 0.2 to 0.5 mm
Pit shim (2) into bearing housing (14) in the housing of the external drive
gearbox, having smeared it with the ПВК grease
072.60.00
Remove gear (1) assembled with the bearings, install it vertically on the ho-
rizontal plane with the splined extension facing upwards, smear the extension
with the ЦИАТИМ-221 grease, mount back-up ring (6) with sealing ring (9)
onto the extension, and check the force required to shift the ring along the
Ian 15/86
Page 221
extension by loading successively back-up ring (6) with two, three, or four
special weights У6351-1178. The force required to shift the ring must be with-
in 0.3 to 0.6 kgf. Remove the back-up ring
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
Fit locator (3) Into the slot in the gear and then install bushing (13) to-
gether with bushing (12) onto the gear
Install bushing (5) onto back-up ring (6)
Mount assembled back-up ring (6) and spring (4) into adapter (10)
Install assembled gear (1) into adapter (10) making sure that the locating pro-
jections on back-up ring (6) engage the slots in bushing (13) and the projec-
tions on bushing (5) enter the slots in bushing (12), and then lock with the
aid of fixture У6351-4056.
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
NOTE: When installing the gear, exercise care and do not use impacts, so as not
to damage the carbon ring in bushing (8). Check correctness of the in-
stallation by referring to the oil drain windows in the adapter. If the
gear has been correctly installed, the rear bearing should be flush with
TB3-117
the bearing housing in the adapter.
Install the assembled drive into the housing of the drive gearbox, by turn-
ing the neck check the engagement of the gear teeth with the teeth of inter-
mediate gear, fit new spring washers and screw in the nuts attaching the
adapter to the housing of the drive gearbox.
NОТЕ: Pit the nut with the hole for safety wire onto the stud as shown in
Figure 1, View B. After installation of the horizontal flexible shaft,
safety the nut with wire to the front coupling nut of the flexible shaft.
After completion of the replacement of the gear, proceed with installation of

072.60.00
the horizontal flexible shaft in compliance with the procedure described in

Task Card Ho. 201
Page 222
New 17/93
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
Slide depth gauge Fixture У6351-4056 for location gear Shims 7862.0361 to 7862.0361-04
assy in adapter (aet of 5 size groups)
Special weights У6351-1178 for Sealing ring 2267A-20-2
checking force necessary to move Sealing ring 2267A-162-2
thrust ring (1 set)
Sealing ring 2267A-165
Screw Мб 20-757-041 for removal of
assembled unit (2 pc) Bushing 078062970 (1 pc, if requi-
red)
Washer 6 Кд ОСТ 1.11532-74
MAINTENANCE
(4 PC)
Safety wire
External preservation grease
TB3-117
MANUAL
072.60.00
Pages 223/224
Jan 15/86
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
PAGES
PROCEDURE: REMOVAL/INSTALLATION OF CENTRIFUGAL FUEL PUMP DRIVE CARBON FACE SEAL

M.S. ITEM

ACTIONS BY
Removal
Remove the centrifugal fuel pump from the engine (Ref. 072.00.00, Task Card
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
No. 810)
Fit two M3 screws into the holes in support bushing (8) (Ref. Fig. 204)
TB3-117
Remove circlip (1)
Remove support bushing (8) by screws M3 complete with bushing (10) and the
carbon seal.
CAUTION: THE SEAL PACK IS TIGHTENED BY SPRING (3). THEREFORE, WHEN REMOVING THE
SUPPORT BUSHING TAKE CARE TO PREVENT 'EJECTION' OF THE SEAL COMPO-
NENTS.
Remove back-up ring (6) and sealing ring (4)
Remove bushing (2) and spring (3)
Installation
072.60.00
Install spring (3) and bushing (2).
CAUTION: WHEN INSTALLING PARTS (6) AND (10), THOROUGHLY WIPE THEIR SURFACES
WITH A CLOTH PIECE MOISTENED IN GASOLINE
Fit new sealing ring (4) into back-up ring (6), with the flash on the outer
Jan 15/86
Page 225
diameter facing towards the booster pump, having first smeared the sealing ring
with the engine oil
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TB3-117
Circlip
Bushing
Spring
Sealing Ring
Bushing
Back-Up Ring
Sealing Ring
Support Bushing
Sealing Ring
072.60.00
Bushing with
Carbon Pace Seal
For Reference When Removing/Installing Carbon Face Seal

Jan 15/86
Page 226
of Centrifugal Fuel Pump Drive

Figure 204
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
Install back-up ring (6) in place, so that when pressing it by hand and then
releasing, it is moved by the spring force and the splines of bushing (5)
come into engagement
Fit new sealing ring (9) to new bushing (10) with the carbon face seal, hav-
ing smeared it first with the engine oil
Fit bushing (10) with sealing ring (9) and then install support bushing (8),
having renewed sealing ring (7). Prior to fitting the sealing ring, smear
it with the engine oil.
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
NОТЕ: Do not tap over support bushing (8) to avoid chipping of bushing (10)
carbon seal. If a seal pack is correctly assembled, circlip (1) fits in
its place freely and smoothly.
TB3-117
Install circlip (1). Pull by screws M3 and shift the support bushing until it
abuts the circlip. Remove screws M3
Install the centrifugal fuel pump (Ref. 072.00.00, Task Card No. 810)

072.60.00
Engine tools kit Engine oil

Pages 227/228
Gasoline Б-70
Jan 15/86
Cotton cloth piece

EFFECTIVITY: ALL
PAGES
PROCEDURE: REMOVAL/INSTALLATION OF EXTERNAL DRIVE GEARBOX

MS. ITEM

ACTIONS BY
Removal
Remove the air starter from the external drive gearbox (Ref. 080.12.00, Task
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Card No. 201)
Remove the FCU from the external drive gearbox (Ref. Task Card No. 803)
TB3-117
Unsafety, unscrew and remove the following pipes:
(a) Centrifugal fuel pump-to-fuel filter fuel supply pipe.
(b) Centrifugal fuel pump fuel drain pipe.
(c) Oil pump block-to-oil filter oil supply pipe.
(d) Pipe delivering oil from oil filter.
(e) Oil tank breather air discharge pipe.
Remove the clips of the cables of the wire harness from the studs
Disconnect the flexible shaft from the brackets on the air starter, combustion
072.60.00
chamber and turbine casing. Unscrew the nuts attaching the flexible shaft to
the external drive gearbox housing and speed governor drive on the fourth sup-
port assembly housing
Remove the external drive gearbox, proceeding as follows:

Jan 15/86
Page 229
(a) Remove the external drive gearbox-to-first support assembly housing at-
tachment nuts. Remove the spring and plain washers.
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
(b) Exercising care, release the flexible shaft from engagement and remove
the external drive gearbox from the engine
Remove the rubber sealing ring from the flange of the external drive gearbox
Installation
Fit a new sealing ring into the groove in the external drive gearbox, having
smeared it with three or four daubs of the ПВК grease
Measure at four points the projection of the sealing ring above the surface
of the external drive gearbox flange.
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
The projection of the ring should be within 0.49 to 0.75 mm.
Check the sealing rings on the pipe supplying oil to the internal drive gear- If necessary, replace
TB3-117
box for freedom from damages. the damaged sealing
ring
Using a vernier caliper, measure the diameter of the hole in the adapter and If necessary, replace
the diameter of the pipe projecting portion. The diameters must be identical. the pipe with sealing
rings
NOTE: The diameter of the pipe used on engines, manufactured up to December 25,
1977, is equal to 12 mm. Engines manufactured after December 25, 1977
employ pipes 11 mm in diameter.
Check the pipe for correct fitting up to stop in the first support assembly
housing
072.60.00
Check the sealing rings on the oil bypass pipe of the oil scavenge pump for If necessary, replace
freedom from damages. the damaged sealing
rings
Check the pipe for correct fitting into the well in the oil scavenge pump all
Page 230
Маг 15/88
the way up to contact with the steel ring

EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
Check the flanges of the first support assembly housing and external drive
gearbox for absence of foreign articles
Bring into engagement the flexible shaft in the external drive gearbox and the
speed governor drive arid mount the external drive gearbox, fitting the studs
into the holes in the first support assembly. Should it be necessary, the
drive may be slightly turned to ensure coupling of the torsion shaft
Secure the external drive gearbox to the first support assembly with nuts,
having placed plain washers and new spring washers. Tighten the nuts by equal
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
amounts alternatively from each side
Secure the clips of the wire harness
TB3-117
Install the pipes removed in Step 2.3
Install the flexible shaft as detailed in Task Card No. 201. When mounting the
bracket to the air starter, fit new flat rubber gasket. Fit the flexible shaft
to the brackets avoiding any strains
Install the FCU (following the procedure laid down in Steps 2.1, 2.7 thru
2.21, Task Card No. 803) and the air starter (Ref. Steps 2.1 thru 2.9,
Task Card No. 201, 080.12.00)
Test run the engine within the scope of the preflight testing. When the engine
comes to a standstill, examine it for absence of oil and fuel leakages
072.60.00

Pages 231/232
Vernier caliper Engine tools kit Grease ПВК

Sealing ring
Mar 15/88
Spring washers
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
PAGES
PROCEDURE: REMOVAL/INSTALLATION OF INTERNAL DRIVE GEARBOX

M.S. ITEM

ACTIONS BY
General
Carry out the removal and installation of the internal drive gearbox on the en-
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
gine removed from the helicopter and subjected to preservation with the air in-
take and the dust-protection device removed
Removal
TB3-117
Remove the oil pump block (Ref. 072.90.03, Task Card No. 201)
Remove the air starter (Ref. 080.12.00, Task Card No. 201)
Remove the FCU (Ref. Task Card No. 803)
Remove the following pipea:

- Pipe draining fuel from fuel booster pump.
- Oil pump block-to-oil filter oil supply pipe.
- Pipe supplying oil from oil filter to engine support assemblies.
Remove the clips attaching the cables of the wire harness from the studs
072.60.00
Remove the external drive gearbox from the engine (Ref. Task Card No. 204)
Remove rubber sealing ring (23) (Ref. Fig. 205) and oil-bypass bushing (25)
from the external drive gearbox
Jan 15/86
Page 233
Remove external drive gearbox torsion shaft (18)

EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
Remove oil supply pipe (28) from the first support assembly housing and internal
drive gearbox
On the engine removed from the helicopter and not equipped with the dust-
protection device, remove the inlet fairing and the cone (Ref. Task Card
No. 306)
On the engine removed from the helicopter and equipped with the dust-protec-
tion device, but not furnished with the inlet fairing and the cone, remove
the dust-protection device separator and the spacing ring as instructed in the
Helicopter's Maintenance Manual
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Remove the front cover of the internal drive gearbox, proceeding as follows:
Unsafety and, using wrench У5353-0109 with socket У6359-1389, remove nuts
TB3-117
(6) tightening the packs of the seals of branch pipes (5) supplying air for
heating the inlet fairing
Using unlocking tool У6350-4376 and wrench У6350-5465, unlock and remove
nuts (11) attaching the front cover and the tab washers
Install the withdrawal fixture and remove front cover (15), preventing
axial misalignment and falling of thrust washer (8) and sealing ring (9) into
the engine nacelle.
Remove sealing ring (14) from the groove in the internal drive gearbox
Before removal of internal drive gearbox (37), apply with a pencil a mark on
072.60.00
the stem of driving gear (38) at the lowest point. Screw three mounting screws
M5 into the threaded holes in the front flange of the internal drive gearbox
and, by uniformly driving in the screws, press out internal drive gearbox (37).
It is allowed to use the withdrawal tool, if necessary
Remove internal drive gearbox (37).

Jan 15/86
Page 234
Using a pencil, put a mark on the front flange of compressor shaft (40) in the
lowermost point.
ТВ3-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Inlet Fairing Copper Sealing Ring

Cone First Support Assembly
Inlet Fairing Attachment Nut Housing Stud
Locking Sleeve Front Cover Attachment Nut
Inlet Fairing Heating Air Tab Washer
Supply Pipe Washer
Pipe Seal Pack Clamping Nut Sealing Ring
Front Cover Pipe Front Cover
Thrust Washer
For Reference When Replacing Internal Drive Gearbox (Removal/Installa-

tion of Inlet Fairing, Cone, end Internal Drive Gearbox Front Cover)
Page 235
Jan 15/86
ТВЗ-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Accessories Drive Driven Gear

Accessories Drive Torsion Shaft
Washer
Spring Washer
Attachment Nut
Sealing Ring
Sealing Ring
Oil-Bypass Bushing
Sealing Ring
Sealing Ring
Pipe
Accessories Drive Torsion
Shaft Shoulder
Oil Pump Block Drive Torsion
Shaft
Oil Pump Block
Washer
Oil Pump Block Attachment Nut
Oil Pump Block Shoulder
Sealing Ring
Т - Jet
К - Retaining Ring

tion of External Drive Gearbox and Oil Pump Block)

Page 236
Jan 15/86
ТВЗ-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
/7
Sealing Ring Compressor Rotor Shaft

Internal Drive Gearbox Compressor Torsion Shaft
Internal Drive Gearbox Shim
Driving Gear Retaining Ring
Sealing Ring К - Oil-Bypass Bushing

tion of Internal Drive Gearbox)

Page 237
Jan 15/86
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
CAUTION: WHEN REMOVING THE INTERNAL DRIVE GEARBOX, THE OIL-BYPASS BUSHING 'K'
MAY EITHER COME OUT TOGETHER WITH THE DRIVE OR REMAIN IN THE FIRST
SUPPORT ASSEMBLY HOUSING. IK EITHER CASE, DO NOT REMOVE THE BUSHING.
Examine visible rubber ring (39) and replace it, if found damaged
Using a pencil, put a correlation mark on compressor torsion shaft (41) just
opposite to the mark on shaft (40). Remove torsion shaft (41) and examine it
for absence of damage and wear of the front and rear splines. Replace torsion
shaft (41), if found damaged. It is allowed to fit the torsion shaft with the
length of the rear splines either 8 or 15 mm
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
If the torsion shaft is found free from any damage, fit it back, having
smeared its splines with the engine oil and lined up the earlier applied cor-
relation marks on the torsion shaft and compressor shaft
TB3-117
Due to the fact, that the internal drive gearboxes are not interchangeable,
send the removed internal drive gearbox to the Supplier for repair. Stop off
all engine appertures and the appertures of the removed engine accessories
and close them with covers.
Having received the repaired internal drive gearbox from the Supplier, examine
it for absence of defects and check to see that it is easy to rotate
Smear the oil-bypass bushing 'K' and sealing ring (39) with the engine oil
fit the internal drive gearbox without sealing ring (36) into first support
assembly housing (17) onto the studs. The internal drive gearbox should fit
072.60.00
the studs easily all the way up to stop.
There must be no gaps at the joint of the assemblies
Remove the internal drive gearbox from the first support assembly housing,
using, if necessary, the withdrawal tool У6351-0473
Jan 15/86
Page 238
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
Check torsion shaft (41) for correct engagement with the splines of compressor
rotor shaft (40) and internal drive gearbox driving gear (38)
Select shim (42) so as to ensure clearance Б between the aft face of the in-
ternal drive gearbox and retaining ring (43) in the lining of the compressor
rotor roller bearing, proceeding as follows:
Fit straight-edge У6350-8420 onto the first support assembly housing and mea
sure dimension Б1 up to the face of the first support assembly roller bear-
ing outer race. Prior to the measurement, slightly tapping over the bearing,
check the bearing for correct fit in the bushing and bushing for correct fit
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
in the bearing housing
Fit the straight-edge onto the aft face of the internal drive gearbox and
measure dimension Б2 up to the rear face of the flange
TB3-117
Measure thickness В of retaining ring (41)
Determine the required thickness A of shim (42) to ensure clearance Б by

the following formula:
Select shim (40) from the available size groups ensuring the required clear-
ance Б. In case of nonavailability of a shim of the required size group, it is
allowed to rework a thicker shim to the necessary dimension without carrying
out the subsequent plating, observing the requirements quoted in the drawing
072.60.00
Enter torsion shaft (41) into compressor rotor shaft (40) all the way up to
stop, engaging the splines. Check the length of travel of the compressor tor-
sion shaft (dimension Г) between the face of the splines and the thrust should-
er of the internal drive gearbox driving gear, proceeding as follows:
Place a straight-edge onto the aft face of the internal drive gearbox and
Jan 15/86
Page 239
measure dimension Г2 up to the face of the shoulder of the internal drive

gearbox driving gear
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
Find dimension Г3 measuring from the face of the internal drive gearbox
flange up to the rear face of the splines of internal drive gearbox driving
gear (38) by the following formula:
Г3 = Б2 - Г2
where
Б2 is dimension measured in Step 2.22.2
Place the straight-edge on the flange of the first support assembly housing
and measure dimension Г, up to the face of the splines of the compressor
torsion shaft. In the course of the measurement, the torsion shaft must be
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
kept shifted all the way to the extreme rear position
Using the formula given below, find the amount of travel of the torsion
TB3-117
shaft (value Г):
Г = Г4 - Г3
Value Г should be within 1.0 to 4.5 mm
fit shim (42) selected in accordance with the calculation into the bearing
lining, securing it to the bearing by smearing the shim with the ПВК grease
at two or three points
Fit retaining ring (41) into the bearing lining on shim (42), having aligned
the tabs of the retaining ring with the slots in the bushing lining and secur-
ed the retaining ring to the shim by lightly smearing it with the ПВК grease at
two or three points
072.60.00
Check the actual amount of clearance Б proceeding as follows:
Place the straight-edge on the housing of the first support assembly and
measure dimension Б, extending to the face of retaining ring (43)
Jan 15/86
Page 240
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
Using the formula given below, calculate the actual value of clearance Б:
Б = Б3 - Б2
where
Б2 is dimension obtained in Step 2.22.2.
Lubricate the front and rear splines of torsion shaft (41) with the engine oil.
Install compressor torsion shaft (41) with its collar facing towards the com-
pressor, having lined up the correlation marks made earlier on the compressor
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
rotor shaft and torsion shaft in one radial plane.
NOTE: In case the marks Б on shaft (40) of the compressor rotor and marks 1
on torsion shaft (41) are visible, they must be correlated in one radial
TB3-117
plane.
Fit sealing ring (36) to the internal drive gearbox. Smear sealing ring (34)
of the internal drive gearbox end sealing ring (39) of the oil bypass bushing
with a small quantity of the ПВК grease. Check the end face of the internal
drive gearbox gear for availability of the line
Install internal drive gearbox (37) into first support assembly housing (17)
onto the studs and engage with the splines of the central torsion shaft,
having aligned the correlation lines on the driving gear and on torsion shaft
(41). While so doing, make sure that the oil bypass bushing К enters the
aperture provided in the internal drive gearbox housing and that compressor
torsion shaft (41) engages with the splines of internal drive gearbox driving
072.60.00
gear (38).
Check to see that the internal drive gearbox torsion shaft and the compressor
shaft are easy to rotate.
NOTE: In case marks Б on driving gear (38) and marks 1 on torsion shaft (41)
Jan 15/86
Page 241
are visible, they must be correlated in one radial plane.

EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
Installation
Examine the external drive gearbox, the oil pump block, their drive shafts,
the necessary components and attachment hardware required for installation of
the internal drive gearbox in the engine
Mount the flange assembled with the bearing and bracket on the axle of the
VIGV feedback lever. Position the bracket under the flange with the holes of the
first support assembly housing
Check accessories drive torsion shaft (18) and oil pump block torsion shaft (30)
for smooth engagement with the splines of the internal drive gearbox gears and
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
with the respective splines in the internal drive gearbox and oil pump block.
Change the torsion shaft, if the fit is found to be tight
Install accessories drive torsion shaft (18) with accessories drive torsion
TB3-117
shaft shoulder (29) facing downwards and its plug upwards, engaging the splines
of the torsion shaft with those of the internal drive gearbox. Pit sealing
ring (23) into the groove provided in the housing of the external drive gearbox,
having smeared it with oil. Measure at three or four points dimension H, which
is the projection of sealing ring (23) above the surface of the external drive
gearbox. It should be within the limits of 0.49 to 0.75 mm
Fit sealing rings (26) and (27) into the upper grooves of oil supply pipe (28)
and sealing rings (26) into the lower grooves, having smeared them with oil.
Install pipe (28) so that it comes to rest upon the housing of the internal
drive gearbox through the aperture made in the first support assembly housing
072.60.00
with jet Т facing towards the external drive gearbox
Install the oil bypass pipe into the well of the oil pump block as far as it
will go, having smeared with oil the sealing rings fitted to the pipe
Find axial travel Б of the accessories drive torsion shaft, proceeding as

Jan 15/86
Page 242
follows:
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
Place a straight-edge onto the flange of the first support assembly and mea-
sure dimension Б1 extending to the face of the splines of the accessories dri-
ve torsion shaft. Subtract the thickness of the straight-edge from the measur-
ed dimension
Place the straight-edge on the bearing housing of the external drive gear-
box and measure the following dimensions:
- Dimension Б2 extending to the face of the bushing of the accessories drive
gear (installed below the splines).
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
- Dimension E extending to the external drive gearbox-to-first support assem-
bly joint
Find the dimension from the face of the bushing of the accessories drive gear
TB3-117
to the plane of the external drive gearbox is follows:
Б3 = Б - Б2
Determine the axial travel of the accessories drive torsion shaft as follows:
Б = Б1 - Б3
Dimension Б should be within 1 to 3.5mm
Install external drive gearbox (29) inserting its studs into the holes made
in the first support assembly, paying attention to the following: position of
sealing ring (23), meshing of torsion shaft (18), fit of pipes (28) and (25),
the bracket with the bearing of the VIGV feedback lever axle. Use the manual
cranking tool to turn the gears in the external drive gearbox to ensure meshing
072.60.00
of torsion shaft (18)
Attach the external drive gearbox to the first support assembly with the aid
of nuts (21), having placed washers (19) and spring washers (20) under the
nuts. Tighten the nuts finally.
Jan 15/86
Page 243
CAUTION: DO NОТ FIT PLAIN WASHERS UNDER THE ATTACHMENT NUTS OF THE VIGV PEED-
BACK LEVER BRACKET.
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
Carry out the tightening of the nuts gradually, by equal amounts, in a criss-
cross manner.
When fitting the VIGV feedback lever bracket, adjust its position (by using
clearances in the holes) so that the VIGV feedback lever axle is free from any
strains.
To facilitate fitting of the attachment hardware of the external drive gearbox,

use the ПВК grease which should be washed off after tightening
Finally tighten the nuts attaching the bearing to the bracket of the VIGV
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
feedback lever.
Check for presence of a gap between the head of the screw attaching the bracket
of the external drive gearbox and the VIGV feedback lever. The gap should not
TB3-117
be less than 0.5 mm
Check rotation of the engine rotor via the manual cranking drive. The rotation
should be smooth, easy, without seizure and jamming
Install the oil pump block (Ref. 072.90.03, Task Card No. 201)
Install the fuel control unit (Ref. Task Card No. 803)
Install the air starter (Ref. 080.12.OO, Task Card No. 201)
Connect the pipes detached earlier and mount the olips of the electric wire
harness conduits onto the studs
072.60.00
Mount front cover (15), cone (2) and inlet fairing (1) onto the internal drive
gearbox, proceeding as follows:
Fit sealing ring (14) into the groove in the internal drive gearbox, having
smeared it with the engine oil
Jan 15/66
Page 244
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
By washing in gasoline, toluene, or acetone with the aid of a brush or a

cloth piece, remove the remnants of sealant ВГО-1 from the pipes supplying
heating air to the inlet fairing, nut (6), thrust washers (8), and locating
surfaces of the front cover seal pack. Degrease the above surfaces before
applying the ВГО-1 sealant in compliance with Appendix 2.
Smear the sphere and the inner die of new sealing ring (9) with a small quan-
tity of the ВГО-1 sealant.
Pit prepared sealing ring (9) into the pipe on the front cover, the tapered
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
portion of the sealing ring leading, fit thrust washer (8) and finger tight-
en nut (6) of the seal pack.
SEALING RING (9) IS NOT REUSABLE.
TB3-117
Examine sealing ring (14) on the end face of the internal drive gearbox.
Should it be necessary, fit a new sealing ring into the groove, having
smeared it with a small quantity of the engine oil
Install assembled front cover (2) onto the pipes supplying heating air to the
inlet fairing and, by lightly tapping over the front cover, gradually fit
it onto the studs of the front support assembly housing
Secure front cover (2) to the studs with the aid of nuts (11), washers (13)
and tab washers (12). Finally tighten nuts (11) and, using special tongs,
lock them with tab washers (12)
Tighten nuta (6) with torque wrench У5353-0109 and socket У6359-1389 to a
072.60.00
torque of6+0.5kgf-m. Tighten the nuts in both pipes by equal amounts, in

turn, in two or three stages. Safety clamping nuts (6) with locking wire
NОТЕ: After tightening nut (6), make sure there is no contact between the
nut and pipe (7) of the front cover (to be checked either visually or
Jan 15/86
with the aid of a feeler gauge). Clearance Ц should be not less than
Page 245
0.4 mm
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
Install the cone and the inlet fairing on the front cover (Ref. Task Card
No. 307)
On the engines quoted in Step 2.11, perform the operations specified in

Steps 3.16.1 to 3.16.7} install the separator of the dust-protection device,
having fitted the spacer ring under the separator; secure the dust-protecti-
on device separator with the aid of a threaded pin by screwing it into the
front cover and tightening it to a torque of3+0.5kgf-m. Install the dust-
protection device in compliance with the Helicopter's Maintenance Manual
On the engines quoted in Step 2.10, perform the operations specified in

Steps 3.16.1 to 3.16.8
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Ground test the engine within the scope of the pre-flight maintenance and when
the engine comes to a standstill, examine it for absence of oil leakage from the
TB3-117
inlet fairing and first support assembly housing.
CAUTION: THE ENGINE STARTING AND TESTING MAY BE CARRIED OUT NOT EARLIER THAN ON
ELAPSE OF ONE HOUR AFTER APPLICATION OF THE ВГО-1 SEALANT.
072.60.00
Page 246
Nov 17/93
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
Depth gauge ШГ-250 Screw M5xO,8 3147A-5-18 Кд for removal Sealant ВГО-1
of internal drive gearbox (3 pc)
Fixture У6351-0503 for pressing out
oil supply pipe from external drive
gearbox
Withdrawing tool У6351-0473 for inter-
nal drive gearbox
Wrench У6351-5504 for inlet fairing at-
tachment nut
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fixture-extractor У6351-0538
Torque wrench У5353-0109 for tighten-
ing nuts of seals of pipes supplying
TB3-117
heating air to inlet fairing
Socket У6359-1389 for torque wrench
Wrench S = 7 mm for front cover attach-
ment nuts
Withdrawing tool У6351-5505 for inlet
fairing
Unlocking tool У6350-4376 for tab
washers of front cover attachment
nuts
Special tongs У6350-3068 for locking
cover nuts
072.60.00
Punching tool У6351-5506 for locking

inlet fairing attachment nut locking
sleeve
Pages 247/248
Straight-edge У6350-8420
Jan 15/86
Wrench У6351-7484, S = 10 mm, for

external drive gearbox attachment
nuts
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
TO MS. PAGES
TASK CARD NO. 208 249 to 252
MS. ITEM PROCEDURE: REPLACEMENT OF MAIN ROTOR (FREE TURBINE) SPEED GOVERNOR DRIVE

ACTIONS BY
Removal
Remove the horizontal flexible shaft according to Steps 2.1 through 2.5, Task
Card No. 201, Section 072.60.00
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Remove pipe (4) supplying oil into the speed governor drive together with oil
jet (5). Tie the oil jet to the drive with wire
TB3-117
Unacrew two nuts (3) attaching the speed governor drive to front bracket (1)
Undo and remove three self-locking nuts (2) and bolts attaching front bracket
(1). When removing washers remember the number of shims on each bolt to reins-
tall them
Undo and remove three self-locking nuts and bolts attaching rear bracket (8)
Unlock and remove screws (6) attaching the speed governor drive to the diffu-
ser outer casing. Remove the screws, two retaining washers from the front
screws and two plain washers fron the rear screws. Remove rear bracket (8). Re-
move the speed governor drive from the engine not removing the tube (housing)
of the vertical flexible shaft.
072.60.00
NОТЕ: If the speed governor drive is removed with the housing of the flexible
shaft, perform the further operations in accordance with Steps 1.3
through 2.9, Task Card No. 204
Page 249
Nov 17/93
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
Remove the remainders of gasket from the housing flange of the vertical flexib-
le shaft. Degrease the housing flanges and the casing of the speed governor
drive to be mounted with acetone or gasoline.
Install preliminarily gasket (7) without siloxane еnamel on the housing flange
Determine clearance (travel) H of the vertical flexible shaft according to

Step 2.10 of Section 072.53.00
Installation
Shear gasket (7) with siloxane enamel from two sides, the flanges of housing
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
and casing of the speed governor drive to bе installed. Install gasket (7) and
speed governor drive on the engine. To ensure the catching of splines turn the
free turbine rotor by the blades
TB3-117
Install rear bracket (8) on the casing of the speed governor drive, place plain
washers under two rear screws and new lock washers under two front screws and
secure the governor drive with, four screws tightening them in a criss-cross
manner
Secure the rear bracket with three bolts carrying self-locking nuts. For con-
venience it is allowed to turn the center bolt through 18 C°
Fit the shims removed earlier acc.to Step 1.4 to the bolts under front brac-
ket (1) and tighten nuts (2)
Tighten up the speed governor drive screws, lock two rear screws with the
wire, the front two screws, with the lock washers
072.60.00
Tighten two nuts (3) attaching the front bracket to the speed governor drive
Install the horizontal flexible shaft acc. to Step 3, Task Card Nо. 201, Sec-
tion 072.60.00
Page 250
Nov 17/93
ТВЗ-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Front Bracket
Nut
Nut
Oil Supply Pipe
Jet
Screw
Gasket
Rear Bracket
Flange
Vertical Flexible Shaft
Replacement of Main Rotor (Free Turbine) Speed Governor Drive

Figure 206

Page 251
Nov 17/93
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
Reinstall jet (5) on the connection and connect pipe (4) of oil supply to the
speed governor drive. Tighten and look with wire the pipe nuts. When tighten-
ing the pipe nuts, it is necessary to hold the connection of oil supply to the
speed governor drive with a wrench (S = 10 mm)
Start the engine and test its operation at power conditions up to cruise II
power condition
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TB3-117
Stop У6358-7451 Fluoroplastic gasket 0872557150

Torque wrench У5353-0111 (1 pc)
Sockets У6359-1078 and У6350-8372 Sealing ring 0800980017 on flexible
072.60.00
Saw blade shaft housing (2 pcs)

Scriber (awl) Locking wire 0 0.8 mm
Oil lubricator or rubber squirt Engine oil
Rubber hammer Gasket 7862-0418 (1 pc)
Wooden mandrel
Page 252
Gasket 7862-0695 (1 pc)

Nov 17/93
Pin-remover У6351-9040 Siloxane enamel

Y/ashers 0780290167 to 0780290167-04
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
TO MS. PAGES
TASK CARD No. 209
253 to 255
MS. ITEM PROCEDURE: REPLACEMENT 0F VERTICAL FLEXIBLE SHAFT

ACTIONS BY
Removal
Remove the horizontal flexible shaft according to Steps 2.1 through 2.5, Task
Card Nо. 201, Section 072.60.00
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Remove the nain rotor (free turbine) speed Governor drive in accordance with
Steps 1.2 through 1.6, Task CardNo.208
TB3-117
Remove vertical flexible shaft (12) (Ref. Fig. 205, Section 072.53.00) with
pipe (13). Do not remove washer (15). By means of pin У6351-9040 make sure
that the washer (shin) is installed in place
Remove remnants of gasket from the flanges of the speed governor drive and dif-
fuser casing
Installation
The modified vertical flexible shaft with fluoroplastic bushings produced after
01.04.90 (peculiar feature: 8 bushings instead of 5) is interchangeable with
the vertical shaft without bushings or with the vertical shaft with 5 bushings.
The reverse replacement is not permissible
072.60.00
The tube (housing) made of brаss manufactured after 01.10.90 is interchangeable

with the previously manufactured tubes. The. reverse replacement is not permis-
sible
The vertical flexible shaft and the tube (housing) are replaced by sets. It is
Page 253
Nov 17/93
allowed to use separate parts from the sets in accordance with the requirements
of Steps 2.1 and 2.2
EFFECT! VITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
Degrease the surfaces of flanges of diffuser and casing with acetone or gaso-
line, smear the surfaces and the lower gasket with siloxane enamel, mount the
gasket on the diffuser flange.
NОТЕ: The gaskets placed on and under the tube (housing) flange differ in con-
figuration of the inner contour. Do not confuse the gaskets. The upper
gasket inner contour is oval, whereas the lower gasket inner contour has
a complicated configuration with a cutout facing rearward (Ref. Fig. 207,
Section 072.53.00)
Install tube (housing) up to the tight fitting of the flange to the gasket on
the diffuser flange
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Install preliminarily the upper gasket without siloxane enamel on the housing
flange
TB3-117
Install (sink) the new vertical shaft in the diffuser casing
Determine travel H of the vertical shaft according to Step 2.10, Task Card
No. 204, Section 072.53.00
To ensure the required clearance the shia may be replaced by neans of special
pin У6351-9040. To prevent fall-out of the shim screw in completely the pin
into the threaded hole of the shim, the thread is M4 (on engines Manufactured
before 16.03.81 the washer has thread M3). The threads M3 and M4 are made on
the pin ends
Install the MR (FT) speed governor drive according to Steps 2.1 through 2.8,
Task Card Nо. 208
072.60.00
Install the horizontal flexible shaft in accordance with Steps 3.1 through
3.19 (except for Step 3.6), Task Card No. 201
Page 254
Nov 17/93
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
Torque wrench Shims 7829.0167-04 (set)

Sockets У6359-1C73 and У76350-8872 Gasket 7362.041P (1 pc)
for torque wrench Gasket 7862.0695 (1 pc)
Scriber (awl) Sealing ring 2267A-16-2 (1 pc)
Special pin У6351-9040 Lock washer 3464А-6 (2 pc)
Stop У6359-7451 Siloxane enamel
C o t t o n cloth
Locking wire
Gasoline
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TB3-117
072.60.00
Pages 255/256
Nov 17/93
ТВЗ-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ENGINE OIL AND BREATHER SYSTEM - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
1. General
The engine lubrication and breather system (further on referred to as engine oil system)
is intended for lubrication and heat rejection from the bearings of all support assembli-
es, drives and gearings of the engine as well as for venting the engine support assembly.
The engine oil system includes the following items:

- An oil filter.
- An oil pump block.
- An external drive gearbox oil scavenge pump.
- A cutoff valve.
- A breather.
- A chip detector*.
- A scavenge system bypass valve*.
- A protective filter*.
- Air-cooled oil cooler.
- An oil tank with an expansion tank.
- A low oil pressure switch31.
- Piping.
NOTE: On some engine models, the units marked with asterisk (*) may not be fitted (Ref.
Book 3, 072.90.00).
For the oil system diagram, refer to Figure 1.
Description
The purpose of the oil filter is to clean the oil supplied to the friction surfaces of
the engine from the pressure section of the oil pump block.
The oil filter is attached to the lower portion of the external drive gearbox at its
right-hand side (looking forward). Рог the description and operation of the oil filter,
refer to 072.90.02.
The purpose of the oil pump block is to build up and maintain the oil pressure in the
pressure line of the oil system within the pro-set limits and to scavenge the oil from
the engine support assemblies and internal drive gearbox.
For the description and operation of the oil pump block, refer to 072.90.03.
The oil pump block is mounted in the lower portion of the engine and attached to the
first support assembly housing by means of studs.

Page 1
Jan 15/86
TB3-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
The pump intended to scavenge the oil from the external drive gearbox ie attached to
the front portion of the external drive gearbox at ita right-hand side (looking forward).
far the description and operation of the oil scavenge pump, refer to 072.90.04.
The cutoff valve is designed to prevent the oil from overfilling the fourth and fifth
support assemblies and flowing into the exhaust stack in the course of the coast-down
of the free turbine rotor.
The cutoff valve is fitted in the pipe supplying oil to the fourth and fifth support as-
semblies. For the description and operation of the cutoff valve, refer to 072.90.12.
The purpose of the breather is to produce a required degree of rarefaction in the exter-
nal drive gearbox in order to ensure functioning of the fuel accessories and carbon seal
of the first support assembly.
Breather (8) (Ref. Fig. 1, 072.90.04) is located in the housing of the pump scavenging
oil from the external drive gearbox but has no hydraulic connection with the working
chambers of the pump.
The breather incorporates a housing which is attached with its flange to the oil sca-
venge pump housing. Fitted inside the breather are cross baffle plates (9) which parti-
ally mask the sectional area of the breather channel and prevent the discharge of oil
from the external drive gearbox. The breather is connected through a port with the ex-
ternal drive gearbox. The predetermined degree of rarefaction within the external
drive gearbox is maintained by selective fitment of jet (2).
The chip detector serves to produce a timely warning about presence of ferromagnetic
particles in the engine oil. The chip detector is fitted in the helicopter pipe return-
ing oil into the air-cooled oil cooler.
For the description and operation of the chip detector, refer to 072.90.13.
The bypass valve of the oil scavenge system is intended to bypass the oil scavenged
from the engine rear support assemblies past the air-cooled oil cooler in order to en-
sure the required pressure in the oil scavenge line.
The oil scavenge system bypass valve is fitted within the connection returning oil to
the oil cooler which is secured with two studs to the flange of the middle housing of
the oil pump block.
The protective filter serves to prevent ingress of large particles into the oil scav-
enge pumps of the oil pump block.
The protective filter comprises bowl (4) (Ref. Fig. 2), gauze (3) with 1000 micron
(1.0 mm) mesh size, and two frame strips (2).
Bowl (4) is fitted with its internal cone to the tapered portion of the connection sca-
venging oil from the fourth and fifth support assemblies. Bearing upon the external
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
072.90.00
Page 2
Jan 15/86
ТВЗ-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
А, Б, В, Г and Д - Connections to External P - Oil Pressure Measurement Poinl

Oil System Coarse Oil filter
Pressure Pump Engine Support Assemblies
Air Starter Oil Servicing Adjustable Jet
Connection Scavenge System Bypass Valve
Scavenge Pumps Protective filter
Filter Low Oil Pressure Switch
Cutoff Valve Oil Pressure Line
Pressure Seducing Valve Oil Return Line
Shut-Off Valve Oil Tank Breather Line
Oil System Diagram Shut-Off Valve
Figure 1 Oil Temperature Measurement
Point
NOTE: On some engine models the pipe of oil bypass from ПКО (scavenge
Pages 3/4 system bypass valve) to the oil tank is not provided (Ref. Book 3).
Nov 17/93
ТВЗ-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
surface of the filter bowl is the nipple of pipe (1). The attachment of the filter and
the required leak-tightness of the joint is ensured by tightening of the pipe nut.
The air-cooled oil cooler serves to ensure the cooling of the oil passed through the
engine with the aid of the air supplied from the special blower.
The oil cooler is mounted in the helicopter.
Pipe Scavenging Oil Strip Fourth and Fifth

From Fourth and Fifth Filter Gauze Support Assemblies Oil
Support Assemblies Bowl Scavenge Connection
Protective Filter
Figure 2
The oil tank serves as a container for oil required to ensure normal functioning of
the oil system.
The oil tank is installed in the helicopter.
The purpose of the expansion tank is to vent the oil tank. The expansion tank is fit-
ted within the oil tank.
The low oil pressure switch serves to produce an electrical signal whenever the oil
gauge pressure inside the engine oil system drops to a level of 2.5 kgf/cm .
?or the description and operation of the low oil pressure switch, refer to 072.90.18.
To prevent illumination of the pressure switch light during engine start, until the
engine reaches idle power, interlocking pressure switch MCTB-1,5 AC is connected into
the circuit. For the description and operation of the interlocking pressure switch,
refer to Section 075.42.00.
Operation
Flowing along a helicopter oil system pipe, the oil is supplied from the oil tank to
the oil inlet connection A on the pressure pump of the oil pump block. From the pressure
pump the oil is pressure-fed via a pipe to the oil filter.
On passing the oil filter, the oil is supplied:

Along two passages made in the external drive gearbox to lubricate the external drive
gearbox, the front support assembly and the internal drive gearbox.

Page 5
Mar 15/88
TB3-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Via the connection of the oil filter along the external pipes to provide lube oil to
the second, third, fourth and fifth support assemblies, the free turbine speed gover-
nor drive, the air starter and the sliding bearings of the oil pump block reduction
gear.
The pressure lines terminate in oil jets provided with metered orifices.
The pre-set pressure in the pressure line is maintained by a pressure-reducing valve

fitted within the housing of the pressure pump.
The oil is scavenged from the first support assembly and the internal drive gearbox by
means of the OH-1 and OH-2 pumps, from the second support assembly by means of the OH-4
pump, from the third support assembly by means of the OH-3 pump, from the fourth and
fifth support assembly by means of the OH-5 pump via the protective filter, and from
the external drive gearbox by means of the OH-6 pump.
The oil is supplied from the OH-3, OH-4, and OH-5 oil scavenge pumps via the shut-off
valve ЭK-1 and bypass valve into the air-cooled oil cooler for cooling and then furth-
er on into the oil tank.
Whenever the back pressure at the outlet of the oil scavenge pumps comes to exceed the
permissible value, the bypass valve ensures the bypassing of some portion of the oil in-
to the oil tank past the oil cooler, thus reducing the back pressure at the outlet of
the oil scavenge pumps of the oil pump block.
The oil from the OH-1, OH-2, and OH-6 scavenge pumps is supplied directly into the oil
tank bypassing the air-cooled oil cooler.
To improve the oil scavenge from the fourth and fifth support assemblies in the course
of the coast-down period of the engine rotors, the pipe supplying oil to the fourth and
fifth support assemblies incorporates the cutoff valve which cuts off the oil flow to
the support assemblies at the coast-down and starting as soon as the oil pressure dif-
ferential across the valve reaches a level of 0.35 kgf/cm .
To prevent the oil escape from the oil tank into the engine at a standstill, the oil is
scavenged from the first support assembly and internal drive gearbox into the top por-
tion of the oil tank via a pipe and, apart from this, the shut-off valves 3K-2 and
3K-1 are fitted at the outlet of the pressure and scavenge pumps of the oil pump block.
The measurement of the oil pressure in the pressure line and the engine outlet oil tem-
perature is taken in order to monitor the functioning of the engine oil system. The oil
pressure is measured in the pipe supplying oil to the fourth and fifth support assemb-
lies aft of the cutoff valve.
The engine outlet oil temperature is measured in the oil scavenge line upstream of the
air-cooled oil cooler.
Some engine models feature a low oil pressure switch (Ref. Book 3).

Page 6
Jan 15/86
TB3-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
The breathing of the oil chambers of the engine support assemblies is effected by means
of scavenging the oil-air emulsion with the aid of the oil scavenge pumps into the oil
tank, which is vented via the expansion tank to the atmosphere.
The breathing of the external drive gearbox is effected via a breather pipe to the at-
mosphere.
In order to obtain a predetermined degree of rarefaction in the external drive gearbox

and in the first support assembly chamber which is required to ensure functioning of
the fuel accessories drives and the carbon seal of the first support assembly, the in-
terior of the external drive gearbox is vented to the atmosphere through the breather
provided with an adjustable oil pressure jet.

Pages 7/8
Nov 17/93
TB3-117
MAlNTENANCE MANUAL
ENGINE OIL AND BREATHER SYSTEM - TROUBLE SHOOTING
The following malfunctions of the engine oil and breather system may occur in service:
Oil pressure out of limits specified in 072.00.00, Section Engine - Description and Ope-
ration, Item 2.3.16 (Ref. Fig. 101).
Oil leakage from the joints of the oil inlet and outlet connections and oil filter hous-
ing (Ref. Fig. 102).
Heavy smoke, oil leakage past air bleed valve and from exhaust stack at engine shutdown
(Ref. Fig. 103).
Presence of metallic particles in oil filter (Ref. Fig. 104).
Oil leakage from external drive gearbox oil scavenge pump housing-to-gas generator tach
generator joint (Ref. Fig. 105).
High engine outlet oil temperature (Ref. Fig. 106).
Illumination of annunciator warning about presence of chips in engine (Ref. 072.00.00,

Fig. 126).

Page 101
Mar 15/88
ТВЗ-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Oil pressure out of limits specified

in 072.00.00, Section 'Engine -
Description and Operation', Item 2.3.16
Function test oil pressure indicator
Function test oil pressure trans-

Rectify fault or replace indicator
mitter
Check oil filter for cleanliness (Ref.

Replace oil pressure transmitter
072.90.02, Task Card No. 202)
Check oil pump block pressure re-

Wash oil filter (Ref. 072.90.02,
ducing valve for cleanliness (Ref.
Task Card No. 202)
072.90.03, Task Card No. 202)
Wash oil pump block pressure re- Adjust oil pump block pressure re-
ducing valve (Ref. 072.90.03, Task ducing valve (Ref. 072.90.00, Task
Card No. 202) Card No. 203)
Oil Pressure out of Limits Specified in 072.00.00, Section 'Engine -

Description and Operation', Item 2.3.16
Figure 101

Page 102
Jan 15/86
ТВ3-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Oil leakage from joints of oil inlet

and outlet connections and oil filter
housing
Detach respective pipe, remove connec-

tion, and examine sealing rings for
condition. Replace sealing rings, if
found damaged *
*CAUTION: DO NOT ATTEMPT TO ELIMINATE

LEAKAGE BY ADDITIONAL TIGHT-
ENING OF THE LOCKNUTS ОN THE
CONNECTIONS.
Oil Leakage from Joints of Oil Inlet and Outlet

Connections and Oil Filter Housing.
Figure 102

Page 103
Jan 15/86
ТВЗ-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Heavy smoke, oil leakage past air bleed valve and from
exhaust stack at engine shutdown
Check the magnitude of oil system back pressure as

instructed in Helicopter Maintenance Manual
2
Not OK (more than 1.25 kgf/cm )
Replace oil cooler Inspect cutoff valve for cleanliness
(Ref. 072.90.12, Task Card No. 201)
Wash cutoff valve (Ref. 072.90. 12, Visually examine fuel ejector drain hole
Task Card No. 201) in exhaust stack for oil fouling and
presence of soot or remove centrifugal
fuel pump and inspect pump drive for
presence of oil
Replace orifice plates (jets) under front flanges of the pipes for air
pressure relief from the second support assembly (Ref. 075.00.00, Fig. 1,
Item 4, Fig. 2, Item 1). Replace orifice plates on both sides simulta-
neously with orifice plates with inner diameter 3 to 5 mm less than
inner diameter of orifice plates to be replaced
Replace oil pump block (Ref. 072.90.03,

Task Card No. 201)
Heavy Smoke, Oil Leakage past Air Bleed Valve and from Exhaust
Stack at Engine Shutdown
Figure 103

Page 104
Mar 15/88
ТВЗ-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Wash oil filter (Ref. 072-90.02, Task Card No. 202). Start
engine, allow it to run for 10 to 15 min at operating con-
dition above that when twist grip is turned clockwise
(auto) and shut down. Examine oil filter (Ref. 072.90.02,
Task Card No. 202) for freedom from metallic particles
Drain oil from helicopter oil system and from engine via
oil pump block drain cock. Wash and blow through pipes of
helicopter oil system. Wash oil cooler and fill oil system
with fresh oil.
Start engine, operate it for 10 to 15 min at power condi-
tion above that when twist grip turned clockwise (auto).
Shut down engine and examine oil filter (Ref. 072.90.02,
Task Card No. 202) for absence of metallic particles
Replace oil pump block (Ref. 072.90.03, Task Card No. 201).
Test the engine and inspect the oil filter. If metallic
particles are available
Replace engine and air-cooled oil cooler, wash and blow

through pipes of helicopter oil system
NOTES: 1. *Presence of coke deposits on oil filter or pro-

ducts of running-in and natural wear of parts in
the form of metallic dust either on filter or
suspended in oil drained from oil filter is ac-
ceptable.
If metallic particles are available, wash them
with gasoline and inspect them through the magni-
fying glass. If the particles are brass, replace
the vertical flexible shaft with the housing.
Presence of Metallic Particles in Oil Filter.
Figure 104

Page 105
Nov 17/93
ТВЗ-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Oil leakage from external drive gearbox oil scavenge

pump housing-to-gas generator tech generator joint
Check sealing ring (4) (Ref. 072.90.04, Fig. 201) and

gas generator tach generator face seal (5) for condition
Replace face seal (Ref.

Replace sealing ring
072.90.04, Task Card No. 201)
Oil Leakage from External Drive Gearbox Oil Scavenge Pump Housing-To-
Gas Generator Tach Generator Joint.
Figure 105

Page 106
Jan 15/86
ТВЗ-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
High engine outlet oil temperature
Verify serviceability of oil tempe-

rature-measuring Instrument
Check setting angles of blower variable

Rectify fault or replace instrument
blades
Check oil system back pressure as

Adjust setting angles of blower variable
detailed in Helicopter Maintenance
blades as necessary
Manual
Not OK (i.e. in excess of 1.25 kgf/cm )
Examine and, if necessary, wash bypass

Check oil cooler honey-comb cells for
valve as instructed la 072.90.03, Task
cleanliness
Card No. 202
Clean honey-comb cells of oil cooler Replace oil cooler
High Engine Outlet Oil Temperature.

Figure 106
Pages 107/108
Jan 15/86
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ENGINE OIL AND BREATHER SYSTEM - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
PAGES
PROCEDURE: DE-INHIBITING OIL SYSTEM

M.S. ITEM

ACTIONS BY
1. Drain oil from the oil tank and air-cooled oil cooler of the helicopter following
MAINTENANCE
the procedure detailed in the Helicopter's Maintenance Manual
2. Fill the helicopter's oil tank with clean oil up to mark 'II' as instructed in
the Helicopter's Maintenance Manual.
TB3-117
NOTE: The oil must be in consistence with the technical standards.
3. Carry out a wet motoring run of the engine (Ref. 072.00.00, Task Card No. 503)
MANUAL
4. Top up the oil tank up to mark 'II'

072.90.00
1. Engine oil
Pages 201/202
Jan 15/86
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
PAGES
ТО M.S. TASK CARD No. 202 203/204
PROCEDURE: INHIBITING OIL SYSTEM

M.S. ITEM

ACTIONS BY
CAUTION: DO NOT INHIBIT THE ENGINE OIL SYSTEM, IF THE ENGINE HAS RUN LESS THAN FIVE
HOURS SINCE THE LAST OIL CHANGE.
MAINTENANCE
Following the procedure detailed in the Helicopter's Maintenance Manual, drain the
used oil from the oil tank and air-cooled oil cooler of the helicopter
Wash the oil filter (Ref. 072.90.02, Task Card No. 202)
TB3-117
Fill the helicopter's oil tank with clean oil up to mark "II" аз instructed in the
Helicopter's Maintenance Manual.
MANUAL
NOTES: 1. The oil must be in consistence with the technical standards.
Never use either reclaimed or used oil for inhibiting.
In case some moisture is found in the oil, heat the oil before inhibit-
ing at a temperature of +110 to 120 °C until the foaming ceases.
In this case the moisture analysis must be repeated.
4. Start the engine (Ref. 072.00.00, Task Card No. 501), allow it to idle for a
period of 3 to 5 min and then shut down
072.90.00

Pages 203/204
Filling rig of ЗСЖ type for filling 1. Engine oil

Jan 15/86
special liquids or mechanized filling

unit of AM3 type for filling oil
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
PAGES
PROCEDURE: ADJUSTING OIL PRESSURE

M.S. ITEM

ACTIONS BY
Unsafety and remove looking nut (7) (Ref. Fig. 201), holding adjusting screw (6)
against turning
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Turn adjusting screw (6) as required.
The clockwise rotation of the adjusting screw increases the oil pressure, while
the anticlockwise rotation reverses the action.
TB3-117
One complete turn of the adjusting screw changes the oil pressure by 0.5 kgf/cm
Tighten and safety locking nut (7), holding adjusting screw (6) against turning
Check the oil pressure at the idle power and cruise 2 power, which should be
within the prescribed limits (Ref. 072.00.00, Section "Engine - Description and
Operation", Item 2.3.16)

072.90.00
Open-end wrench, S = 8x10 mm 1. Safety wire

Screwdriver
Jan 15/86
Combination pliers
Page 205
ТВЗ-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Valve Cover
Valve Seat
Valve
Spring
Guide Bushing
Adjusting Screw
Locking Nut
Oil Pump Block Pressure-Reducing Valve

Figure 201

Page 206
Jan 15/86
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
PAGES
PROCEDURE: INSPECTION AND WASHING OF PROTECTIVE FILTER

MS. ITEM

ACTIONS BY
Unsafety and remove coupling nut (2) (Ref. Fig. 202) of pipe (1) returning oil
from the fourth and fifth support assemblies, having placed a tray or a bucket
MAINTENANCE'MANUAL
under the connection
Shift pipe (1) aside from connection (4) to a distance equal to the pipe die
Remove filter (3) from the flared portion of the detached pipe (1)
TB3-117
Inspect the filter and wash it in clean gasoline or kerosene
Install filter (3) into the flared portion of detached pipe (1).
NOTE: To prevent an oil leakage during installation of the protective filter, take
care to prevent distortion of the mating cone of the protective filter
fitted into the flared portion of the oil return pipe.
Attach pipe (1) together with filter (3) to connection (4). Screw on and safety
coupling nut (2)

072.90.00
Open-end wrench, S = 27 mm Kerosene or gasoline

Safety wire
Jan 15/86
Page 207
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TB3-117
Pipe
Coupling Nut
Protective Filter
072.90.00
Connection
Jan 15/86
Page 208
For Reference When Removing Protective Filter

Figure 202
TB3-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
OIL FILTER - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
General
The purpose of the oil filter ia to strain the oil delivered by the oil pump block from
the oil tank into the engine oil lines from the oil decomposition products and foreign
particles.
Description
The oil filter includes the following:

- Filter casing (2) (Ref. Fig. 1).
- Frame (6).
- Pack (3) of fine filtering elements.
- Cover (1).
- Coarse filter (12).
Filter casing (2) carries oil inlet connection (5), oil outlet connection (4) and coarse
filter (12). Filter casing (2) has two passages serving to supply oil to the first support
assembly and to the external drive gearbox.
Fitted onto frame (6) is pack (3) of eighteen filtering elements. Their quantity is dic-
tated by the need to ensure a minimum resistance inside the filter. Used as a filtering
element is a metallic gauze having a clear mesh size of 0.063x0.063 mm. Frame (6) is se-
cured to cover (1).
Spring-loaded cross-piece (7) ia secured to cover (1) with the aid of screw (11). Cover
(1) is secured in casing (2) by means of cross-piece (7) by engaging its ends with lugs
(8) provided on casing (2). When finger tightening screw (11), cover (1) together with
pack (3) of filtering elements is set to the operational position.
The leak-tightness of the cover (l)-to-casing (2) joint is ensured by fitting sealing
ring (10).
The chambers of strained and non-strained oil are separated by sealing ring (9).
Operation
The oil is supplied from the oil pump block, along a pipe via oil inlet connection (5)
into filter casing (2).
Then the oil passes via the side surfaces of pack (3) of fine filtering elements into the
chamber of frame (6) and coarse filter (12) and then flows via oil outlet connection (4)
and along a pipe into the engine oil lines.
Apart from this, the oil is supplied along two passages provided in casing (2) to the
first support assembly and external drive gearbox.
Page 1
Jan 15/86
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Oil Filter
Figure 1
TB3-117
Filter Cover Cross-Piece
Casing Filter Casing Lug
072.90.02
Pack of Filtering Elements Sealing Ring

Oil Outlet Connection Sealing Ring
Oil Inlet Connection Screw
Cover Frame Coarse Filter
Jan 15/86
Page 2
EFFECTIV1TY: ALL
OIL FILTER - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
PAGES
PROCEDURE: REMOVAL/INSTALLATION OF OIL FILTER

MS. ITEM

ACTIONS BY
Removal
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Unaafety and disconnect pipe (2) (Ref. Fig. 201), supplying oil from the oil
pump block to oil filter (5), from connection (1)
TB3-117
Unsafety and detach pipe (3), supplying oil to the engine support assemblies,
from connection (4)
Unscrew three nuts (12) securing the oil filter to the external drive gearbox,
remove spring washers (11), plain washers (10) and clip (14) attaching the elec-
tric wiring
Remove the oil filter from three studs (9) of the external drive gearbox.
NOTE: While removing the oil filter, two bushes (6), each carrying two rubber
sealing rings (7), may come out together with the oil filter.
Installation
072.90.02
Examine sealing rings (7) fitted to bushes (6). Insert bushes (6) complete with Replace sealing
sealing rings (7) into wells (8) in the external drive gearbox rings, if found dama-
ged
Install the oil filter onto studs (9) of the external drive gearbox.
Jan 15/86
Page 201
Install clip (14) attaching the electric wiring. Fit plain washers (10) and
spring washers (11). Tighten oil filter attachment nuts (12)
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
Removal/Installation of Oil Filter
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Figure 201
TB3-117
Oil Inlet Connection Well
072.90.02
Pipe Supplying Oil Stud

to Oil Filter Plain Washer
Pipe Supplying Oil Spring Washer
to Engine Support Assemblies Nut
Connection Locking Nut
Jan 15/86
Page 202
Oil Filter Electric Wiring

Bush Attachment Clip
Sealing Ring
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
Screw on and safety the coupling nuts of pipes (2) and (3).
NОТЕ: То facilitate installation of pipe (2), back off locking nut (13) and turn
connection (1) into a position convenient for installation of the pipe.
Having attached pipe (2), tighten and safety locking nut (13).
Start the engine (fief. 072.00.00, Task Card No. 501), operate it at the cruise
1 power condition for a period of 3 to 5 min, shut down the engine and examine
the attachment points of the pipes for absence of leakages
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TB3-117
072.90.02
Socket wrench, S = 10 mm Safety wire

Pages 203/204
Jan 15/86
Pliers
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
PAGES
PROCEDURE: INSPECTION AND WASHING OF OIL FILTER

M.S. ITEM

ACTIONS BY
Place a tray under cover (1) (Ref. Fig. 202) of the oil filter
Unsafety and remove screw (9) of oil filter cover (1)
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Turn cross-piece (8) through 90 °C
While driving in screw (9), pull up cross-piece (8) and stand it onto lugs (3)
TB3-117
of oil filter casing (2)
By unscrewing screw (9), withdraw oil filter (7) from casing (2)
Examine the oil filter and make sure the filtering elements are free from:
(a) Metallic swarf. Carry out operations

prescribed in
072.90.00, Fig. 104.
Coking. If the area of coke

deposits occupies
NOTE: Presence of coke deposits on the oil filter or products of running-in 50 % surface of the
and natural wear of parts in the form of metallic dust either on the filtering elements,
072.90.02
filter or suspended on the oil drained from the oil filter is acceptable drain oil from the
helicopter's oil tank
and oil cooler and
fill the oil tank with
clean oil
Jan 15/86
Page 205
Damages (tears and distorsion of the gauze) Replace oil filter

ТВЗ-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Oil Filter Cover

Oil Filter Casing
Lugs
Rubber Plug
Sealing Ring
Sealing Ring
Oil Filter
Cross-Piece
Screw
Oil Filter
Figure 202

Page 206
Jan 15/86
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
Stop off the outlet orifice of the oil filter with rubber plug (4) taken from
the engine tools kit and place it into kerosene for a period of 10 to 15 min,
then waah it in kerosene with a brush to remove coke deposits.
CAUTION: WASH THE OIL FILTER IN ASSEMBLED CONDITION.
Examine outer sealing rings (5) and (6) for condition. If found damaged, re-
place sealing rings
No damage to the sealing ring or loss of resilience is acceptable
with new ones taken
from the set of spare
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
parts
9. Remove rubber plug and carefully introduce the oil filter into the casing
TB3-117
10. Place the ends of cross-piece (8) under lugs (3) of the oil filter casing and,
while driving screw (9) in finger tight, sink the oil filter into the casing
11. Safety screw (9)

072.90.02
Combination pliers Kerosene

Pages 207/208
Rubber plug Safety wire

Jan 15/86
TB3-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
OIL PUMP BLOCK - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
General
The purpose of the oil рuшр block is to ensure oil supply from the oil tank into the en-
gine oil lines and to scavenge the used hot oil from the oil chambers of the engine support
assemblies and drives.
Description
The oil pump block consists of the following items:

- Upper housing (3) (Ref. Fig. 1) of oil scavenge pumps.
- Housing (4) of oil scavenge pumps.
- Intermediate housing (5).
- Pressure pump housing (6).
- Gears of oil scavenge and pressure pumps.
- A gear reducer of pump drives with driving gear (1).
- Pressure-reducing valve (11).
- Bypass valve (20).
- Two shut-off valves (9) and (12).
The oil pump block incorporates one pressure pump and five oil scavenge pumps.
All pumps are of the gear type.
Located in upper housing (3) of the oil scavenge pumps is the gear reducer of the pump
drives with driving gear (1) that receives a torque from the torsion shaft of the inter-
nal drive gearbox. The gear reducer of the pump drives serves to reduce the rotational
speed and to transmit a torque to pumps driving gear (2). Upper housing (3) of the oil
scavenge pumps is covered from the top with a filtering gauze.
The oil flows by gravity from the chamber of the first support assembly and internal
drive gearbox via the filtering gauze and then passes via a pair of the scavenging gears
in housing (4) and flows through connection (18) into the oil tank.
Housing (4) of the oil scavenge pumps accommodates four gears of three oil scavenge pumps.
One pump serves to scavenge oil from the second support assembly via connection (7),
whereas the other two pumps scavenge oil from the third and fourth-fifth support assemb-
lies via the flanges located on housings (3) and (4). The scavenged oil is directed
through connection (8) into the air-cooled oil cooler and then into the oil tank.
Installed in connection (8) is shut-off valve 3K-1 (9), which serves to prevent syphoning
of oil from the oil tank into the engine at a standstill. Shut-off valve (9) is of the
disc type and incorporates a stem and a spring. When the oil scavenge pumps are operat-
ing, the shut-off valve ia opened by the oil pressure and bypasses some oil into the oil
tank.
Page 1
Jan 15/86
ТВЗ-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Housed inside the same connection (8) are the parts of bypass valve (20).
Adjustment of the bypass valve to the pre-determined pressure is effected by means of ad-
justing screw (22).
Bypass valve (20) in design is identical to pressure-reducing valve (11) of the pressure
pump described below.
Mounted on housing (4) is connection (19) that serves to drain oil from the common line
supplying the oil scavenged by the oil scavenged pumps into the oil tank. Connection (19)
serves to drain oil from all oil chambers of the engine support assemblies and drives.
Intermediate housing (5) and pressure pump housing (6) provide accommodation to two
gears of the oil pressure pump.
Pressure pump housing (6) carries connection (14) delivering oil from the oil tank
to the pressure pump and connection (17) feeding oil from the pressure pump into the
engine oil lines.
Fitted in housing (6) at the outlet of the pressure pump are shut-off valve 3K-2 (12) and
the pressure-reducing valve.
Shut-off valve (12) is of the disc type and incorporates a stem and a spring. When the
pressure pump is operating, the shut-off valve is opened by the oil pressure and directs
the oil into the oil filter.
The purpose of the pressure-reducing valve (11) is to adjust and maintain a pre-set pres-
sure within the oil pressure line.
Whenever the oil pressure comes to exceed the pre-determined value, pressure-reducing
valve (11) slightly opens, thus compressing spring (10), and bypasses a proportion of the
high-pressure oil to the pressure pump inlet.
The adjustment of pressure-reducing valve (11) to the pre-determined pressure is achieved

by tightening of spring (10) with the aid of screw (15).
Pitted on connection (14) supplying oil from the oil tank to the pressure pump is connec-
tion (13) that serves to bleed air from the oil pump block.
Operation
In the course of engine operation, all six pumps of the oil pump block are running.
The pressure pump draws the oil from the oil tank and, ensuring a pre-determined pressure
by means of the pressure-reducing valve, feeds the oil via the shut-off valve along the
engine oil supply lines to the engine support assemblies and drives.
The purpose of the five oil scavenge pumps is to return the used oil from the oil chamb-
ers of the first support assembly and internal drive gearbox directly to the oil tank as

Page 2
Jan 15/86
TB3-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
well as to direct the used oil from the second, third, fourth and fifth, support assembli-
es via the air-cooled oil cooler into the oil tank.
The capacity of the oil scavenge pumps is several times as large as that of the pressure
pump, thus ensuring complete return of oil from all engine lubrication points.

Pages 3/4
Jan 15/86
ТВЗ-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Gear Reducer Driving Gear Connection Supplying Oil Prom

Pumps Driving Gear Oil Tank to Pressure Pump
Oil Scavenge Pumps Upper Housing Pressure-Reducing Valve Adjusting
Oil Scavenge Pumps Housing Screw
Intermediate Housing Connection Supplying Lube Oil to
Pressure Pump Housing Gear Reducer Sliding Bearings
Second Support Assembly Scavenged Oil Outlet Connection Prom Pres-
Oil Inlet Connection sure Pump to Engine Oil Lines
Connection Supplying Oil Prom Oil Outlet Connection Prom First
Second, Third, and Fourth- Support Assembly and Internal
Fifth Support Assemblies to Oil Drive Gearbox to Oil Tank
Cooler Oil Drain Connection
Shut-Off Valve 3K-1 Oil Bypass Valve
Pressure-Reducing Valve Spring Connection Bypassing Oil to Oil
Pressure-Reducing Valve Tank
Shut-Off Valve 3K-2 Oil Bypass Valve Adjusting Screw
Air Bleed Connection
Oil Pump Block

Figure 1
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
072.90.03
Pages 5/6
Jan 15/86
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
OIL PUMP BLOCK - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
PAGES
PROCEDURE: REMOVAL/INSTALLATION OF OIL PUMP BLOCK

M.S. ITEM

ACTIONS BY
Removal
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Drain oil from the oil tank and air-cooled oil cooler
Remove the engine from the helicopter and install it on the mounting trolley
TB3-117
Disconnect pipes (9), (Ref. Fig. 201) (6) and (7), scavenging oil from the
second, third, and fourth-fifth support assemblies, at the housings of the en-
gine support assemblies
Detach pipes (9), (6) and (7) at the oil pump block, having unscrewed two nuts
(4) at each of the pipes. Remove nuts (4), washers (5) and sealing rings (8)
Disconnect the pipe, supplying lube oil to the sliding bearings of the oil pump
block, at the oil pump block and remove the jet from the connection on the oil
pump block
Detach the pipe, supplying oil to the oil filter, at the oil pump block
Unscrew six nuts (11) securing the oil pump block to the housing of the first
072.90.03
support assembly, remove washers (10) and then remove the oil pump block,
slightly waggling it in the course of removal.
During removal torsion shaft (2) of the oil pump block may come out together
with the oil pump block. Remove sealing ring (1).
Jan 15/86
Page 201
CAUTION: IN CASE THE REMOVAL OF THE OIL PUMP BLOCK PRESEHTS DIFFICULTIES, DO NOT
USE A SCREWDRIVER OR ANY OTHER METALLIC OBJECT TO PART THE MATING SUR-
FACES. IN SUCH CASES IT IS ALLOWED TO TAP GENTLY WITH A MALLET EITHER
ТВЗ-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
12
Sealing Ring Second Support

Torsion Shaft Assembly Oil
Stud Scavenge Pipe
Nut Washer
Washer Nut
Third Support Air Bleed
Assembly Oil Connection Hut
Scavenge Pipe Connection By-
Fourth-Fifth passing Oil to
Support Assembly Oil Tank
Oil Scavenge Pipe Bypass Valve
Register Pin
Sealing Ring
Removal/Installation of Oil Pump Block

Figure 201
EFFECTIViTY: ALL
072.90.03
Page 202
Jan 15/86
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
OVER THE FLANGE OR THE STIFFENING RIB OF THE OIL PUMP BLOCK, WHICH
THEN MAY BE WAGGLED SLIGHTLY FOR DETACHING FROM THE ENGINE.
Installation
Examine sealing ring (1) and three sealing rings (8) Replace damaged seal-
ing rings
Fit sealing ring (1) into the groove in the oil pump block flange, having
smeared the ring with the engine oil
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fit torsion shaft (2) into the oil pump block gear with its collar facing up-
wards to the internal drive gearbox (irrespective of the place of marking of
mark В or engine serial number). Install the oil pump block onto studs (3)
TB3-117
of the first support assembly housing, having aligned the hole in the oil
pump block with register pin (15) on the first support assembly housing. In
this case check to see that sealing ring (1) is not displaced from the groove
in the flange and torsion shaft (2) enters the gear in the internal drive gear-
box
Secure the oil pump block with nuts (11), having placed washers (10) under the
nuts
Attach the oil supply pipe to the oil filter
Attach pipes (9), (6) and (7) scavenging oil from the engine support assembli-
es, having smeared sealing rings (8) with oil and fitted nuts (4) and washers
(5)
072.90.03
Install the pipe supplying lube oil to the oil pump block sliding bearings,
having fitted the jet removed earlier to the connection on the oil pump block
Install the engine in the helicopter (Ref. 072.00.00, Task Card No. 402). Dry
motor the engine (Ref. 072.00.00, Task Card No. 502). If there is no indication
Jan 15/86
Page 203
of the oil pressure in the course of the dry motoring run, bleed the air from
the oil pump block proceeding as follows:
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
Unscrew coupling nut (12) at the oil pump block air bleed connection, remove
the plug and carry out a dry motoring run. Аз soon as a clean flow of oil (free
from air bubbles) emerges from the connection, fit back the plug and screw on
and safety coupling nut (12)
Start (Ref. 072.00.00, Task Card No. 501) and ground test the engine within the
scope of the pre-flight maintenance (Ref. 072.00.00, Task Card No. 506).
When the engine comes to a standstill, examine it for absence of oil leakage
from the oil pump block-to-pipes attachment points
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TB3-117
072.90.03
Open-end wrench, S = 8 nm Safety wire

Pliers
Jan 15/86
Page 204
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
PAGES
PROCEDURE: INSPECTION AND WASHING OF OIL РUMРBLOCK PRESSURE-REDUCING VALVE

M.S. ITEM

ACTIONS BY
Unsafety and remove nuts (9) (Ref. Fig. 202) attaching cover (7) of the pressure-
reducing valve
MAINTENANCE
Remove nuts (9), washers (8), cover (7) and sealing ring (6)
Remove bush (5), spring (4) and pressure-reducing valve (3)
TB3-117
Inspect pressure-reducing valve (3) and valve housing (2) for freedom from
foreign objects
Wash the pressure-reducing valve with kerosene
MANUAL
Examine sealing ring (6) Replace sealing ring,
if found damaged
Fit pressure-reducing valve (3) into housing (2), install spring (4), bush (5),
sealing ring (6) and mount cover (7) onto the studs of the pressure-reducing valve
housing
Pit washers (8), screw on nuts (9) and safety the nuts
072.90.03

Jan 15/86
Page 205

ТВЗ-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Oil Pump Block

Pressure-Reducing
Valve Housing
Pre ssure-Reduc ing
Valve
Spring
Bush
Sealing Ring
Cover
Washer
Nut
Oil Pressure
Adjusting Screw
Oil Pump Block Pressure-Reducing Valve

Figure 202

Page 206
Jan 15/86
TB3-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EXTERNAL DRIVE GEARBOX OIL SCAVENGE PUMP - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
General
The purpose of the external drive gearbox oil scavenge pump is to scavenge oil from the
external drive gearbox.
Description
The external drive gearbox oil scavenge pump consists of a block of three housings joined
together with the aid of studs:
- Oil scavenge pump housing (4) (Ref. Fig. 1).
- Bearing housing (5).
- Housing (6) with carbon seal.
The oil scavenge pump is of the gear type and employs a system of two successively mesh-
ed gears: driving gear (3) and driven gear (13).
The gears are driven by drive shaft (14) which is connected with its stem to the housing
of the gear of the external drive gearbox.
Driving gear (3) rotates in two radial thrust bearings, while driven gear (13) runs in a
sliding bearing. Starting from December 1, 1983, sliding bearings are installed on the
driving gear as well (Ref.Fig.1, Version A-A).
Carbon seal housing (6) together with carbon seal (12) fitted into it prevents the possi-
bility of oil penetration from bearing housing (5) into the chamber of the gas generator
tach generator secured to the studs of the seal housing. The tach generator is driven
by shaft (7).
Breather (8) is attached to oil scavenge pump housing (4) with the aid -of two studs.
For the description of the breather, refer to 072.90.00, for the description of the en-
gine oil and breather system, refer to Section "Description and Operation", Para 2.5-
Operation
The oil is drawn from the external drive gearbox along pipe (11) and then via connection
(10) into oil scavenge pump housing (4) and then scavenged by gears (3) and (13). In this
case a degree of rarefaction is created in the chamber of the external drive gearbox
and its magnitude is maintained within the predetermined limits with the aid of change-
able jets (2) of breather (8).
The scavenged oil is supplied from the chamber of the oil scavenge pump via connection
(1) along a pipe into the oil tank.

Page 1
Mar 15/88
ТВЗ-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Connection Supplying Oil

to Oil Tank
Breather Jet
Driving Gear
Pump Housing
Bearing Housing
Housing with Carbon Seal
Gas Generator Tach Genera-
tor Drive Shaft
Breather
Breather Baffle Plate
Oil Inlet Connection
Pipe Supplying Oil Prom
Carbon Seal
Driven Gear
Drive Shaft
External Drive Gearbox Oil Scavenge Pump


Page 2
Mar 15/88
ТВЗ-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Butt Seal
Sliding Bearing
External Drive Gearbox Oil Scavenge Pump

EFFECTIVITY: ALL
072.90.04
Pages 3/4
Mar 15/88
EXTERNAL DRIVE GEARBOX OIL SCAVENGE PUMP - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
PAGES
PROCEDURE: REMOVAL/INSTALLATION OF GAS GENERATOR TACH GENERATOR DRIVE FACE SEAL

MS. ITEM

ACTIONS BY
Removal
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Remove the gas generator tach generator as described in the Helicopter's Main-
tenance Manual
Remove gasket (7) (Ref. Fig. 201) from the oil scavenge pump flange and clean
TB3-117
the flange to remove the remnants of the gasket and sealing compound
Unscrew two screws (6) attaching the face seal
Drive screw (11) of fixture (9) into the threaded hole in the face seal, install
body (12) of the fixture onto studs (2) of the oil pump block, screw wing nut
(13) onto screw (11), and, rotating wing nut (13) clockwise, uniformly pull out
face seal (5) from the housing of the oil pump block.
CAUTION: DO NOT WOBBLE THE FACE SEAL DURING REMOVAL/INSTALLATION AS IT MAY RE-
SULT IN CHIPPING OF ITS CARBON EDGES.
Remove rubber sealing ring (4) from face seal (5) and examine it Replace sealing ring
(4), if found damaged
072.90.04
Wipe dry location places of the face seal (5) body and drive shaft (8) of the
gas generator tach generator
Installation
Jan 15/86
Page 201
Smear sealing ring (4) with the engine oil and fit it into the groove of face
seal (5) avoiding twisting of the ring
TB3-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Sealing Ring
Block Flange
Face Seal
Oil Pump
Gasket
Screw
Stud
Shim
Removal/Installation of Gas Generator Tach Generator Face Seal
Page 202
Jan 15/86
ТВЗ-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Tach Generator
Drive Shaft
Fixture
Stud
Screw
Fixture Body
Wing Nut
Removal/Installation of Gas Generator Tach Generator Face Seal


Page 203
Jan 15/86
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
Examine the edges of carbon seal (5) to be installed and shaft (8) and make
sure they are free from:
(a) Chipping of carbon. Replace carbon seal,

if found damaged
(b) Notches, dents, hair cracks
Fit back shim (3) removed earlier. When there is a need to replace shim (3),
use a depth gauge to measure dimension Т extending from the face of gas gene-
rator tach generator drive shaft (8) to the surface of shim (3), with drive
shaft (8) fully pressed towards the bearing. Ensure dimension T within
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(17.5+0.1) mm by selective fitment of a pack of shims (3)
Uniformly and avoiding wobbling, introduce face seal (5) into the housing of
TB3-117
the oil pump block
Secure the face seal with two screws (6)
Install gasket (7)
Following the procedure described in the Helicopter's Maintenance Manual, in-

stall the gas generator tach generator

072.90.04
Depth gauge Fixture У6351-1268 for removal of Engine oil

face seal
Jan
Page 204
15/86
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
PAGES
PROCEDURE: REPLACEMENT OF EXTERNAL DRIVE GEARBOX OIL SCAVENGE PUMP AND PUMP DRIVE GEARS
MS. ITEM

ACTIONS BY
Operations to be Performed Before Removal
Remove the gas generator tach generator as detailed in Task Card No. 201
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Removal
Using a screwdriver or a marking tool, open and lower along pipe (11) (Ref.
TB3-117
Fig. 1) the circular locking ring 562M56-15
Shift pipe (11) into connection (10) as far as it will go or until the pipe
comes out of the first support assembly housing. Should it be necessary, remove
connection (10)
Unscrew nuts (7) (Ref. Fig. 202) attaching the pump to the external drive gear-
box and remove the spring washers. Unscrew the nut under pipe (11) (Ref.
Fig. 1) gradually, while shifting the pump forward.
Remove the pump and pipe (11).
Renew the sealing rings on the pipe, remove gasket (8) (Ref. Fig. 202)
0780670223 and clean the flanges of pump housing (1) and housing (4) of the
external drive gearbox to remove remnants of the sealant and old gasket
072.90.04
If necessary, remove pump drive gear (5) complete with the bearings and replace
it with a new gear
When replacing the drive gear or the pump, take care to. ensure axial travel M
within 0.16 to 1.24 mm, proceeding as follows:
Jan 15/86
Page 205
Fit shim (2) into the pump housing and measure on the pump dimension Г = Ж - б
as shown on Figure 202
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TB3-117
Pump Housing
Shim
Pump Drive Shaft
Upper External
Drive Gearbox Housing
Pump Drive Gear
Gear Bearing
Pump Attachment
072.90.04
Hut
Gasket
Fоr Reference When Replacing External Drive Gearbox

Jan 15/86
Page 206
Oil Scavenge Pump and its Drive Gear

Figure 202
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
Measure on the external drive gearbox the dimension В = Д - E as shown on

Figure 2O2
Find axial clearance M = В - Г + а

where
"a" is actual thickness of gasket (8) placed under the pump.
The clearance should be within 0.16 to 1.24 mm
Ensure clearance M within the required limits by selective fitment of

shim (2)
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Installation
Coat gasket (8) with the ВГО-1 sealing compound and fit it to the pump
TB3-117
Mount the pump onto the studs of the external drive gearbox
Fit earlier installed breather jet (2) (Ref. Fig. 1) to the pump
Install the gas generator tach generator as described in Task Card No. 201
TOOLS AND FIXTURES MATERIALS

072.90.04
TEST EQUIPMENT
Pages 207/208
Jan 15/86
TB3-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CUTOFF VALVE - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
General
The purpose of the cutoff valve is to prevent oil from overfilling the chambers of the
fourth and fifth support assemblies at the Ngg below 15 % and leaking into the exhaust
stack
Description
The cutoff valve includes inlet connection (1) (Ref. Fig. 1) and outlet connection (3)
connected by a threaded joint and secured with wire (2), spring (4), cutoff element (5),
and sealing ring (6)
Operation
During starting of the engine, when the oil pressure in the pipe builds up to
(0.32+0.08) kgf/cm2, cutoff element (5) is shifted, thus compressing spring (4), and al-
lows oil to flow Into the pipe supplying oil to the fourth and fifth support assemblies.
At the engine shutdown, when the Ngg is reduced, cutoff element (5) is shifted by
the spring and cuts off the oil supply to the fourth and fifth support assemblies.
Inlet Connection Spring

Safety Wire Cutoff Element
Outlet Connection Sealing Ring
Cutoff Valve
Figure 1

Pages 1/2
Jan 15/86
CUTOFF VALVE - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
PAGES
PROCEDURE: INSPECTION AND WASHING OF CUTOFF VALVE

MS. ITEM

ACTIONS BY
Unsafety and remove coupling nut (2) (Ref. Fig. 201) of cutoff valve (9)
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Unsafaty and back off coupling nut (8) of pipe (11) supplying oil to the fourth
and fifth support assemblies. Remove the cutoff valve
TB3-117
Unsafety and remove inlet connection (3) and then remove cutoff element (5) and Replace sealing ring,
spring (6). Examine sealing ring (4) if found damaged
Wash the components of the cutoff valve with fuel
Fit sealing ring (4) to inlet connection (3). Install spring (6) and cutoff ele-
ment (5) into outlet connection (7).
Screw in inlet connection (3) into outlet connection (7), tighten and safety both
connections
Screw coupling nut (2) onto connection (1) of pipe (10) and safety the coupling
nut
Screw coupling nut (8) of pipe (11) onto outlet connection (7) of the cutoff
072.90.12
valve and safety the coupling nut

Jan 15/86
Page 201
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
ACTIONS BY
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TB3-117
Connection Coupling Nut
Coupling Hut Cutoff Valve
Inlet Connection Pipe
072.90.12
Sealing Ring Pipe

Cutoff Element Oil Pressure
Spring Measurement
Outlet Connection Connection
Pages 202
Jan 15/86
Cutoff Valve Disassembly. Exploded View

Figure 201
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
Open-end wrench, S = 17x19 mm Kerosene

MAINTENANCE
ТB3-117
MANUAL
072.90.12
Pages 203/204
Jan 15/86
ТВЗ-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CHIP DETECTOR - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
General
The chip detector is mounted in the line scavenging oil from the engine at the inlet to
the helicopter's air-cooled oil cooler and serves to produce an early warning signal about
deterioration of condition of engine parts and units and presence of ferromagnetic parti-
cles in the engine oil.
Description
The chip detector comprises adapter-casing (10) (Ref. Fig. 1), nut (9) for attachment of
the chip detector to the helicopter's oil cooler, caae (1) of el. connector (5) for
connection to the helicopter's electrical system. Press-fitted into chip detector caae
(1) is magnets housing (12) made of a dielectric material. Two permanent magnets (6) and
(7) are mounted within the magnets housing, facing each other with opposite poles. Ac-
ting as a chips accumulating unit is a gap between the magnets. The magnets are coanected
with wires (2) and (3) to the terminals of el. connector (5) of the electrical system.
The chip detector assy is mounted in the aperture of the adapter-casing and attached to
its flange with two bolts (4). Paronite gasket (11) is fitted in the joint between both
units.
Pitted to adapter-casing (10) is nut (9) intended for attachment of the chip detector to
the helicopter's oil cooler. The nut is located on the adapter-casing with the aid of
retaining ring (8). A threaded connection located in the lower portion of the adapter-cas-
ing serves for attachment of the pipe supplying oil from the engine.
Operation
The flow of oil, scavenged from the engine and directed to the pipe of the helicopter's
oil system for cooling in the oil cooler, is delivered to connection A on the adapter-
casing of the chip detector, passing on its way in the zone of effect of the magnetic
field produced by permanent magnets (6) and (7). In case the ferromagnetic particles
are present in the flow of oil, they are accumulated at the butt ends of the magnets and
as soon as they bridge the gap between the magnets, the chip detector electrical circuit
is completed and the annunciator warning about presence of metallic chips in the engine
oil is illuminated on the pilot's instrument panel (3) (Ref. Fig. 2).

Page 1
Jan 15/86
ТВЗ-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Case Magnet
Electric Wire Retaining Ring
Electric Wire Nut
Bolt Adapter-Casing
El. Connector Gasket
Magnet Magnets Housing
Chip Detector
Figure 1

Page 2
Jan 15/86
ТВЗ-117
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Chip Detector
El. Connector
Annunciator
Chip Detector Wiring Diagram

Figure 2

Pages 3/4
Jan 15/86
CHIP DETECTOR - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
EFFECTIVITY: ALL PAGES

PROCEDURE: INSPECTION, WASHING AND FUNCTION TESTING OF CHIP DETECTOR

MS. ITEM

ACTIONS BY
Carry out the inspection, washing and function testing of the chip detector in
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
the following order:
Uncouple el. connector (5) (Ref. Fig. 1) of the chip detector
TB3-117
Unsafety and remove two bolts (4)
Remove the chip detector from adapter-casing (10) and then remove gasket (11)
Examine and wash the surfaces of magnets (6) and (7) of the chip detector with
the aid of a bristle brush or a cotton wool wad moistened with gasoline or kero-
sene
Couple el. connector (5) of the chip detector to the helicopter's electrical
system. Turn on the power supply and function teat the chip detector by bridging
the magnets
Pit back the chip detector following the procedure reverse to that of the removal
Refit the earlier removed gasket, if it is not damaged and free from warpages
072.90.13
When carrying out the scheduled maintenance operations in accordance with the
present Taak Card as well as when eliminating defects or replacing the chip detec-
tor, it is allowed to carry out removal/installation of the chip detector together
with the adapter-casing in compliance with the procedure laid down in the Helicop-
Jan 15/86
Page 201
ter's Maintenance Manual

EFFECTIVITY: ALL
Socket wrench, S = 10 mm Cotton wool wad

Open-end wrench, S = 10 mm Gasoline
Pliers Kerosene
Bristle brush Safety wire
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TB3-117
072.90.13
Jan 15/86
Page 202

Book-1 Engine

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Book-1 Engine

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

ТВЗ-117

The Maintenance Manual consists of three books.

Topics: Page block

EFFECTIVITY: ALL INTRODUCTION

Otherwise: Page block

APU auxiliary power unit

Nft free (power) turbine rotational speed

EFFECTIVITY: ALL INTRODUCTION

P oil inlet pressure

EFFECTIVITY: ALL INTRODUCTION

REV. SECTION, SUB-SECTION, PAGE TRANSMITTAL

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

SECTION, SUB-SECTION, SECTION, SUB-SECTION,

Title Page Jan 15/86 072.00.00 106 Jan 15/86

SECTION, SUB-SECTION, PAGE SECTION, SUB-SECTION, DATE

072.00.00 311/312 Jan 15/86 072.00.00 503/504 Jan 15/86

072.00.00 554 Mar 15/88 072.00.00

SECTION, SUB-SECTION, PAGE SECTION, SUB-SECTION,

072.00.00 839 Jan 15/86 072.00.00 901 Nov 17/93

072.03.00 203/204 Jan 15/86 072.30.00 222 Jan 15/86

SECTION, SUB-SECTION, PAGE SECTION, SUB-SECTION,

072.53.00 212 Jan 15/86 072.60.00 207 Nov 17/93

SECTION, SUB-SECTION, SECTION. SUB-SECTION,

072.60.00 247/248 Jan 15/36 072.90.03 202 Jan 15/36

Task Card No. 507. Engine Test on Completion of Scheduled 072.00.00

Maintenance Practices 072.58.00 201

Task Card No. 204. Replacement of Free (Power) Turbine (Main

ENGINE - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION

Turboshaft engine TB3-117 (Ref.Fig.1) is intended for mounting in the helicopter. As

This feature gives a number of design and operational advantages:

Some engine models may be provided with a shield-exhaust unit.

The engine incorporates the following major assemblies and systems:

EFFECTIVITY: ALL 072.00.00

Model Ref. Book 3, 072.00.00

Type Turboshaft, with free

Direction of rotation of gas generator rotor (looking

Direction of rotation of free (power) turbine rotor

Oil system Force-feed, circulatory,

Starting system .. Pneumatic

Anti-icing system Hot air, automatic with

Engine mass Ref. Engine Log Book

Engine overall dimensions:

Engine basic parameters at various power conditions Ref. Book 3, 072.00.00

Operational conditions Ref. Book 3, 072.00.00

Engine starting is ensured up to altitude of 4000 m

EFFECTIVITY: ALL 072.00.00

Engine Longtiudinal Section

EFFECTIVITY: ALL 072.00.00

Inlet Fairing with Mounting Bracket

NOTE: On some engine models inlet fairing (1)

Engine Longitudinal Section

EFFECTIVITY: ALL 072.00.00

Time required for engine to reach idle power after de-

Time required for engine to reach takeoff power after

Serviceability of engine is ensured By use of following grades of fuel and oils

Approved oil grades Б-ЗБ to Specification ТУ 38-101295-85;

EFFECTIVITY: ALL 072.00.00

Acceleration time when advancing engine throttle lever within 1 to 2 s:

Altitude Performance and Throttle Characteristics Ref. Book 3, 072.00.00

Basic Operational limitations

Permissible time of engine operation (including continuous

Minimum time intervals between repeated accelerations to max.

Max. acceptable values of engine measured parameters at

Deviation or fluctuation of gas generator rotor rotational